|
Operant Control of the Swallowing Response |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–8:20 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Alden Marie Gartrell (University of North Texas) |
|
Operant Control of the Swallowing Response |
Domain: Applied Research |
ALDEN MARIE GARTRELL (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), Brennan Patrick Armshaw (University of North Texas), Russell Silguero (University of North Texas) |
|
Abstract: The process of swallowing can be described in four stages; the Oral-Preparatory phase, the Oral-Transit phase, the Pharyngeal phase and the Esophageal phase. Behavioral feeding procedures have been effective in aiding individuals resolve issues with the first two phases of swallowing. Medical procedures have been shown to be effective with individuals that have issues with the esophageal stage of swallowing. This presentation explores the utility of behavior analytic procedures in helping with the third or Pharyngeal stage of the swallowing response.
In particular, this research explores the utility of surface electromyography (sEMG) in micro-shaping activation of the suprahyoid muscle which controls the action of the larynx in the swallowing response. Eight healthy college-aged participants were exposed to contingencies promoting a more effortful and sustained swallowing response. The data show that activity of the suprahyoid muscle can be operantly conditioned. These results suggest that sEMG technology can be used to supplement contingencies of reinforcement and provide effective behavioral treatment and rehabilitation for Dysphagia. |
|
|
|
|
|
Reproducing the Past and Predicting the Future: Dog Aggression and Separation Anxiety |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AAB/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: JoAnna Platzer (Virginia Tech) |
Discussant: Janie A Funk (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: JoAnna Platzer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Applied animal behavior analysts strive to assess problem behavior in a way that limits fear, anxiety and stress for the animal, and keeps both the animals and the humans safe from harm. Without the advantage of a verbal interview of the animal or of a crystal ball, this can be challenging, and consistent methodologies are needed. These studies investigate new ways to work with owners and adopters to view simulations of past behaviors and to assist in predicting future behavior. |
Target Audience: Those Behavior Analysts who are studying the principles of stimulus control as they may be used to assess dog behavior. |
Learning Objectives: Learners will learn about the common post-dog-adoption problem of separation anxiety Learners will learn about the clinical applications of treating dog reactivity and aggression Learners will learn about how these two common dog behavior problems may be assessed for better shelter and private client outcomes. |
|
Can an In-Shelter Test Predict Whether Dogs Will Exhibit Separation-Related Problem Behavior Post-Adoption? |
ERICA N. FEUERBACHER (Virginia Tech), Andrew Robert Smith (Department of Psychology, Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo, MI), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University), Sarah Hebert (Virginia Tech Blacksburg VA), Christopher T. Franck (Virginia Tech), Jessica Hekman (Broad Institute, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, MA) |
Abstract: Separation-related problem behaviors (SRPB), such as excessive vocalization, defecation/urination, and destruction are a common problem in dogs and a common cause of their relinquishment. Detecting the potential for SRPB in shelter dogs could help shelters provide more targeted behavior counseling and better placement decisions. We tested whether we could predict post-adoption behavior of shelter dogs from an in-shelter test. We tested 27 shelter dogs. After interacting with the dog for 30 min, we left it alone in the room and video-recorded its behavior. We coded behaviors associated with SRPB as well as those not associated with SRPB (e.g., play or passive behavior). We contacted adopters approximately 6 mos after adoption to determine dogs’ at-home behavior. We assessed the time-course of different behaviors of individual dogs across the 30 min test as well as the individual dogs’ time allocation between different behaviors. Comparing the in-shelter behavior with post-adoption reports, we found that increased time engaged in panting and escape-related behaviors were predictive of dogs being more likely to show SRPB after adoption (binary: yes or no), but that the amount of time a dog engaged in a behavior did not predict more continuous variables such as frequency or intensity of SPRB. |
|
The “Fake” Dog as Stimulus Control Agent to Assess Dog Reactivity/Aggression |
TERRI M. BRIGHT (MSPCA Angell), Jocelyn Strassel (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: When dogs exhibit aggression toward one another, it has an impact on owners’ lives, from reduced ability for conspecific socialization, to limited ability to be in safe proximity to other dogs in public and at home. The level of aggression could be mild, as in a hearty growl, or dangerous enough that another dog could be injured or killed; and humans could also be injured, even killed, trying to break up a fight. Applied animal behavior clinicians and Shelter workers must make the most ethical and safe choices when it comes to evaluating dog-dog behavior. The behavioral principle of stimulus control is valuable in that a plush “stuffed” dog that looks very much like a “real” dog may be introduced to a patient and elicit or evoke behavior as a real dog might. In this study, a methodology was developed in a veterinary hospital whereby stuffed dogs were manipulated in the presence of a patient so their behavior in close proximity to another dog could be assessed safely. The dogs’ owners then confirmed whether the behavior matched what they had seen in the past, allowing the behavior analyst to safely see the patient’s behavior and to design the best treatment. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Behavioral Services With Technological Advancements |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lois Meszaros (CHIMES Delaware) |
CE Instructor: Matthew Tincani, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Recent technological advancements have the potential to vastly improve the strategies and tactics behavior analysts use to promote behavior change. These technologies have the potential to increase the efficiency of instruction, improve procedural fidelity and allow for the remote delivery of covert prompting and feedback to learners and clinicians. During this symposium, three presenters will describe their investigations incorporating various technological advancements into applied behavior analysis therapy settings. This will include a review of an intelligent agent (IA) used to guide clinicians working in vocational rehabilitation settings with adults with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD); the use of the Tactile Awareness Prompting System (TAPS) to evoke distinct social responses in children with ASD; and the use of the Apple Watch to contingently deliver covert remote tactile stimulation as a reinforcer for on-task behavior in a child diagnosed with autism. The potential benefits and challenges of successfully incorporating these types of technologies to improve behavioral therapy will be discussed. |
Target Audience: This presentation is appropriate for practicing behavior analysts and supervisors. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe IA technology and its relation to ABA practice in adult vocational rehabilitation. 2. Identify common pitfalls in ABA practice regarding procedural fidelity and data collection and describe how AI can overcome these. 3. Identify the advantages of an AI apprenticeship and coaching over common and traditional training. 4. Describe how covert tactile stimulation can be used to prompt and shape performance. |
|
Expert Guiding Technology for Vocational Rehabilitation |
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University), John T Nosek (Guiding Technologies; Temple University), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), David McElwee (CHIMES Delaware), Lois Meszaros (CHIMES Delaware) |
Abstract: An intelligent agent (IA) for use in guiding clinicians in vocational rehabilitation work with adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder is described. The IA runs on inexpensive Android tablets, coaches the clinician throughout a task analysis, adjusts levels of prompting in real time, collects data and saves it to secure cloud storage for later analysis. The IA replaces binders and other paper program and data materials, relieves the clinician from having to collect data while teaching difficult vocational rehabilitation tasks and improves procedural fidelity. This IA delivers a real-time in situ apprenticeship experience for the clinician that may be able to replace lengthy and often ineffective training. |
|
Tactile Prompting of Orientation and Social Responses |
MARK T. HARVEY (Florida Institute of Technology), Bruce Mortimer (Engineering Acoustics Inc.) |
Abstract: The potential utility of tactile prompting for teaching social responses to children with autism has been demonstrated; however, previous tactile prompting systems did not allow differential tactile patterns to signal multiple discrete responses. The Tactile Awareness Prompting System (TAPS), sends tactile cues to an array of vibrotactile actuators (i.e., tactors) embedded within a stretchable belt worn around the torso of participants. The multi-tactor array allows instructors to differentially cue topographically dissimilar responses using distinct tactile patterns. Investigators taught three participants, two children diagnosed with autism and an age-matched control, three distinct orientation responses (e.g., look left, look forward, look right) and three social responses (i.e., ask for help, a social bid to a peer, and respond to a social bid from a peer), each associated with a different tactile pattern. Investigators tested generality of social responses in a group situation with and without the device for both participants who had autism. Results are discussed in relation to the use of tactile prompts for children with autism in clinical and educational settings. |
|
Shaping Performance Covertly and Remotely With Tactile Stimulation |
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (University of Louisville), Lee Collins (University of Louisville), Molly Dubuque (LittleStar ABA Therapy) |
Abstract: Tactile stimulation can be used to privately prompt or provide feedback for a variety of behaviors. However, technological limitations have primarily resulted in narrow investigations of tactile stimulation delivered on a time-based schedule delivered by a device like a Motivader or WatchMinder. Recent advances in smart phone and watch technologies have created new ways for practitioners to deliver tactile stimulation privately and remotely to shape behavior. The aim of this presentation is two-fold. First, to share the results from initial investigations utilizing this technology to reinforce on-task behavior in a young child diagnosed with autism. Second, to discuss the advantages and applications of utilizing tactile stimulation as a prompt or reinforcer. Discussions will center around using this technology to preserve the privacy and dignity of clients by covertly shaping performance; prompt behavior based on environmental events independent of scheduled times; deliver feedback quickly, quietly, and remotely without interrupting interactions; and fade dependence on tactile prompting and feedback. |
|
|
|
|
Programming for Generalization of Direction Following and Play Skills in Young Children With Autism Using Multiple-Exemplar Training and Matrix Training |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Discussant: Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc. ) |
CE Instructor: Sarah Frampton, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Children with autism often have deficits in generalization of skills and generalization has to often been directly programmed. Matrix training and multiple-exemplar training are two ways to effectively program for generalization. This symposium has two studies that will demonstrate the application of these two generalization strategies. Specifically, the first study will use matrix training to establish a generalized repertoire of direction following. This study will also discuss the implication of the size of matrix and efficiency of generalization. The second study will examine the effects of multiple exemplar training to establish a generalized repertoire of play sequences in young children |
Target Audience: Graduate students and professionals |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define multiple exemplar training 2. Define matrix training 3. Describe a measurement of play skills 4. Describe a measurement of direction following |
|
Using Matrix Training to Teach Direction Following to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
ALONDRA SANCHEZ SOLANO (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children), Eileen Mary Milata (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to investigate the effects of implementing a diagonal matrix training layout to teach a generalized repertoire of direction following to four male preschoolers with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) using two different sized matrices (i.e., 3x3 and 5x5). A multiple probe across participants experimental design was implemented to compare generalization efficiency. Participants were taught trained combinations using a constant prompt delay and a model prompt. Correct responding was defined as the participant performing the correct action and then selecting the target stimulus (e.g., “Jump to bowtie”) within 5 s of the discriminative stimuli. In addition, generalization was assessed on untrained direction combinations for within and across matrices. Interobserver agreement, procedural integrity and social validity was also assessed. The results demonstrated that matrix training led to generative responding across all participants and maintained up to four weeks after training was completed. Additionally, it was demonstrated through an efficiency measurement that a 5x5 matrix produced the fastest rates of generalization acquisition when compared to the 3x3 size matrix. |
|
Teaching Pretend Play to 2-Year-Old Children With Autism |
LAURA WILHELM (Student WNEU), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Children with autism (CWA) often lack play skills. CWA engage in repetitive manipulation of play materials (MacDonald et al., 2005) and are more likely to respond invariably to leisure materials than their typically developing peers (Bancroft et al., 2016). Current play research shows a variety of teaching methods have been used to teach play behavior, however play is often lacking novelty and generalization. The purpose of the current study was to examine the effects of combining an in-vivo model and multiple exemplar training to teach 9 dress up play sequences across 3 themes (fire fighter, chef, and doctor). One participant was trained on 9 dress up play sequences using in-vivo modeling. Probes across the 9 dress up play sequences were conducted to test for mastery and generalization within and across play themes. Results indicated increases in differentiated play, pretend play, and scripted play from that observed during baseline sessions. |
|
|
|
|
Research Related to Teaching Language Flexibility, Social Planning, and Social Skills to Individuals With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University) |
CE Instructor: Adel C. Najdowski, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current symposium presents three papers examining behavior analytic strategies for teaching language flexibility, social planning, and social skills. Individuals with autism spectrum disorder often display rigid, inflexible interests (American Psychiatric Association, 2013), behaviors (Cruz et al., 2013), and cognitions (Van Eylen et al., 2011). The first paper analyzes the effects of a multiple exemplar training package on skill acquisition of language flexibility via a “shades of gray” continuum, wherein participants’ language rigidity or a “black and white” approach in categorizing concepts dichotomously is anticipated to correspondingly decrease. Planning involves the predetermination of a set of actions toward a goal (Hayes-Roth & Perrault, 1979) that requires consistent monitoring (Hill, 2004), and social planning involves engaging in a complex chain of behaviors to plan a social outing, event, interaction, or goal. The second paper evaluates the use of gamification as a method to increase social planning skills in individuals with autism using a multiple baseline across participants design. The third paper provides a review of behavioral procedures used to teach social skills to individuals with autism and developmental disabilities, with an emphasis on evaluating the extent of generalization observed. |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. State a behavioral intervention strategy for teaching language flexibility to individuals with autism using a “shades of gray” continuum. 2. State a behavioral intervention method for teaching individuals with autism to solve social problems. 3. State at least 5 areas of current research on social skills interventions and strategies to program for generalization. |
|
Using a Shades of Gray Continuum to Teach Language Flexibility to Individuals With Autism |
EMMA ISABEL MOON (Pepperdine University), Megan Michelle St. Clair (Halo Behavioral Health), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University), Victoria Daniela Castillo (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder often display rigid, inflexible interests (American Psychiatric Association, 2013), behaviors (D'Cruz et al., 2013), and cognitions (Van Eylen et al., 2011). Such rigidity can often lead to difficulty in functionally integrating into society, building, and maintaining relationships. However, there is a paucity of research on teaching individuals with Autism language flexibility skills. This study uses a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the effects of utilizing a shades of gray continuum intervention via a multiple exemplar training treatment package, consisting of contingent least-to-most error correction and reinforcement, to increase language flexibility in responding across individuals with Autism. Treatment entails creating a series of continuums that display the ‘shades of gray’ between two dichotomous terms that are relevant to individual participants’ everyday lives. Current data represent baseline performance across three participants followed by initiation of the intervention with participants one and two. Given the immediate change in level across both participants, data thus far is encouraging and suggests that the multiple exemplar training package will be effective in increasing language flexibility by responding with shades of gray comparative to baseline performance. Future data is to be collected in order to determine if the intervention continues to yield acquisition via increasing trend and limited variability. Finally, future data will also be collected on the continued baseline performance of the third participant, as well as the introduction of the intervention. |
|
Teaching Individuals with Autism to Engage in Social Planning |
PETER FARAG (Halo Behavioral Health), Victoria Daniela Castillo (Endicott College), Noya Alperson (Halo Behavioral Health), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University), Megan Michelle St. Clair (Halo Behavioral Health), Emma Isabel Moon (Halo Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: Planning involves the predetermination of a set of actions toward a goal (Hayes-Roth & Perrault, 1979) that requires consistent monitoring (Hill, 2004), and social planning involves engaging in a complex chain of behaviors to plan a social outing, event, or interaction. Research has identified gamification as an effective method to increase skill acquisition (Landers & Armstrong, 2015), yet there is a paucity of research investigating the effects of using gamification to teach individuals with autism to make social plans. The current study used a multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the effects of gamification on teaching individuals with autism to engage in social planning. Current data represents baseline performance for two participants, with the initiation of intervention on participant one demonstrating an increase in responding. Given the change in level, data thus far suggest that the gamification intervention increased acquisition responding from baseline. Future data is to be collected in order to determine if the intervention continues to yield acquisition via increasing trend and limited variability. The current study will also be conducted with a third participant. |
|
A Review of Social Skills Interventions Conducted With Individuals With Developmental Disabilities: Examining Extent of Generalization |
SVETLANA DANIELYAN (Pepperdine University), Lusineh Gharapetian (Pepperdine University) |
Abstract: Social skills enable individuals to access to a variety of reinforcers across people and settings within their community. The absence of these skills is detrimental in that it hinders the development of successful social-emotional relationships that limits meaningful interactions with others (Goldstein & Naglieri, 2013). While social skills trainings are developed and implemented more consistently in ABA-based programs, a systematic review of these procedures has yet to be conducted to evaluate the extent of generalization outcomes across responses, settings, people, and time. Our aim is to provide a resource for practitioners to identify effective social skills training protocols for children, adolescents, and young adults (ages 3-22) that includes a generalization component and ensures the generalization of treatment effects. This literature review includes 60 studies (32 have been completed, and 28 are still in the process of data collection) from the last 20 years obtained from behavioral journals. The social skills evaluated included play skills (n=6), conversational skills (n=6), non-verbal social skills (n=2), perspective taking (n=3), and social interactions (n=11). The studies are classified according to their training format and setting, the intensity and length of training, the training procedures, and outcomes, including probes for generalization and maintenance. Generalization was trained in 23 of 32 studies and tested in 27 of 32 studies. Generalization was observed for 87 of 103 participants across all studies. Maintenance was observed at various points in 19 of 32 studies. These results will be discussed with the aim of generating a repository of information about generalization in social skills to inform clinical practice and provide directions for future research. |
|
|
|
|
ACTing the Part: Expanding the Reach of ACT-Based Efforts Within Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University) |
CE Instructor: Dana Paliliunas, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In the last decade, the applications of acceptance and commitment training (ACT) has exploded within behavior analysis practice. The scope of ACT investigations, however, has been somewhat limited to efforts within the autism spectrum disorder (ASD) population. To that end, the present symposium seeks to expand the empirical reach of ACT to populations outside that of ASD, and discuss the overarching implications of using ACT as a viable, behavior-analytically-rooted approach in a thoroughgoing fashion. |
Target Audience: intermediate |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe how to measure the effects of values procedures on behavioral persistence in the lab Attendees will learn how to best support staff in the implementation of behavior analytic implementation Attendees will be able to describe stimulus equivalence procedures as they relate to staff training efforts |
|
Values and Persistence: Evaluating the Effectiveness of Brief Values Exercises on a Persistence Task in the Laboratory |
JAY LEUNG (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: Persisting with an aversive task is needed in virtually all important areas of human functioning, including academic, vocational, social, fitness, and even familial functioning. Values-based interventions have been shown to be effective in a variety of psychology studies, but little research has evaluated the effects of values-based interventions on task persistence. The objective of this study is to evaluate the effects of values-based interventions on measures of persistence in the laboratory setting, and to identify interventions that are likely to be effective and potential good candidates outside of the lab. The intervention consists of brief ACT values exercises in the lab setting. The study includes typically developing adult participants that are university students and employees. The study uses single case experimental designs to evaluate the effects of the interventions at the level of the individual participant, wheras the majority of previous research on values-based interventions has used group designs and/or indirect measures of behavior. Data collection on this study is ongoing with six participants. |
|
Watch Me Try: Acceptance and Commitment Training for Improving Athletic Performance of Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
THOMAS G. SZABO (Florida Institute of Technology), Chris Palinski (Las Vegas, NV), Paula Willis (Las Vegas, NV) |
Abstract: Few studies have examined the effects of contextual behavior science interventions for adult athletes with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Those few, reviewed herein, show preliminary empirical support for treating behavioral deficits exhibited by young adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder engaged in competitive sports. In the current study, we evaluated a novel iteration of Acceptance and Commitment Training called Watch Me Try and compared it to direct contingency management to facilitate athletic performance of young adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder using a concurrent multiple baseline across participants design. The title and language used in establishing the intervention were geared specifically to the social development of the participants. All three athletes increased their attendance, heart rate, and length of falls during training to simulate desired performance during competitions and subsequently, their competition performances improved. One improved with direct contingency management alone; the other two required the Watch Me Try approach to bolster their performance. |
|
Investigations of Psychological Flexibility as a Mediator for Academic, Prosocial, and Maladaptive Behavior Change in a Twice Exceptional Student Sample |
DANIEL B HOWELL (Arizona State University), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University), Michael DeLaet (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) is an empirically-based intervention that has been effectively used in clinical settings to increase clients’ psychological flexibility. To date, however, there is limited evidence within school settings. The Accept, Identify, Move (AIM), was used during the current study. A multiple baseline across subjects design was used to evaluate the effects of the AIM curriculum on participants’ psychological flexibility using the Children’s Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire (CPFQ). Participants in this study all attended the same school and ranged in age from 7 years of age to 18 years of age. The CPFQ was administered during each phase of the study, and teachers completed the caregiver version of the questionnaire based on what they believe their student’s score were. Differences between groups were measured, and students will be directly observed to see if AIM effects on-task behavior. The extend to which psychological flexibility serves as a mediating variable to improvements in academic, prosocial, and maladaptive behavior will be discussed both specifically and broadly. |
|
|
|
|
Crafting Evidence-Based Policies Using Data Displays of International BACB Certificants |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CSS/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mack S. Costello (Rider University) |
CE Instructor: Mack S. Costello, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Beyond the exponential growth in the professional practice of applied behavior analysis, measured by increasing numbers of certified behavior analysts, little is known regarding what factors mediate and stimulate said growth. This presentation examines the number certified behavior analysts there in the world, and specifically examines how we can help grow our field on the international stage. Using geo-coded data that does not aggregate state data and charts plotting dispersal of certified behavior analysts we can examine the equitable distribution of behavior analysts and identify areas needing support. The first analysis will review BACB certificant growth at the global level, while the second analysis will provide insights about what policies and/or resources are related with rapid certificant growth. Finally, a case example of grass-root efforts to stimulate growth in Ontario, Canada will be discussed. Attendees will leave this presentation with up-to-date information of certificant trends at the international level, some ideas for how to stimulate certificant growth using a grass-roots behavioral-systems approach, and learn about current front-line efforts to generate change in Ontario, Canada, and how these can be generalized to other geographic regions with appropriate cultural tailoring. |
Target Audience: Certified practitioners in the field and educators in verified course sequences. |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will leave this presentation with up-to-date information of certificant trends at the international level, some ideas for how to stimulate certificant growth using a grass-roots behavioural-systems approach, and learn about current front-line efforts to generate change in Ontario, Canada, and how these can be generalized to other geographic regions with appropriate cultural tailoring. |
|
World-Wide Certificant Trends |
NEIL DEOCHAND (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Where in the world are certified behavior analysts? This presentation will provide an in-depth review of the current frequencies of certificants across the globe. Various country-level heat maps of the world and each individual continent will be shared with the audience. Attendees of this presentation will learn about how certificants vary both within and across countries; for example, the audience will view heat maps by each type of BACB certification for each location. By the end of the presentation, attendees will have a solid understanding of the level of certificants across the world. By the end of this discussion, our aim is to help identify nations that are reaching a potential ‘tipping point’ towards exponential growth. |
|
Policies to Stimulate BACB Certificant Growth |
HARLEY LANG (Vancouver, BC) |
Abstract: What policies bring-about growth in North America? This is an important question because the identification of policies or resources that are related with growth could inform the development of policies in nations where growth is slow or not existent. The first part of this presentation will provide an in-depth review of the geographical locations of BACB certificants within each province and state. This is displayed in the form of state-level maps that include approximate citizen populations, the number of BACB certificants in each census area, and the presence of verified course sequences. The second half of this presentation will review policies, such as licensure and insurance, that are in place within the United States, and the results of statistical analyses that seek to shed light on what types of policies tend to stimulate growth. |
|
A Case Example of Stimulating Growth in the Field: Ontario, Canada |
Joan Broto (Dalton Associates), KENDRA THOMSON (Brock University) |
Abstract: What examples are there of grass-root advocacy efforts to stimulate the field of behavior analysis at the international level? The previous presentations in this symposium have identified some nations that are on the cusp of a ‘tipping point’ towards exponential growth, one of them being Canada. In this presentation, recent efforts to stimulate the development of the professional practice of behavior analysis in Ontario, Canada will be shared. |
|
|
|
|
Current Research in Token Reinforcement |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EAB/PCH; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Haily Traxler (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Tokens are an important tool in behavior therapy and have facilitated the conceptual development of operant relations. To that end, applied and basic researchers have a shared interest in determining the effects of tokens in a broad range of contexts. Thus, the translational potential of token-related research is especially high. This symposium will explore current research in token reinforcement and highlight its translational importance. Topics covered will include assessments of generalized and specific token reinforcement, the relevant forms of token reinforcement, and the effectiveness of reinforcers in open and closed economies. Together, these presentations will provide insights into effective use of tokens in applied situations, and offer future directions for the use of tokens in the ongoing conceptual development of behavior analysis. |
|
They Walk Like Ducks: Effects of Generalized Conditioned Stimuli in Humans |
HAILY TRAXLER (Western Michigan University), Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Skinner (1953) stated that the effects of generalized conditioned reinforcers should maintain longer than specific conditioned reinforcers because their effects are not dependent on a particular motivating operation. Tokens easily model different levels of generality because tokens can be paired with one or more back-up reinforcers. In the current study, three types of tokens were assessed that could be exchanged for either salty snacks, food and drinks offered in a small marketplace, or money on a gift card. Token preferences were assessed using a Paired Stimulus preference assessment and a progressive ratio (PR) task (Experiment 1), and a demand analysis (Experiment 2). The results of the preference assessment and PR task support that as generality increases, the relative reinforcing value of different types of tokens also increases. Procedures for the demand analysis are still being conducted, but it is expected that demand for generalized tokens will be higher than for specific tokens, consistent with Experiment 1. These results demonstrate concordance between Paired Stimulus preference assessment and PR tasks in assessing value. Finally, the results support the use of a graded approach to assessing the value of token reinforcers. |
|
An Assessment of Token Value and Effectiveness: Does Form Matter? |
MARCELLA HANGEN (The University of Kansas), Ashley Romero (The University of Kansas), Halle Norris (The University of Kansas), Breanna R Roberts (The University of Kansas), Kathryn A Gorycki (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Token systems are a commonly used treatment procedure to increase desirable behavior and decrease undesirable behavior for a variety of different responses (Hackenberg, 2009). Token systems have been used with a variety of populations including, but not limited to, children diagnosed with various disabilities, prisoners, and school-aged children. Because token systems are commonly used in clinical settings, it is important to identify the reinforcing value of these systems to increase their effectiveness (Fiske et al., 2015). Currently, there is a paucity of research on the identification of variables impacting reinforcement efficacy (Hackenberg, 2018), which includes limited research evaluating the potential influence of token appearance or form. Therefore, the current study was designed to extend the work of Charlop-Christy and Haymes (1998) and Carnett et al. (2014) who evaluated the effects of perseverative-interest-related tokens on compliance and problem behavior in children with autism and found that perseverative-interest-related tokens were associated with decreases in problem behavior and increases in compliance. Specifically, we extend the literature by evaluating the efficacy of reinforcement schedule thinning with preferred tokens, neutral tokens, and no tokens compared to a baseline condition on levels of problem behavior, compliance, independent correct responses, and the rate of skill acquisition. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Open and Closed Economies on the Rate of Skill Acquisition |
ANA MARIA MORENO PABON (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Jessica Gomez (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated the effect of multiple parameters of reinforcement on the rate of skill acquisition (e.g., delay, schedule). One parameter that has been shown to be a particularly influential parameter is quality (Karsten & Carr, 2009). One factor that may influence the reinforcing efficacy of stimuli with roughly equal quality is the broader context in which those reinforcers are available. In behavioral economics, these differences are described as open and closed economies. In a closed economy, reinforcer access is only available through interaction with the experimental arrangement. In an open economy, consumption is not entirely dependent on within-session performance. In this study we evaluated the extent to which economy type influences the rate of skill acquisition during DTT. Preliminary results show that acquisition occurred at a faster rate in the closed economy condition relative to the open economy condition for one of two participants and roughly equal rates of acquisition across the two conditions for the second participant. |
|
|
|
|
Parametric Evaluations of Noncontingent Reinforcement to Improve Compliance and Decrease Challenging Behavior |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Stephanie Jones (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Claire C. St. Peter, Ph.D. |
Abstract: One variation of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) involves delivering preferred items independently of responding. NCR is a common intervention for changing clinically significant behavior. However, few studies have evaluated the parameters that are necessary for NCR to be effective. This symposium includes within subject parametric evaluations assessing impacts of varying levels of treatment integrity during NCR and varying magnitude of NCR in applied settings. The first presentation includes two experiments in which commission and omission errors of varying degrees are superimposed on an effective NCR procedure with typically developing elementary school students. Effects of errors differed across error type and participants. The second presentation includes evaluations of effects of varying duration and quantity of noncontingent access to preferred items on compliance. All participants across both experiments exhibited more compliant behavior with higher magnitude noncontingent access. These parametric evaluations of NCR shed light on conditions under which NCR is an effective or ineffective behavioral intervention. |
Target Audience: BCBAs Researchers |
|
Effects of Reduced Integrity Implementation of Noncontingent Reinforcement on Disruptive Behavior |
STEPHANIE JONES (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), which involves the delivery of reinforcers independently of responding, significantly decreases challenging behavior when implemented consistently. Less is known about effects of inconsistent implementation, although these inconsistencies are likely common. In Experiment 1, we evaluated effects of reinforcing 20% and 80% of challenging behavior during Noncontingent reinforcement for students who engaged in challenging behavior maintained by access to items. In Experiment 2, we evaluated effects of omitting 20% or 80% of scheduled noncontingent reinforcers on the likelihood of challenging behavior for the same participants. Challenging behavior consistently occurred during baseline. Consistent NCR suppressed challenging behavior by at least 75% relative to baseline. Effects of reduced integrity implementation differed across participants and error type. |
|
The Effect of Varying Durations and Quantities of Noncontingent Access to Preferred Items on Compliance |
HALLIE MARIE ERTEL (Florida Institute of Technology), Ashley Shuler (FIT), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The high-probability (high-p) sequence is frequently used to increase compliance. It involves presentation of a series of instructions with which a participant has historically complied immediately before the presentation of an instruction that has a lower probability of compliance (i.e., a low-p instruction). To date, the high-p sequence has received mixed support in the literature. Thus, researchers have begun to investigate alternatives to the sequence, one of which involves omission of the high-p instructions and noncontingent access to preferred items immediately before the delivery of the low-p instruction. In the current study, the effect of varying durations and quantities of noncontingent access to a preferred item, prior to the delivery of a low-p instruction, was evaluated across two experiments. Participants included seven children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Multielement designs were used to evaluate the effects of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) on compliance. In experiment 1, we provided three different durations of noncontingent access to preferred items immediately before delivering a low-p instruction: zero s, 30 s, and 3 min. In Experiment 2, we provided three different quantities of noncontingent access to preferred items: 5 edibles, 1 edible, and 0 edibles. Each experiment ended with a choice phase. The results show a greater increase in compliance during the higher durations and quantities of noncontingent access across all participants in both studies. |
|
|
|
|
Extending Behavior Analysis into Public Service: Applications Within the Fire Service |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Natalie A. Parks, Ph.D. |
Chair: Natalie A. Parks (Behavior Leader) |
MASON WASHINGTON (Behavior Leader; Robertson Fire Protection District) |
PAUL PEEBLES (Behavior Leader; Robertson Fire Protection District) |
TYLER BONNELL (Behavior Leader; Orange County Fire Department) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts know that our science can be applied to many different industries and social problems. One application of this is within the public service industry. Behavior Leader combined those who were traditionally trained as behavior analysts and those who were traditionally trained as firefighters to address common organizational problems within the fire service industry. Panelists will discuss four projects that cover two different applications of behavior analysis into fire stations as well as future directions. First, the panel will discuss diversity and inclusion issues within the fire service and how behavior analysis can be used to assess and address the diversity of the workforce and the culture that allows or does not allow inclusion of all. Second, the panel will discuss billing optimization of EMS services and how behavior analysis can be applied to create new systems that maximize payment of claims. Finally, the panel will discuss other opportunities where behavior analysts can extend our science into the public service world by working with fire fighters, police officers, elected officials, and military personnel. |
Target Audience: Any individual that is a student or certified behavior analyst who is interested in applications of behavior analysis outside of the autism field. |
Learning Objectives: 1. State at least two areas of focus where behavior analysis can be used within the fire service. 2. Identify the pros of including both behavior analysts and fire fighters when working with the fire service. 3. Discuss how to extend similar services into other public service agencies. |
|
|
|
|
Improving the Quality of Data Collection and Behavior Plans in Educational, Medical, and Psychiatric Settings |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: OBM/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Gregory Young (Franciscan Children's) |
Discussant: Jonathan R. Miller (.) |
CE Instructor: Kelsey Ventura, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will describe new methods that can be used across educational, medical, and psychiatric settings to improve the quality of data collection and increase the social validity of behavioral interventions. In the first study, the authors developed a data collection tool to evaluate the quality of behavior support plans developed for children with severe problem behavior in a community school. The authors demonstrated that by using the tool, they were able to determine the strengths and weakness of current behavior plans to obtain a measure of quality. The second presentation focuses on a treatment package for improving staff’s data collection. The treatment package included simplified data sheets, behavior clickers, and prompts. Results demonstrate that these strategies can improve the quality of data collection on an inpatient psychiatric unit. The final presentation focuses on increasing the amount of behavior data collected by nurses on an inpatient medical rehabilitation unit. This study expands on the findings from the second presentation by systematically evaluating the effects of prompts via an established medical records system. Results support the use of prompts as demonstrated by a significant increase in the amount of data collected by nurses in prompt conditions as compared to baseline conditions. |
Target Audience: The target audience of this talk is any behavior analysist or supervisor who is responsible for monitoring and improving staff performance within a clinical setting. |
Learning Objectives: Attendees of this symposium will be able to identify 3 strategies for improving data collection behaviors, including, simplified data sheets, behavior clickers, and prompts. Attendees of this symposium will be able to identify methods for evaluating the social validity of a behavior support plan. Attendees of this symposium will be able to describe empirically supported strategies for improving direct care staff integrity of data collection and behavior plan implementation within an applied clinical setting. |
|
Development of a Treatment Package to Improve Accuracy of Data Collection on a Psychiatric Unit for Children Diagnosed With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
Antoinette Donaldson (Children's Hospital Colorado), PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus and Children’s Hospital Colorado), Aimee Sue Alcorn (Children’s Hospital Colorado), James Linares (Children’s Hospital Colorado) |
Abstract: Data collection is a hallmark of effective behavior-analytic therapy. Collecting accurate data permits a behavior analyst to evaluate the effectiveness of behavioral treatment. The current study evaluated the use of a clicker, simplified observation, and timer to improve accuracy of data collection on a psychiatric unit for children diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Experiment 1, conducted within a combined multiple baseline across participants and reversal design, was an evaluation to identify an intervention package for four participants employed by the psychiatric unit. Interventions yielding the highest interobserver agreement (IOA) were highly individualized. Thus, we selected the most comprehensive intervention and exposed four additional participants to this intervention during Experiment 2. Results showed that this intervention improved IOA for these additional participants as evaluated within a multiple baseline across participants design. Results of the current study will be discussed to assist other behavior analysts improve data collection practices in hospital or school settings. |
|
The Use of Computerized Prompts to Improve Behavioral Data Collection in a Medical Setting |
GREGORY YOUNG (Franciscan Children's), Mary Laurette Hughes (Franciscan Children's), Daniel Clark (May Institute), Aimee Lyons (Franciscan Children's) |
Abstract: Patient’s behavior in the medical setting often interrupts medical care (e.g., refusal of care, removal of medical equipment, self-injurious, and aggressive behaviors). Direct behavioral measurements are essential to adequately design and evaluate the efficacy of behavioral interventions in an effort to provide appropriate medical care and ensure safety. Nurses have the most frequent contact with patients and are responsible for evaluating and documenting patients’ medical and behavioral information; however, nurses typically collect indirect measurements of behavior and psychological wellbeing rather than direct behavioral observations. The present study evaluated effectiveness of computerized prompts to increase nurses’ data recording behaviors in a subacute pediatric inpatient medical rehabilitation unit. Initial baseline data demonstrated that only 28.17% of intervals of behavior data were collected by nursing staff. Computerized prompts within the hospital’s electronic medical records system (Meditech) were implemented across five sets of nurses using an A-B-A-B reversals with one set, A-C-B-A-B-D-B reversal design with a second set, an A-B design with two sets, and intervention only condition with the final set. Percent of data collected was calculated using permanent products of weekly behavior data sheets. Results of the present study demonstrate that computerized prompts resulted in a clinically significant increase in the percent of data that were collected. |
|
|
|
|
Current Dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis in China: A Reflection of Twenty Years of Dissemination and Progress |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: TBA |
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Lin Du, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: WEIHE HUANG (Creating Behavioral + Educational Momentum) |
Abstract: In the West, the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) evolved from experimental analysis of behavior. In this evolutionary process, seven dimensions of ABA emerged: applied, behavioral, analytic, technological, conceptual, effective, and generality. On the other hand, ABA was introduced into mainland China 20 years ago and has been developing since then as a direct result of the rise of autism spectrum disorder. Therefore, the level of acceptance of, and interest in, the aforementioned seven dimensions varied in China. The different development of ABA dimensions in the West and in China can also be attributed to cultural and societal variables as well. This presentation will provide an overview of what I observed in the past two decades regarding the practice and research of ABA in China. Equipped with personal experience and relevant literature both in English and in Chinese, I will describe efforts and milestones of disseminating ABA in China. Based on this anthropological description, I will also share with participants my assessment of the current dimensions of ABA in China as well as recommendations to further elevate ABA practices and research in China. |
Target Audience: Practitioners and researchers who are interested in diversity-related issues in general; providers and educators who are interested in providing programs to Chinese populations. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the main difference of evolutionary courses of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in the West and in China; (2) list seven core dimensions of ABA in general and describe at least four of the current dimensions of ABA in China in particular (as presented by the speaker); (3) identify at least two cultural and societal variables that have influenced the development of ABA in China. |
|
WEIHE HUANG (Creating Behavioral + Educational Momentum) |
Dr. Weihe Huang is a board certified behavior analyst. Currently, he is the vice president of a California-based company named Creating Behavioral + Educational Momentum and an adjunct professor with Florida Institute of Technology. Internationally, Dr. Huang serves as an expert consultant for the Beijing-based Ai You Charity Foundation and as a chief clinical consultant for Linjie Psychological Rehabilitation Clinic for Children in Wuhan, China. He attended Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, earning his Ph.D. in 1997. Dr. Huang has been active in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis for twenty-five years, having served as a board member and committee chair of California Association for Behavior Analysis for several terms. He has devoted much of his time to dissemination of applied behavior analysis in Asian countries including China. In 2000, Dr. Huang received an international development grant from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis and with that support, he went to China to teach ABA courses in universities and special education schools. Two years later, his teaching materials evolved into a monograph entitled Behavioral intervention for children with autism and developmental disorders, which was the first published book of this kind in the Chinese language. So far, Dr. Huang has published 10 research studies in English, seven books in Chinese on applied behavior analysis and autism, and a Chinese translation of Verbal behavior milestones assessment and placement program (VB-MAPP). Among his achievements are an Award for Outstanding Research Achievement from Shanghai Association for Philosophy and Social Sciences and a Diversity Award from the International Society for Autism Research. |
|
|
|
|
Research on Imagining and Problem Solving: Investigations into Private Events and Complex Behavior |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
CE Instructor: April N. Kisamore, Ph.D. |
Abstract: There has recently been an increased interest in research on complex behavior such as imagining and problem solving. Problem solving is relevant to a variety of social, academic, and employment tasks, but we have little research to guide practices in these areas. In addition, behavior analytic researchers have only recently begun to evaluate the effects of prompting private events, such as imagining, on subsequent overt responding. The three papers in this symposium provide examples of how behavior analysts are pushing the boundaries in research on complex behavior. The authors of the first paper evaluated the effects of teaching skills to solve common social problems, the second sought to teach children with ASD how to imagine to answer complex questions, and the purpose of the third was to determine if there were any effects of instructing imagining on emergent relations. |
Target Audience: Behavior analytic researchers or clinicians interested in learning more about recent advances in our understanding of private events and problem solving. |
|
Teaching Individuals with Autism to Solve Social Problems |
VICTORIA DANIELA CASTILLO (Endicott College), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University), Megan Michelle St. Clair (Halo Behavioral Health), Peter Farag (Halo), Emma Isabel Moon (Halo Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: A defining feature of autism spectrum disorder is demonstration of deficits in social skills (DSM-5, American Psychological Association, 2013). Being able to solve social problems is a social skill that is important for successful social interaction, maintenance of relationships, and functional integration into society (Bonet et al., 2015), yet there is limited research that has been conducted on this topic with individuals with autism. This study uses a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design to assess the efficacy of a social problem-solving intervention consisting of multiple exemplar training, error correction, and reinforcement on the acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of social problem solving to naturally occurring untrained social problems. Current data represent baseline and pretraining performance for two participants and the introduction of intervention for participant one. Data thus far demonstrates an initial increase in social problem solving upon implementation of the intervention. Future data will be reported on the effects of the intervention on social problem solving for the two current participants as well as an additional third participant. |
|
Effects of Visual Imagining on the Acquisition of Multiply Controlled Intraverbals in Children With Autism |
SHANNON RAIMONDO (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Intraverbals that children learn early in development (e.g., song fill-ins, chains) are often the result of simple stimulus control. As the intraverbal repertoire becomes more complex, it is rare that these responses are controlled by a single discriminative stimulus; rather they are under the control of multiple stimuli. The purpose of this study was to systematically replicate and extend the work of Kisamore, Carr, and LeBlanc (2011) by evaluating the effects of visual imagining training on multiply controlled intraverbals in children with ASD. We programmed for generalization by using multiple exemplars of stimuli and assessed across novel responses and a novel category. We included measures of external validity by including participant scores on several language assessments and we included measures of social validity of our stimuli, procedures, and outcomes. We predicted that there would be an increase in responding to the complex intraverbals following visual imagining training and that responding would generalize both within and across categories. Preliminary data suggest an increase in responding following training and some generalization across categories. However, generalization within categories is not as robust. Additional data collection is ongoing. |
|
Effects of Visual Imagining on Speed of Emergent Conditional Discriminations |
REAGAN ELAINE COX (Texas Christian University), Camille Roberts (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of instructed visualization on emergent relations between visual stimuli. Participants were college students at Texas Christian University. 25 participants were assigned to each of three groups. The standard group received match-to-sample (MTS) training to relate abstract visual stimuli to nonsense text labels prior to training to relate pairs of labels. The reverse group received the same training in the opposite sequence, and the directed visualization group received the standard training sequence with the addition of instructions to visualize the abstract stimuli when learning to relate the pairs of textual stimuli. A post-test assessed emergent relations between the abstract stimuli. We predicted that the directed visualization group would perform with greater speed and accuracy than the standard group, and that the standard group would in turn outperform the reverse group due to uninstructed visualization. Preliminary data suggest participants in all groups are responding with similar speed on the post-test. However, participants in the directed visualization group are performing with higher accuracy on the post-test test than the other groups. Additional data collection is ongoing. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching the Use of Different Speech-Generating Device Displays to Individuals With Autism During Natural Routines |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Cindy Gevarter (University of New Mexico) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth R. Lorah, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Typically, speech-generating device interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder have often involved discrete-trial approaches. Recently, there has been a trend towards using naturalistic developmental behavioral approaches for children with autism spectrum disorder. These approaches embed behavioral principles within natural contexts, routines, and social interactions. Natural communication partners (e.g., parents, peers) are also often involved in such approaches. There is a need for speech-generating device research that explores the utility of these more naturalistic approaches across a variety of device display formats. This symposium will explore how different speech-generating device display formats (including simple grid-based formats, dynamic navigational grids, and visual scene displays) can be incorporated into different natural routines (e.g., play, art activity, meal time, conversation) with natural communication partners (parents and peers). All three studies embedded a variety of behavioral techniques (e.g., prompting, time delay) into natural routines in order to encourage the use of speech-generating devices for communicative purposes. Results indicate that naturalistic interventions with behavioral components can be effective for teaching communication responses to individuals with ASD across a range of display formats. |
Target Audience: The target audience for this event would be BCBAs and related practitioners with interests in behavioral approaches to speech-generating device interventions (e.g., special education teachers, speech-language pathologists). |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify different behavioral strategies that can be incorporated into naturalistic speech-generating device interventions 2. Participants will be to describe different speech-generating device formats 3. Participants will identify naturalistic routines that are appropriate for speech-generating device intervention |
|
An Embedded Naturalistic Teaching Approach to the Increase Multi-step Speech-Generating Device Responses of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
CINDY GEVARTER (university of new mexico), Mariah Groll (University of New Mexico), Erin Stone (University of New Mexico), Adriana Medina (University of New Mexico) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effectiveness of embedded naturalistic instruction for teaching multi-step speech-generating device (SGD) responses to three preschool-aged males with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Parents were taught to embed opportunities to request objects, request help, reject items, and make comments during every-day routines (e.g., play, meal time). During intervention, parents used time delay, prompting, reinforcement, and device proximity to encourage the use of two-step SGD responses on a grid-based display with category folders (e.g., vehicles, animals). The display format was selected based upon prior dynamic assessment to determine appropriate formats. Effects of intervention were evaluated using a multiple-probes across participants design. For object requesting, all three participants showed an immediate increase in responding that maintained at high levels. Other pragmatic functions also increased, but at a more gradual pace. All three participants showed generalized responding when new items were introduced, and when display pages with a larger array of folders and vocabulary items were assessed. |
|
The Effects of Speech-Generating Devices on the Communication of Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder During Social Interactions |
SALENA BABB (Penn State University), Ciara Ousley (Penn State) |
Abstract: Social interactions are a critical component of quality of life. These interactions are often complicated for adolescents with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), as they experience difficulty in participating in social interactions with their peers. The challenges of social interactions are further intensified for those adolescents with ASD who have difficulty with speech. Speech-generating device (SGD) interventions designed to support communication during social interactions with peers in natural environments are needed for these individuals. Video visual scene displays (video VSDs) capture dynamic routines that support communication. This study used a multiple-probe across participants design to assess the impact of an intervention using videos with integrated visual scene displays (video VSDs), presented on a tablet-based app, on the communication of four adolescents with ASD and complex communication needs and their peer partners. The automatic pausing of a video at key points served as a prompt for communication opportunities and provided the necessary vocabulary within the VSD. Following intervention, all four participants demonstrated an increase in communicative turns and in modes of communication used (including speech), suggesting that video VSDs may be an effective tool for supporting social communication. |
|
The Establishment of Peer Manding during Naturally Occurring Routines |
ELIZABETH R. LORAH (University of Arkansas), Jessica Miller (University of Arkansas), Brenna Griffin (University of Arkansas) |
Abstract: The use of handheld computing devices outfitted to function as speech-generating devices (SGD) for young children with autism, continues to gain popularity in educational and clinical settings. Within such settings, it is typically the case that early mand training is taught in a teacher-student dyadic manner. While this has proven to be effective for early mand training, given the social communication needs of young children with autism, greater effort should be placed on establishing peer-peer dyadic manding. Thus, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a five-second time delay, with full-physical, in the acquisition of manding from a peer-listener, for three preschool aged children with a diagnosis of autism, using a SGD. The instructional arrangement incorporated manding for a missing item, during an arts and crafts activity, incorporating naturally occurring routines within the procedures. The results indicated that all three participants acquired the ability to mand for the missing item from the peer-listener and two of the three participants indicated maintenance of this skill. Limitations of this study and considerations for future evaluations will also be discussed within this presentation. |
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Research on Decision-Making in Behavioral Treatment |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Allison Nicole White (Michigan State University ) |
Discussant: Tyra Paige Sellers (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
CE Instructor: Tyra Paige Sellers, M.Ed. |
Abstract: The purpose of this symposium is to describe recent advancements in research on decision-making in the context of behavioral interventions. The first study will describe a decision tool designed to support behavior analysts and classroom teachers when conducting FBAs to inform function-based interventions. The second study will report results on the effectiveness of an instructional package consisting of a brief online training and a decision-making model on increasing the accuracy of instructional decisions made by preservice teachers and prospective behavior analysts. The third study will review a framework for modifying the objectives and approach of interventions for challenging behavior, based on both in-session and out- of-session outcomes. The fourth study reports results from translational application of probability discounting to evaluate how data accuracy affects the choices practitioners make during visual analysis. |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe a tool to select, design, and implement hypothesis testing strategies for students with persistent challenging behavior; (2) use an instructional package to make informed instructional decisions by analyzing students’ performance data; (3) use a framework to modify objective and interventions for challenging behavior; and (4) describe how changes in probabilities may affect decision-making during visual analysis |
|
Evaluation of an Instructional Package for Data-Based Decision Making |
MEKA MCCAMMON (University of South Carolina), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina), Ashley Holt (University of South Carolina), Lauren LeJeune (University of South Carolina) |
Abstract: Adapting interventions based on student progress is paramount to the effectiveness of instruction in special education and applied behavior analysis. There is limited research on effective and time efficient methods for teaching educators and clinicians to make informed instructional decisions by analyzing students’ performance data. Preliminary evidence from Kipfmiller et al., (2019) suggests that a decision-making model can be effective in increasing the accuracy of data-based decision making by front-line employees. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a more complex model in which participants were taught to identify the type of data pattern then subsequently make an instructional decision. We used a multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the effectiveness of an instructional package consisting of a brief online training and a decision-making model on increasing the accuracy of instructional decisions made by preservice teachers and prospective behavior analysts. All the participants increased their percentage of correctly identifying data patterns and instructional decisions across multiple exemplars during assessment sessions. The implications of these findings along with one-month follow-up data will be discussed. |
|
Considering the Process and Product of Intensive Intervention Through Data Triangulation |
IPSHITA` BANERJEE (Peabody College, Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University), Bailey Copeland (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: This study highlights a framework for modifying the objectives and approach of interventions for challenging behavior, based on both in-session and out- of-session outcomes. The framework is intended to maximize efficacy and social validity through a flexible but systematic approach to data analysis. Variables considered include child outcomes, basic behavioral processes (e.g., bursts, contrast), shifting caregiver values, implementation fidelity, resource constraints, and preference. Preliminary findings from three child-caregiver dyads suggest objectives reflected by contemporary research practices (e.g., suppression of challenging behavior, increases in functional communication and compliance, discrimination training, delay/denial tolerance) reflect desirable and socially valid outcomes. However, the intervention variables responsible for producing them (e.g., prompting techniques, treatment dosage, etc.) are far more idiosyncratic. |
|
Visual Analysis With Dynamic Data Sets and Changing Data Accuracy |
ALLISON NICOLE WHITE (Michigan State University), Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University), David J. Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Practitioners often decide to continue or modify an intervention using visual analysis of data paths that lengthen from session-to-session. We used a novel, lengthening data path procedure to parametrically assess how reducing data accuracy changed decisions to continue or modify an intervention in 30 students of behavior-analytic graduate programs. Additionally, because of potential similarities between data accuracy and probability, we examined how one probability discounting equation described individual choice. We found that decreasing data accuracy systematically reduced the number of sessions participants waited to modify an intervention for 25 of the 30 participants. When data accuracy was 100%, most participants waited 9-10 sessions before intervening. When data accuracy was below 60%, most participants waited 4-6 sessions before intervening. Lastly, the probability discounting equation described patterns of choice well for 16 participants. Data accuracy influenced most participants’ visual analyses in a systematic manner. However, the degree of influence differed between individuals. |
|
|
|
|
Stimulus Classes, Transfer of Function, and Verbal Behavior |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Robbie Hanson (Endicott College) |
Discussant: Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
CE Instructor: Robbie Hanson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current symposium is comprised of four talks covering issues related to stimulus control. The first two presentations describe procedures for establishing equivalence classes and assigning either a positive reinforcement or negative puishment function to one member of the class. Tests of transfer of function showed that adult participants' appetitive or avoidance responses, respectively, may be conditioned by other members of the classes. The last two studies describe the possible role of verbal behavior in the formation of equivalence classes, as well as frames of comparison. Both study suggest that participants may engage in some form of problem solving (verbal mediation) to pass derived relations tests. |
Target Audience: Basic researchers and clinical directors |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to define and be able to test for transfer and transformation of function 2. Participants will be able to describe the role of verbal behavior in the formation of equivalence classes 3. Participants will be able to design MTS procedures to establish frames of coordination and comparison |
|
Transfer of Avoidance in Equivalence Classes Using Loss of Points as Aversive Stimulus |
Lucas Gandarela (Universidade de Sao Paulo, Brazil), Leandro Boldrin (Universidade de Sao Paulo), PAULA DEBERT (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated whether transfer of the avoidance response in equivalence classes is produced using the loss of points as the aversive stimulus. In the first phase of the experiment, 11 participants established two equivalence classes with four visual abstract stimuli each (Class 1: A1, B1, C1, D1; Class 2: A2, B2, C2, D2). In the second phase of the experiment, only one visual stimulus (B1) was paired with point loss. An avoidance response to B1 was then established. In the third phase of the experiment, the other stimuli were presented in a transfer of avoidance test. An avoidance response was established for all 11 participants, and the transfer of avoidance occurred for 10 of them. These results indicate that point loss can function as an effective aversive stimulus to maintain an avoidance response and produce transfer of the avoidance function in equivalence classes. The use of point loss may be a valuable tool in human operant research to substitute for other aversive stimuli with undesirable side effects. |
|
Establishing Derived Reinforcers via Equivalence-Based Instruction |
LESLEY A. SHAWLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Karina Zhelezoglo (California State University, Sacramento), Shannon Luoma (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Previous research has successfully established conditioned reinforcers using procedures such as stimulus pairing and the manipulation of motivating operations. Although not well explored, equivalence-based instruction (EBI) may be a viable method to establish conditioned reinforcers. The current study attempted to create novel reinforcers using EBI and stimulus conditioning with six typically developing adults and two children. Across two experiments, we established equivalence classes with a conditioned reinforcer via matching-to-sample training. During transfer of function tests, a majority of adult participants selected the derived reinforcer most often when presented with arbitrary stimuli. We then expanded the class using match-to-sample training and tested for transfer of function to evaluate reinforcer effects and nodal distance. Five adult participants selected the arbitrary stimulus that was in the equivalence class with the reinforcer when presented in a concurrent operant arrangement. We also used similar procedures with children. However, despite forming equivalence classes, both failed to select the derived reinforcer during transfer of function tests. Some possible barriers to the children’s’ success as well as general implications will be discussed. |
|
Effects of a Rhyming Distractor on Trained and Untrained Stimulus Relations
in a Delayed Match-to-Sample Task |
ELIZABETH AUGSPURGER (The Chicago School for Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Six adults learned baseline equivalence relations and were subsequently tested on directly trained, symmetrical, and equivalence relations in a computer-based match-to-sample with 6-s delay preparation. In Condition A participants were told to talk aloud during the delay, in Condition B, the distractor condition, participants were presented with a word and told to type rhyming words across the entire delay, and in Condition C participants were not presented with a distractor and were not required to talk aloud during the delay. Participants were exposed to condition order CABA or BACB. In both sequences, the test condition with the distractor produced lower accuracy on directly trained, symmetry, and equivalence relations. During the distractor-absent conditions, participants tacted stimulus features and engaged in self-echoics and intraverbal naming while during the distractor-present condition these responses were disrupted. Average latency to selecting a comparison stimulus was longer during the distractor condition than during the distractor-absent condition and the control talk aloud condition. These results suggest the rhyming task suppressed accuracy on direct and derived relations and may have disrupted precurrent behavior. Future research is needed to evaluate disruptor task modality and the influence of training with delayed matching to sample. |
|
Investigating the Effects of Verbal Behavior on Emergent Comparative Relations |
SHANNON LUOMA (California State University, Sacramento), Adrienne O'Neil (California State University, Sacramento), Angel Gonzalez (California State University, Sacramento), Nigel Richardson (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: This study investigated the use of verbal behavior in the formation of comparative relations. We used a talk-aloud procedure to assess emission of tacts and/or intraverbals during matching-to-sample tasks using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design. During multiple exemplar training (MET), participants learned to select the smallest or biggest comparison in the presence of abstract samples. Next, participants learned to select arbitrary comparisons in the presence of both contextual cues, to establish a size ranking among comparisons. To assess participants’ verbal behavior during the mutual and combinatorial entailment tests, they were instructed to talk out loud. Results replicate our previous data suggesting that MET alone does not seem sufficient to establish comparative relations, and that college students may need to engage in problem solving strategies to pass emergent relations tests. Additional participants will be exposed to the procedure to assess for the generality of these findings. |
|
|
|
|
Empowering the Learner: Using Interteaching to Improve Higher Education |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Catherine M. Gayman (Troy University) |
Discussant: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus) |
CE Instructor: Catherine M. Gayman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Interteaching is a behavioral teaching method with growing empirical evidence supporting its efficacy. Over 30 published empirical studies have examined the effectiveness of interteaching in higher education. However, more research is still needed to examine the influence of different interteaching components and the methods used for instructional delivery. The first presenter will acquaint the audience with interteaching and describe results of a study which compared interteaching to standard lecture centered teaching with and without prep guides in an online asynchronous format. The second presenter will share results of a classroom study which compared two different methods of running the discussion component of interteaching. The third presenter will highlight the findings of a series of studies in which interteaching was first compared to another active learning strategy known as the Learning Pathway (LP), and then the addition of Say All Fast Everyday Shuffle (SAFMEDS) to interteaching was evaluated. The final presenter will discuss results of a meta-analytic review on the effectiveness of interteaching. Together, these four presentations illustrate current interteaching research in higher education. |
Target Audience: Academics, supervisors, and teachers. |
Learning Objectives: After attending this symposium, participants should be able to: 1) Identify and describe the basic components of interteaching 2) Summarize the main findings of a study applying interteaching in an online asynchronous format 3) Summarize the main findings of a study investigating the discussion component of interteaching 4) Summarize the main findings of a study comparing interteaching to other active learning methods 4) Summarize the main findings of a recent meta-analytic review on the effectiveness of interteaching |
|
Can Access to Preparation Guides Alone Enhance Lecture-Based Teaching? |
CATHERINE M. GAYMAN (Troy University), Stephanie Jimenez (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown), Tara Elizabeth Casady (Bassett Army Community Hospital) |
Abstract: The present study investigated the effect of adding interteaching preparation guides to traditional lecture-based teaching in an online, asynchronous undergraduate psychology class. Specifically, the study compared (1) interteaching which used a preparation guide, a written group discussion in Canvas, and a brief clarifying lecture, (2) standard teaching that consisted of a video lecture, and (3) standard teaching plus preparation guides. Total average exam scores following interteaching were significantly higher than scores following standard teaching with or without preparation guides. Most participants reported learning more during interteaching weeks and preferred interteaching more than standard lecture. These results indicate that access to preparation guides in the absence of other components of interteaching was not enough to significantly improve exam grades. |
|
An Investigation of the Group Discussion Component of Interteaching With and Without Completed Prep Guides |
STEPHANIE JIMENEZ (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown), Catherine M. Gayman (Troy University) |
Abstract: Interteaching is an evidence-based learning strategy that shifts the focus away from a passive learning model found in lecturing to a more active, student-centered learning methodology. It utilizes prep guides, small group discussions, clarifying lectures, and frequent testing. Several classroom studies have demonstrated that interteaching leads to better student comprehension and higher test scores. However, the specific strategy used in these studies vary slightly. The current study used a group design in one undergraduate course over two semesters to investigate how the removal of completed prep guides during the group discussion affected academic success. One group experienced the standard interteaching method, where students completed the prep guide prior to class and referred to their prep guide answers during the group discussion. The second group completed the prep guide prior to class, but then were asked to not refer to their answers during the in-class group discussion. Those in the second group had exam scores that were consistently lower and rated interteaching as less preferable than those who experienced standard interteaching. Results from this study should allow for more effective implementation of interteaching. |
|
Interteaching in Community Health: A Comparison of Active Learning Strategies and Follow-Up |
JONATHAN A. SCHULZ (University of Kansas), Vincent Thomas Francisco (University of Kansas, Department of Applied Behavioral Science) |
Abstract: A number of studies suggest that interteaching (IT) is more effective than traditional teaching methods (i.e., lecture); however, research is needed to compare IT to other active learning strategies (i.e., strategies that foster critical thinking by engaging students in analysis, synthesis, and evaluation through discussion and active student responding). Therefore, an IT informed teaching method was compared to an active learning strategy known as the Learning Pathway (LP) in an undergraduate community health and development course. Results indicate that students performed slightly higher on multiple-choice quizzes during the IT condition and correctly answered more fill-in-the-blank midterm and final exam questions related to content covered in the IT condition. However, students indicated that they preferred the LP teaching method. A follow-up study addressed a limitation of Study 1 by examining the effects of Say All Fast Minute Everyday Shuffle (SAFMEDS) as part of IT on student performance. Results indicate students performed similarly on multiple-choice quizzes whether or not they completed SAFMEDS but answered more fill-in-the-blank final exam questions related to content covered during interteach sessions with SAFMEDS. This study highlights the need to evaluate interteaching as compared to other active learning strategies and integrate other behavioral teaching strategies with interteaching. |
|
A Systematic Review and Quantitative Analysis on the Effectiveness of Interteaching |
CAMILO HURTADO PARRADO (Troy University & Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Nicole Pfaller-Sadovsky (Queen's University Belfast), Lucia Medina (Fundacion Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Catherine M. Gayman (Troy University), Kristen A. Rost (Troy University), DANIELA CARDILLO (Fundacion Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Derek Schofill (Troy University) |
Abstract: Interteaching is a behavioral teaching method that departs from the traditional lecture format (Boyce & Hineline, 2002). In the present study, we updated and expanded previous interteaching reviews, and conducted a meta-analysis on its effectiveness. Systematic searches in EBSCO, ERIC, MEDLINE, PsycARTICLES, PsycINFO, SCOPUS, Web of Science, and theses/dissertations repositories identified 38 relevant studies (2005-2018). Preliminary analyses identified the following main findings: (a) nearly 70% of studies were conducted in undergraduate face-to-face courses, with class subjects primarily related to social sciences; (b) 50% of studies used single-case designs (42% of studies used group designs); (c) seven interteaching components (i.e., prep guides, discussions, record sheets, clarifying lectures, contingency on discussions or prep-guide completion, frequent evaluations, and quality points) were implemented with different degrees of consistency; (d) nearly 65% of studies reported using five of the seven components identified; (e) the most commonly reported components were discussions, record sheets, prep guides, and frequent evaluations; (f) overall effect size of interteaching versus traditional lecture across different measures of student performance (e.g., scores on exams and quizzes) was medium to high; (g) overall effect size of different variations on the implementation of interteaching (e.g., discussion-group size, clarifying-lecture scheduling, class size) was small. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in the Domain of Psychology |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D. |
Panelists: ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute), MICHAEL DOUGHER (University of New Mexico), ALAN KAZDIN (Yale University), MARK MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago), DEREK REED (University of Kansas), SUSAN SCHNEIDER (Root Solutions) |
Abstract: Whereas behavior analysts take due pride in the unique characteristics that distinguish us from mainstream psychology, those characteristics also distance us from psychology, cheating us of attention, recognition, support, and employment opportunities. Is it possible to remain true to our behavioral tenets, while improving our communication and presence in the larger intellectual community? If so, how do we go about it? We are fortunate to have Dr. Alan E. Kazdin, an early pioneer of behavior modification and expert in single case (N of 1) research designs in clinical and applied settings. He has succeeded in what we aspire to do--formulating and validating empirically grounded behavioral interventions, in particular for children and teenagers. He has been embraced by psychologists in general, having served as the president of APA and winning the APA gold medal for lifetime achievement. He also has a significant public audience (e.g. https://slate.com/author/alan-kazdin; https://time.com/author/alan-kazdin/ and https://amzn.to/2NiAp4c ). In this panel he will discuss with leaders in our field his thoughts about ways in which we can advance our agenda, and regain a seat at the table of empirically-based behavioral psychology writ large. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute) |
Anthony Biglan, Ph.D., is a Senior Scientist at Oregon Research Institute. He is the author of The Nurture Effect: How the Science of Human Behavior Can Improve our Lives and Our World.
Dr. Biglan has been conducting research on the development and prevention of child and adolescent problem behavior for the past 30 years. His work has included studies of the risk and protective factors associated with tobacco, alcohol, and other drug use; high-risk sexual behavior; and antisocial behavior. He has conducted numerous experimental evaluations of interventions to prevent tobacco use both through school-based programs and community-wide interventions. And, he has evaluated interventions to prevent high-risk sexual behavior, antisocial behavior, and reading failure.
In recent years, his work has shifted to more comprehensive interventions that have the potential to prevent the entire range of child and adolescent problems. He and colleagues at the Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences published a book summarizing the epidemiology, cost, etiology, prevention, and treatment of youth with multiple problems (Biglan et al., 2004). He is a former president of the Society for Prevention Research. He was a member of the Institute of Medicine Committee on Prevention, which released its report in 2009 documenting numerous evidence-based preventive interventions that can prevent multiple problems. As a member of Oregon’s Alcohol and Drug Policy Commission, he is helping to develop a strategic plan for implementing comprehensive evidence-based interventions throughout Oregon. |
MICHAEL DOUGHER (University of New Mexico) |
Dr. Michael J. Dougher is professor of psychology at the University of New Mexico, which is but the tip of the iceberg when it comes to describing the breadth and crosscurrents of teaching, research, and service in his distinguished career. Trained at the University of Illinois, Chicago as a clinical psychologist, his career exemplifies the scientist-practitioner model of that discipline. He has published widely on the analysis and treatment of such clinical problems as pain, depression, and addictive behavior. His research, however, has extended far beyond the traditional boundaries of clinical psychology. He has brought creative basic analyses of verbal behavior and stimulus equivalence to bear on the understanding of not only the origins of clinical syndromes, but also new possible lines of approaches to their treatment. These complementary analyses of basic and applied research earned him the APA Division 25 Don Hake Award. Along these same lines, it is telling to note that Dr. Dougher served concurrently on ABAI's Practice Board and as the experimental representative to its executive council. His record of service also includes terms as president of ABAI and APA's Division 25, and on numerous boards and task forces related to professional issues in psychology. On these boards and task forces, he consistently has been a strong, thoughtful, and diplomatic representative of a behavior analytic perspective.
These same adjectives characterize his editorial contributions to behavior analysis, as editor of The Behavior Analyst, associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and as a member of the editorial boards of six other journals. In addition, Dr. Dougher has provided equally exceptional service to his students and university. This mentor of 25 doctoral students has received several teaching awards, including being named the University of New Mexico Teacher of the Year in 1995. Prior to his present appointment, he served as the department's director of clinical training and also department chair, then associate dean for research in the College of Arts and Sciences, and thereafter as the University of New Mexico's associate vice-president for research. |
ALAN KAZDIN (Yale University) |
Alan E. Kazdin. Ph.D., ABPP, is Sterling Professor of Psychology and Child Psychiatry (Emeritus) at Yale University. Before coming to Yale, he was on the faculty of The Pennsylvania State University and the University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine. At Yale, he has been Director of the Yale Parenting Center, Chairman of the Psychology Department, Director and Chairman of the Yale Child Study Center at the School of Medicine, Director of Child Psychiatric Services at Yale-New Haven Hospital. Kazdin’s research has focused primarily on the treatment of aggressive and antisocial behavior in children and adolescents. His 750+ publications include 50 books that focus on methodology and research design, interventions for children and adolescents, behavioral and cognitive-behavioral treatment, parenting and child rearing, and interpersonal violence. His work on parenting and childrearing has been featured on NPR, PBS, BBC, and CNN and he has appeared on the Today Show, Good Morning America, ABC News, 20/20, and Dr. Phil. For parents, he has a free online course (Coursera), Everyday Parenting: The ABCs of Child Rearing (ABCs = Antecedents, Behaviors, Consequences). Kazdin has been editor of six professional journals (Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, Psychological Assessment, Behavior Therapy, Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice Current Directions in Psychological Science, and Clinical Psychological Science). He has received a number of professional awards including the Outstanding Research Contribution by an Individual Award and Lifetime Achievement Award (Association of Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies), Outstanding Lifetime Contributions to Psychology Award and Distinguished Scientific Award for the Applications of Psychology (American Psychological Association), the James McKeen Cattell Award (Association for Psychological Science), and the Gold Medal Award for Life Achievement in the Science of Psychology (American Psychological Foundation). In 2008, he was president of the American Psychological Association. |
MARK MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Mark Mattaini, DSW, ACSW, holds an emeritus appointment at Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois at Chicago (UIC), where he was previously director of the doctoral program. He has developed, implemented, and researched behavioral strategies for individual, family, organizational, community and policy level interventions in the US, Canada, and Latin America, increasingly emphasizing advocacy, accompaniment, and activism in recent years. Consistent with that emphasis, his recent scholarship has focused on nonviolent action supporting social justice, and behavioral systems science at the cultural level. He is a research affiliate of the UIC Center for Research on Violence, and has chaired 25 dissertations related to responses to social issues. Most of his Ph.D. graduates are engaged in research and practice with marginalized populations, including those victimized by—and perpetrating—violence, and in developing evidence-guided supports for young people experiencing homelessness and social exclusion. Dr. Mattaini is author or editor of 13 books, two of the most recent being Strategic Nonviolent Power: The Science of Satyagraha, and Leadership for Cultural Change: Managing Future Well-Being, as well as numerous other publications. Editor of the interdisciplinary journal Behavior and Social Issues, Dr. Mattaini has served on the editorial boards of multiple journals in behavior analysis and social work. ABAI Convention Program Board Coordinator from 2013-2017, he has also been a long-time member of the Board of Planners for Behaviorists for Social Responsibility, the oldest ABAI SIG. |
DEREK REED (University of Kansas) |
Dr. Derek Reed is an Associate Professor in the Department of Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas where he directs the Applied Behavioral Economics Laboratory. Derek received his Bachelor’s degree in Psychology from Illinois State University and his Masters and Ph.D. in School Psychology from Syracuse University. He has served as Associate Editor for Behavior Analysis in Practice and The Psychological Record, and guest Associate Editor for The Behavior Analyst, Journal of Behavioral Education, and Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. He serves as a reviewer on the editorial boards of The Behavior Analyst, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Derek has published over 80 peer reviewed papers and book chapters, coauthored three edited books, and was the 2016 recipient of the American Psychological Association Division 25 B. F. Skinner Foundation New Applied Researcher Award. He is presently working on a new textbook titled “Introduction to Behavior Analysis” with his coauthors Greg Madden and Mark Reilly. Derek recently served on the ABAI Science Board and is presently the Executive Director of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior. Derek's research translates the behavioral economics of addiction to understanding ultraviolet indoor tanning dependence in college populations. |
SUSAN SCHNEIDER (Root Solutions) |
Dr. Susan M. Schneider’s involvement in behavior analysis goes back to high school when she read Beyond Freedom & Dignity and wrote B. F. Skinner, never dreaming that he would reply. They corresponded throughout her master’s degree in mechanical engineering at Brown University, her engineering career, and her stint in the Peace Corps. At that point, Schneider bowed to the inevitable and switched careers, obtaining her Ph.D. in developmental psychology in 1989 from the University of Kansas. A research pioneer, she was the first to apply the generalized matching law to sequences and to demonstrate operant generalization and matching in neonates. Her publications also cover the history and philosophy of behavior analysis and the neglected method of sequential analysis. Schneider has championed the inclusive “developmental systems” approach to nature nurture relations, culminating in reviews in the Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Behavior Analyst, and she has served on the editorial boards for both of those journals. Her book, The Science of Consequences: How They Affect Genes, Change the Brain, and Impact Our World, summarizes the field of operant behavior, its larger nature-nurture context, and its full range of applications. It earned a mention in the journal Nature, was a selection of the Scientific American Book Club, and won the 2015 Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Award for Effective Presentation of Behavior Analysis in the Mass Media. In recent years, Schneider has focused on the climate crisis through writing, speaking, and organizing. She is a consultant for Root Solutions, a sustainability nonprofit, and serves on the Board of Idle-Free California, another nonprofit. |
|
|
|
|
Decision Modeling in Behavior Analysis: Implications for Supervision and Mentoring |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
9:00 AM–9:20 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: TBA |
Chair: Julie Louise Melendez (University of Southern California) |
|
Decision Modeling in Behavior Analysis: Implications for Supervision and Mentoring |
Domain: Service Delivery |
JULIE LOUISE MELENDEZ (University of Southern California), Michael J. James Cameron (University of Southern California) |
|
Abstract: Derived from decision theory, decision models are tools which guide the behavior of an individual and assist in the execution of efficient and effective actions in the context of problem solving. These tools are not meant to supplant independent decision making, rather, they function as a prompt to teach an individual or group how to approach problems. These models can be adapted to a variety of environments and have been used across a variety of fields including physical therapy, speech language pathology, medicine, and economics. However, behavior analysis is a field which has yet to utilize the full benefits of decision models despite the demonstrated benefits observed in other fields. The purpose of this paper presentation is to discuss how a Clinical Decision Support System (CDSS) can be used to ensure responsible and ethical supervisions of mentees in the field of behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
An Update on the Behavior Analyst Certification Board |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Melissa R. Nosik, Ph.D. |
Chair: Melissa R. Nosik (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
BRIDGET A. TAYLOR (Alpine Learning Group; Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
NEIL TIMOTHY MARTIN (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
MELISSA R. NOSIK (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: The panelists will discuss recent developments at the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). The most current data on the BACB’s certification programs will be provided: Board Certified Behavior Analyst, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst, and Registered Behavior Technician. In addition, a number of recent and impending developments at the BACB will be described, including changes to certification standards and the development of new resources. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts with at least bachelors-level training |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe recent BACB data trends. Participants will be able to describe the BACB’s recent developments. Participants will be able to describe recent resources published by the BACB. |
|
|
|
|
Review and Implementation of Positive Behavioral Feeding Interventions to Increase Food Consumption |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kimberly Marshall (CCSN: Center for Independence; Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Joseph H. Cihon, M.S. |
Abstract: Restrictive and repetitive patterns of behavior can be observed in many children with autism through their food selections which may then evolve to feeding difficulties. Food refusal, food selectivity, and refusal to self-feed are three common categories of feeding problems in children with autism. Often times escape extinction is the intervention used to help minimize the feeding problems however this is not always feasible for implementation due to challenging interfering mealtime behaviors and parent concerns with the procedure. Interventions for increasing novel food acceptance without the use of escape extinction or other invasive procedures are important to analyze for implementation of least invasive procedures. Observational learning was implemented to increase novel food consumption and its effectiveness was demonstrated as evident from the participants’ flexible responding. Increasing self-feeding is also vital for health, and therefore, educational outcomes. The use of access to motor stereotypy as reinforcement for increasing rate of meal consumption is also examined. |
Target Audience: Graduate students of Applied Behavior Analysis and practitioners |
Learning Objectives: 1. To identify alternative treatments for increasing food consumption 2. To increase knowledge of treatment options for feeding interventions 3. To identify alternative treatments for increasing meal independence |
|
A Systematic Literature Review of Positive Behavioral Feeding Interventions Without the Implementation of Escape Extinction |
LISA TERESHKO (Beacon ABA Services; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Amy Victoria Rich (Beacon ABA Services), Morgan Pistorino (Beacon ABA Services; Cambridge College) |
Abstract: Restrictive patterns of behavior can be seen in many children with autism in their food selections which results in feeding problems. The three main categories of feeding problems observed in children with autism are food refusal, refusal to self-feed, and food selectivity. Interventions that prevent the child’s ability to escape from the food presented has demonstrated an increase in the children’s food acceptance but are difficult for caregivers to successfully implement away from the treatment team. This literature review includes 20 articles with 28 total participants that implemented feeding interventions without the use of escape extinction or punishment procedures have been implemented to increase food acceptance. Each article was analyzed across several dimensions (participants, setting, assessments conducted, experimental design, intervention implemented, and outcome and generalization). From this analysis, information regarding the use of positive practices for feeding intervention is discussed as well as limitations in current literature and suggestions for future research and clinicians. |
|
Observational Effects on the Food Preferences of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Asim Javed (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Research addressing food selectivity has involved intrusive techniques such as escape extinction. It is possible that observational learning methods employed in previous studies could provide the desired results with respect to food selectivity without the need for invasive physical interventions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of an observational learning procedure on the selection of food items of three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Baseline consisted of a simple task after which a choice was presented between high- and low-preferred foods. The intervention consisted of observing an adult engage in the same task and selecting the low-preferred food while making favorable comments and engaging with the food in novel ways. The results of a reversal design demonstrated that selection of the low-preferred food only occurred following the introduction of the intervention, and all three participants engaged in flexible responding as a result of the intervention. |
|
Access to Stereotypy as Reinforcement for Rate of Eating |
COLLEEN O'GRADY (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Ensuring sufficient caloric intake for an individual is essential for health, and therefore, educational outcomes. Eating at a slow pace can be a significant barrier to caloric intake. This single-subject study assessed the effectiveness of access to motor stereotypy as reinforcement for increasing rate of meal consumption. Staff presented bites of the school lunch. Twenty seconds of access to motor stereotypy was provided contingent on swallowing a bite of lunch, and access to the stereotypy was subsequently blocked if the interresponse time between bites exceeded twenty seconds. A reversal design was used to compare the effect of self-feeding to staff presentation with access to stereotypy as reinforcement on the rate of bites consumed per minute. Interobserver agreement was measured in 22% of sessions and averaged 98.9% (range 97.8%-99.9%). The results from this study indicated that the rate of bites per minute was higher in the stereotypy as reinforcement condition. |
|
|
|
|
Escaping the Uncomfortable: Why the Measurement of Experiential Avoidance Matters |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Madison Taylor Logan (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
CE Instructor: Madison Taylor Logan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Experiential avoidance (EA), or attempts to escape unwanted internal experiences (e.g., thoughts, feelings) at the expense of long-term commitment to personal values, has wide-reaching effects for a variety of socially important problems. This symposium will explore EA in both its existing and potential forms of measurement. The first presentation will cover an analogue study which measures levels of EA by exposing adult participants to aversive sounds in the context of delayed reinforcement. The second presenter will discuss how an existing measure, the Avoidance and Fusion Questionnaire, was used to investigate avoidance as a moderation of sexual prejudice and political affiliation among a college student sample. Both studies found that EA could be measured reliably. The results of the first study prove useful to an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy model, as choices changed from smaller, sooner reinforcement to larger, later reinforcement - mapping on to valuing. The hypothesized moderating role of EA in the relationship between political affiliation and sexual prejudice investigated in the second study was found to be insignificant, and the authors will discuss potential reasons for this finding. Measurement limitations and future directions will be covered. |
Target Audience: BCBA, Scientist-Practitioners, participants interested in Clinical Behavior Analysis |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn how to measure experiential avoidance in at least two ways. 2. Participants will be able to identify the relationship between political affiliation and sexual prejudice. 3. Participants will be able to discuss the relationship between experiential avoidance and delayed reinforcement. |
|
Toward the Development of a Delay Discounting Model of Experiential Avoidance |
ELIZABETH MESHES (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Exceptional Minds
), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Experiential avoidance, which can be functionally defined as choosing short-term negative reinforcement over long-term values-oriented positive reinforcement, has been argued to be at the core of a large variety of socially important problems. Relatively little previous laboratory research has studied these functional relations and this study attempted to develop a laboratory preparation that pits shorter-term avoidance over longer-term positive reinforcement. Participants were exposed to choices between avoidance of an aversive sound (i.e., immediate, smaller negative reinforcement) or listening to an aversive sound for a period of time and accumulating money (i.e., delayed, larger positive reinforcement). Three experiments were conducted that evaluated varying magnitudes of delays to and the value of the positive reinforcer, in order to identify the point at which individual participants’ choices changed from the smaller, sooner reinforcer to the larger later reinforcer and vice versa. The potential applicability of this model is discussed as it relates to behavior problems that appear to involve experiential avoidance at their core. In addition, the implications for evaluating components of acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) are discussed. |
|
Politics Predict Prejudice: Exploring Experiential Avoidance as a Moderator of Political Beliefs and Sexual Intolerance |
MADISON TAYLOR LOGAN (University of North Texas), Taylor Johnson (University of North Texas), Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Sexual minorities are at an increased risk of violence and face discrimination as a result of intolerance. Existing literature supports the idea that traditional conservative values regarding gender and family structure are related to increased sexual prejudice. However, there is limited research surrounding the role that experiential avoidance (EA) plays in this relationship. The present study hypothesized that (1) higher political conservatism is positively correlated with greater intolerance toward sexual minorities and (2) EA moderates this relationship. Participants were 293 (180 democrat, 113 republican) students recruited from a large, public university in the south central United States as part of a larger study. Survey measures were administered online and included a sexual prejudice subscale of the Intolerant Schema Measure (ISM), the Avoidance and Fusion Questionnaire (AFQ), and a demographic survey. Results of the Spearman correlation supported the first hypothesis that there is a significant relationship between political affiliation and intolerance, (rs = .268, p < .001). Experiential avoidance did not moderate this relationship (ß= .047, p = .406). The implications of these results along with limitations of the study and future directions will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Equivalence-Based Instruction: Procedures and Contingencies to Promote Generative Learning |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ji Young Kim (Teachers College) |
CE Instructor: Ji Young Kim, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium, three studies will be described related to the application of stimulus equivalence to instructional design. In the first study, researchers compared two training structures (linear series and one-to-many) the effects of training structure on the acquisition of equivalence classes and transfer of function as compared to a condition in which participants were directly taught all possible relations. In the second study, researchers compared different contexts and contingencies and effects on equivalence class formation. Specifically, individualized EBI, group-based EBI with an interdependent contingency, and lectures were compared. In the third study, researchers examined how equivalence-based instruction could be implemented in a peer tutoring context with school-aged children. The researchers also examined how to distribute baseline conditional discrimination among tutors and tutees. Collectively, these studies inform best practices of procedures used to promote emergent responding and equivalence class formation across a broad domain of skill areas. |
Target Audience: individuals interested in generative learning |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define components of EBI that affect derived relations 2. Discuss how EBI can inform instructional design 3. Discuss different content areas that could benefit from EBI |
|
Equivalence-Based Unstruction: Effects of Training Structure on Efficiency and Transfer of Function |
JULIANA SEQUEIRA CESAR DE OLIVEIRA (Texas Christian University), Luiz Alexandre Barbosa de Freitas (UFMT / UFPA / Florida Institute of Technology), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: A recent study (Oliveira & Petursdottir, in preparation) found that when comparing equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to complete instruction control (CI) using concurrent training, EBI did not inherently produce faster or better learning than CI. However, the study included only a single EBI training structure. The present experiment (a) evaluated the efficiency of linear series (LS) and one-to-many (OTM) EBI protocols relative to CI, and (b) assessed transfer of function following stimulus class formation. Sixty undergraduate students were randomly assigned to three groups (CI, EBI-OTM and EBI-LS), all of which received training to establish three 4-member stimulus classes. In the class establishment phase (ABCD training), the CI and EI groups were presented with 36 and 9 types of trials, respectively. After achieving mastery, the ABCD test included all possible trial types, with no feedback. After achieving criterion on the ABCD test, participants were taught to execute different motor responses to one stimulus in each class, and then received a transfer of function test with the remaining stimuli in each class. Preliminary results suggest that both EBI groups require fewer trials than the CI group to pass the ABCD test, and all groups perform equally well on the transfer-of-function test. |
|
Peer Tutoring of Equivalence-Based Instruction |
VICTORIA VERDUN (Teachers College Columbia University), Brittany Chiasson (Teachers College Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Teachers programming for derived relations has been found to be functional in classroom settings, however, little research has examined its’ use with peer-mediated instruction (i.e., peer tutoring), which may be a method by which an instructor can maximize student learning while conserving instructional inputs. In a series of experiments, we investigated these phenomena with third grader learning fraction-pictogram-percentage equivalence classes. In each experiment, participants served as both peer tutors and tutees. In Experiment I, one peer tutor taught AB relations and the other peer tutor taught BC relations. In Experiment 2, each peer tutor taught half of the AB and BC relations. Results of both experiments demonstrated the emergence of all possible derived relations in both selection and production topographies across all participants. Following the formation of equivalence classes, the participants could also accurately sort fraction stimuli, thus demonstrating the transfer of function. These findings suggest a novel and efficient means to incorporate EBI into classroom settings. |
|
|
|
|
So What’s the Function? The Application of Behavior Analysis to Ethical Standards and Belief Systems |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Eva Lieberman (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
CE Instructor: Karen Kate Kellum, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analytic research has yielded an undisputed record of both scientific progress and specific applications advancing the effective prediction and control of individual behavior. Analysis of the immediate contingencies of behavior has been applied successfully in virtually countless settings. There are now increasing opportunities to extend effective behavioral analyses to broader social contingencies, possibly leading to more precise conceptualizations of behavior change on a societal level. In the current symposium, three papers are presented offering thoughts about how a behavior analytic approach may contribute to our understanding of various societal processes. In the first paper, accounts of possible early statements of seminal religious figures are discussed within the prism of selected behavior analytic concepts. In the second paper, the development and various functions of diverse ethical organizational systems is discussed from a behavior analytic framework. Finally, a third paper examines the contexts in which perpetrator blame has usually been examined and offers an alternative conceptualization of perpetrator blame from a behavioral framework. These papers are intended to contribute to a discussion of larger societal issues from a behavior analytic framework, with the goal of the generation of testable research questions and innovative intervention strategies supporting larger-scale behavior change. |
Target Audience: Service providers, behavior analysts, clinicians, higher education instructors, school professionals, teachers, people interested in philosophical issues |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify implications of the various functions of belief systems and ethical standards within the context of a social environment 2. Identify the benefits of competing belief and ethical systems 3. Describe potential research that could add to the literature in our understanding of the various functions and utilities of diverse belief and ethical systems |
|
The Development of Spiritual Belief Systems: Observations of the Possible Role of Rule-Governance, Manding, Pliance, and Psychological Flexibility |
DAVID R. PERKINS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), MaKensey Sanders (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Daryl Rachal (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: While it can be difficult to conclude with certainty events that occurred long ago, it may be useful to examine the words that have been attributed to influential spiritual and religious figures from history. Attempting to take into consideration the historical context within which beliefs and statements are expressed, it may be possible to speculate how developing belief systems supported various psychological functions. In this paper, examples are cited proposing that at least some systems of belief and worship may have initially been formulated as a rebellion against existing rule-governed systems, appealing towards greater psychological flexibility, more pragmatic approaches to rule-following, and more sensitivity to changing contingencies. It is proposed that the success of a belief system as an organized or institutionalized social force over an extended period could potentially lend itself to more rigid standards of rule enforcement, more reliance on pliance from followers, and more utilization of coercive social control. Possible implications of the various functions of doctrines of belief within the context of a social environment are discussed, along with potential testable empirical propositions. |
|
Why Rats Can’t Be Right (or Wrong): A Behavioral Analysis of Ethical Theories |
MAKENSEY SANDERS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), David R. Perkins (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Daryl Rachal (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Since Ancient Greece, there has been much debate on the nature of goodness, what it means at both the individual and societal level, and the implications thereof. These considerations have lead to the development of ethics – the branch of philosophy concerned with the moral principles that govern reasoning and behavior. However, even among some philosophers, ethics has been dismissed as cultural and individual differences arguably make it entirely subjective. This talk will discuss the functions of different ethical theories, the difference between direct contingency-shaped and rule-governed behavior of each, the implications of these theories at the individual and societal level, and the benefits of competing theories. It may be the case that certain behavior analytic concepts like generalized operants, verbal behavior, and rule-governed behavior, may contribute to more precise formulations of the various functions and utilities of diverse ethical systems. |
|
A Behavioral Conceptualization of Perpetrator Blame |
EVA LIEBERMAN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (70503) |
Abstract: The way that blame is attributed to both victims and perpetrators of sexual violence has been a point of contention in the United States. This has become more prominent and has been emphasized by the media in several well publicized cases, including People v. Brock Turner (2016) and more recently, the testimony of Dr. Christine Blasey Ford and the subsequent appointment of Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh. Blame attribution has typically been studied through a social psychology lens, but to further understand how and why these inappropriate and harmful misattributions occur, it is important to investigate this phenomenon from a behavioral perspective. This paper will conceptualize perpetrator blame from a behavioral approach. The paper will address the current body of work around perpetrator blame and its background in social psychology, as well as the contexts in which perpetrator blame is examined. This paper will also take steps to describe perpetrator blame in behavioral terms and make recommendations for future research on perpetrator blame from a behavior analytic perspective. |
|
|
|
|
ACTions Speak Louder Than Words: The Vast Utility of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Inside ABA Agencies |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Erin Elizabeth Bertoli (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC) |
Discussant: Stuart E. Libman (PLEA) |
CE Instructor: Erin Elizabeth Bertoli, M.S. |
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Training is a topic that has received substantial increased attention within the applied behavior analytic community in recent years. Among the most common concerns ABA practitioners have is about how to actually implement ACT inside of daily mainstream ABA service delivery. This symposium brings together four presentations that describe practical efforts at incorporating ACT into ABA agencies. The first presentation, by Michelle L. Zube, describes how to become versed in ACT and the ways in which organizations can expand professional development and scope of practice with ACT. The second presentation, by Ehren Werntz, describes the use of ACT as part of caregiver training. The third presentation, by Kate Harrison, describes the utility of ACT on a personal level and with colleagues to help reduce stress. The fourth presentation, by Erin Bertoli, describes the use of ACT with struggling youth, including when, why and how behavior analysts can do so while staying within their scope of practice. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Stuart Libman. |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Parents are also welcome! |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify ways to become versed in ACT, implications for personal and professional development, scope of practice, and to create cultural shifts within and outside of their organizations. 2. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe strategies to support the use of ACT in a behavior analytic parent training program. 3. Participants will identify at least three actions rooted in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to proactively and reactively assist colleagues in navigating workplace stress and anxiety. 4. Participants will be able to identify when and why BCBAs should consider utilizing ACT with their clients; identify a few different ACT-based models that have been developed for youth; and identify ways to collect data to measure effectiveness. |
|
ACT Now: Ways to Enhance Behavior Analytic Practice with Acceptance and Commitment Training |
MICHELLE L ZUBE (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC; Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are in high demand and called upon to serve different populations, solve a variety of problems, and to be leaders in the field. Many issues we are faced with require a skill set beyond that of behavioral training. Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) offers a set of skills and solutions to be used in conjunction with behavioral skills to create meaningful change. ACT is not currently included on the Board Certified Behavior Analyst’s (BCBA) Task List however, more BCBAs are beginning to infuse ACT into their practice. There are a number of ways for BCBAs to become well versed in ACT. ACT affords the opportunity for both personal and professional growth. Additionally, ACT enhances behaviorists’ scope of practice while maintaining the integrity of our science. With the growing popularity of ACT, we can not only facilitate change at the micro level but at the macro levels as well. |
|
Clinical Family Coaching: An Example of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in Behavioral Caregiver Training |
EHREN J WERNTZ (Arizona Autism United) |
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) has gained attention among board certified behavior analysts (BCBA) in recent years as a potentially valuable technology to address a class of clinically relevant behavior, specifically caregiver behavior under the control of private events. Most behavior analysts treat the behavior of children affected by autism and developmental disabilities, a critical component of which is parent and caregiver training. Issues related to caregiver adherence represent a significant vulnerability to effective behavioral treatment and durable outcomes, and they are not new concerns to behavior analysts. What is relatively new is the growing body of evidence to support the incorporation of ACT in behavioral parent training as well as increasingly available training opportunities. While more and more BCBAs are accruing continuing education units in ACT, there remain questions about how it can be effectively and responsibly integrated into existing ABA treatment programs. This presentation will describe one example of an ABA program in which ACT is a prominent component, how it has been integrated, and what steps have been taken to maximize competence and remain in scope. |
|
The Utility of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in Acknowledging and Addressing Stress, and Stress Management, with Your Team |
KATE ELIZABETH HARRISON (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC) |
Abstract: We embark on the great behavior analyst adventure with a vision to help others live fulfilling lives and to have a meaningful impact on the world around us. Throughout that journey, we face the hidden monster of workplace stress, whether caused by managing difficult relationships, unpredictability in schedules, lack of boundaries, emotional and physical fatigue, challenging case loads, or a myriad of other common hurdles. The World Health Organization recently added burnout to its International Classification of Diseases -- a diagnostic tool for medical providers. While comprehensive data on retention rates in the field of applied behavior analysis are difficult to find, anecdotal evidence indicates that burnout is a leading cause of turnover in the field. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) offers leaders the opportunity to cultivate change in their teams’ experiences with stress-related situations by combining acceptance strategies with committed actions, among four other core principles. In order to achieve our ambitious goals, it is imperative that behavior analysts equip their teams with the tools necessary to overcome obstacles and challenges -- ACT does just that. |
|
The Use of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy with Struggling Youth: Another Tool for Your Behavior Analytic Toolbox |
ERIN ELIZABETH BERTOLI (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC) |
Abstract: Skinner (1969) made this very clear: behavior analysis is supposed to be a comprehensive science of psychology; a comprehensive science of everything all organisms do, which includes private events. Yet many behavior analysts avoid addressing private events because it seems too mentalistic. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy is a technology that is grounded in contextual behavior science and is available to utilize with youth who are struggling with rigidity, anxiety, social emotional challenges, mental health issues, and more. While more research is needed, various ACT-based models have been developed for youth, and have the potential to be an effective intervention when direct contingency management has not proven effective. As long as we remain within our scope of practice, this could be the missing link for ABA agencies who are working with struggling youth. Because as a wise man once said, “If you do what you’ve always done, you’ll get what you’ve always gotten.” |
|
|
|
|
School-Based Interventions for Problem Behavior |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Students who engage in problem behavior in the classroom setting greatly challenge teachers and diminish the ability to learn (Chafee, Briesch, Johson, & Volpe, 2017). According to Public Agenda (2004), 77% of teachers polled stated their teaching practices would be more effective if they did not have to deal with discipline problems. This symposium will present four papers on improving student behaviors in school-based classroom settings. The first study evaluated the use of the Class Pass Intervention to decrease disruptive behaviors and improve academic engagement for students diagnosed with ADHD. Both the second and third studies focused on improving classroom behavior using self-monitoring combined with either Check In/Check-Out or the Individualized Behavior Rating Scale with students with a variety of disabilities. The final study presents a meta-analysis on the results of Tier 2 interventions used in school-based settings for improving behavior and academic engagement. Dr. Kwang-Sun Blair will serve as discussant. |
Target Audience: BCBA's, BCaBA's, Educational Personnel including teachers, RBT's |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will explain the Class Pass Intervention Attendees will describe how to use CPI in a class Attendees will identify the components of CICO Attendees will demonstrate how self-monitoring can be combined with CICO Attendees will describe the components self-monitoring Attendees will discuss how the IBRST can be used for data collection |
|
Using Class Pass Intervention to Decrease Disruptive Behavior in Children With ADHD |
Andrea Nicole Zuniga (University of South Florida), AMALIX FLORES (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Findings from previous research has shown that disruptive behavior can impair students’ academic success (Pierce, Reid, & Epstein, 2004), as well as increase teacher’s stress level (Westling, 2010). Class Pass Intervention (CPI) is a Tier 2 intervention designed to decrease disruptive behavior and increase academic engagement, however, thus far research on the effects of CPI has been limited to typically developing elementary and high school students with escape and attention-maintained problem behaviors. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of CPI on problem behavior and academic engagement of children with and without disabilities (i.e., ADHD) and students who engage in multiply-maintained problem behavior. The study used a multiple baseline design to assess experimental control. In the current study, CPI led to a decrease in problem behavior and increase in academic engagement for two students with ADHD and one student at risk of ADHD, all of whom engaged in problem behavior maintained by escape, access to attention, or both. In addition, results of a social validity assessment completed with teachers and students indicated that the intervention was effective and easy, respectively. |
|
Evaluating Check-In/Check-Out With a Self-Monitoring Component |
Mollie McDermit (University of South Florida), KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: School Wide Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (SWPBIS) is a three-tier prevention system that helps decrease challenging behaviors with positive behavioral interventions and increase socially significant behaviors (Sailor, Dunlap, Sugai, & Horner, 2009; Sugai et al., 2000). Some students continue to struggle with following school expectations with only tier one supports in place and thus need additional supports. Because of this, tier two interventions have been created to help support these students. Self-monitoring and Check-In/Check-Out (CICO) are both tier two interventions within school-wide positive behavioral support and have been used independently to decrease problem behavior. This study combined these two interventions to teach students to monitor their own behavior and in addition get feedback from their teacher which is already a component of the CICO intervention. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the effects of CICO with self-monitoring. Results indicated that CICO with self-monitoring was effective in reducing off-task behavior for one participant while two other participants required the addition of more immediate reinforcement to decrease off-task behavior. |
|
An Evaluation of Self-Monitoring Using the Individualized Behavior Rating Scale Tool in Classroom Settings |
Jessica Moore (University of South Florida), SARA HORDGES (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: One of the greatest challenges facing school staff is problem behavior in the classroom (Public Agenda, 2004). Children who engage in problem behavior in the classroom setting greatly challenge teachers and diminish the ability to learn. This study evaluated the effects of self-monitoring using the Individualized Behavior Rating Scale Tool (IBRST) on problem behavior and on-task behavior in a classroom setting using a multiple-baseline across participants design. This study also evaluated the extent to which students self-rating on the IBRST correlated with direct observation data. Results indicated that self-monitoring using the IBRST was an effective strategy for increasing on-task behavior and decreasing problem behavior for all three students. Results also indicated that the IBRST may be an accurate and reliable means of measuring data when direct observation data may not be feasible or possible. There were 56/60 perfect agreements, with the other four opportunities being only 1-pt value apart. Limitations and future research will be discussed. |
|
A Meta-Analysis of Tier 2 Interventions Implemented Within School-Wide Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports |
Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Eun-Young Park (Jeonju University), Won-Ho Kim (Ulsan College), Daniel Kwak (University of South Florida), JENNIFER TRAPANI (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This meta-analysis synthesized 33 single-subject design studies on Tier 2 behavior interventions implemented within the School-Wide Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports. Tier 2 interventions are additional programs and strategies that can be implemented for students who require supported in addition to universal supports. The purpose of tier 2 interventions is to reduce the risk of academic or behavioral problems. The results of our meta-analysis indicate that the number of studies reporting Tier 1 treatment fidelity and outcomes for students at kindergarten and secondary grade levels are limited, and that the number of screening methods used for selecting target students is insufficient. Large effects were found for self-regulation, Class Pass Intervention and social skill instruction. Check-in/Check-out, group contingency, and multi-component interventions had moderate effect sizes. Moderator analyses indicated that there were different effect sizes across types of intervention, outcomes, and implementers. Limitations to this study and future research will be described. |
|
|
|
|
Big Data and Analytics in Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jonathan E. Friedel (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health) |
Discussant: Mark P. Alavosius (Praxis2LLC) |
Abstract: In the current age of advanced computing power and big data, more and more companies are looking to data mining and predictive analytics to reveal actionable insights. The promise of analytics has already been demonstrated in fields such as supply chain logistics, sports, healthcare, and marketing. In many cases, especially those pertaining to consumer preferences and behavior, the insights gleaned from analytics ultimately are meant to improve the prediction and control of human behavior—a common goal of behavior analysts. This symposium highlights several examples of the use of data mining and analytics to aid decision makers involved in two applications: organizational behavior management and behavioral safety. Four presentations were assembled to (1) summarize existing examples of analytics in occupational safety and the promise of analytics in enhancing the utility of behavioral safety data collections systems, (2) identify the foundational and organizational requisites for conducting analytics, (3) assess and evaluate an organization’s readiness for analytics, (4) provide examples of analytics applications and methods. |
|
An Overview of Analytics in Occupational Safety Research |
OLIVER WIRTH (CDC/NIOSH), Jonathan E. Friedel (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Anne M. Foreman (CDC/NIOSH) |
Abstract: Advances in computing power and analytical methods have allowed companies to reveal insights from the “big” data that previously would have gone undetected in areas such as supply chain management, healthcare spending, and marketing. Analytic strategies offer a great deal of potential in the area of occupational safety and health because large amounts of data are collected within behavioral safety programs, including peer observations, safety audits, and near miss reports, and these data can be combined with data from other company departments (e.g., production, human resources) to better predict and prevent injuries and fatalities. Despite its potential, the progress of analytics in occupational safety has lagged other industries. The presentation will review the analytics studies that have been conducted in occupational safety and health at the industry, enterprise, and establishment levels. The components of the studies that will be reviewed include the industries, data types, modeling approaches, and findings. The potential advantages of establishment-level analytics in organizations with robust behavioral safety programs will be discussed. |
|
Utilizing Data Analytics to Inform Safety Interventions and Reduce Adverse Safety Outcomes |
MATTHEW M LASKE (Appalachian State University), Yalcin Acikgoz (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University), Shawn Bergman (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: Data analytics is a becoming more relevant for OBM practitioners. In particular, there is a growing need for analytics in safety for the detection of behavioral precursors associated with injuries and other safety outcomes. Although workplace incidents have been decreasing over the last 25 years, the number of fatalities has remained more or less constant, with 6,217 in 1992 and 5,147 in 2017 (United States Department of Labor [USDL], Bureau of Labor Statistics [BLS], 2018). Analytics can be utilized to inform OBM interventions, particularly in the field of Behavior Based Safety. A case study will be presented on the identified behavioral covariates of leading and lagging safety variables within a Fortune 500 chemical manufacturer. Results relating to production, employee workloads (e.g., overtime hours and unplanned work), and behavioral observation processes will be discussed. The purpose of the analyses is to identify interventions for which safety practitioners can allocate resources to reduce the risk of adverse safety outcomes (e.g., injuries and fatalities). |
|
Assessing Analytics Readiness Within Occupational Health and Safety |
MAIRA COMPAGNONE (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University), Shawn Bergman (Appalachian State University), Yalcin Acikgoz (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: The safety industry is lagging in Big Data utilization due to various obstacles, which may include lack of analytics readiness (e.g. disparate databases, missing data, low validity) or knowledge (e.g. personnel capable of cleaning data and running analyses). A safety-specific maturity model can assist organizations with identifying these obstacles, so that organizations can understand their current capabilities and can build towards more advanced analytics (e.g. predicting safety incidents and identifying preventative measures directed towards specific risk variables). These analytics can inform organizational behavior management practitioners in designing more effective interventions in behavioral safety programs. The model will (a) evaluate the quality of the data currently available, (b) evaluate the foundational infrastructure for technological capabilities and expertise in data collection, storage, and analysis of safety and health metrics, (c) evaluate the culture around employee willingness to share safety issues and concerns (e.g. participate in reporting, audits, inspections, and observations) with frequency and fidelity, and (d) assess an organization’s safety analytics process for adequacy of operational definitions (e.g. key safety indicators of “lagging” outcome variables and pre-incident “leading” indicators) and hypothesized variable relationships. The proposed model will be validated against data from two manufacturing organizations. |
|
The Scope and Variety of Analytics: Examples of Techniques Suitable for Behavioral Data Sets |
ANNE M. FOREMAN (CDC/NIOSH), Jonathan E. Friedel (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Oliver Wirth (CDC/NIOSH) |
Abstract: The application of analytics is ubiquitous in fields such as supply chain logistics, sports, healthcare, and marketing. The widespread application of analytics in behavior analysis has not yet been realized, but its potential to provide actionable insights are nevertheless promising. This presentation will provide a survey of the various kinds of analytical techniques that fall under the broad umbrella of analytics. Specific methods include data visualization, machine learning, classification trees, neural networks, and support vector machines, to name a few. Potential applications of each technique will be provided with examples taken from organizational behavior management, behavioral safety, and other applied behavioral analysis fields. |
|
|
|
|
Functional Analyses Without Boundaries: Methodological Adjustments to Increase Acceptability Across Cultures and Settings |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology ) |
Discussant: Jessica Foster Juanico (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Functional Behavior Assessments (FBAs), including experimental functional analysis (FA), are the gold standard of analysis to help in creating a function-based treatment plan. Unfortunately, there may be barriers which make completing an FBA, particularly the FA component, difficult; if not impossible. These barriers may include cultural practices and beliefs, time constraints, etc. These presentations will present approaches to current methods of training and completing FBAs which address some of these concerns. First, Japanese cultural beliefs make conducting an FA very difficult due to differences in problem behavior definitions and staunch opposition to evoking problem behavior. Therefore, our first presentation will present research evaluating a procedure for training Japanese teachers to identify precursor behavior via a functional analysis instead of the target problem behavior. Second, oftentimes there are time constraints or concerns voiced by school administrators regarding functional analyses. Therefore, our second presentation will include a potential alternative to current functional analysis procedures will be presented which is substantially faster than an FA and evaluates a replacement behavior throughout the analysis as well as the problem behavior. These studies extend the current research and aim to make the science of functional analysis more available to educators and clinicians. |
|
An Evaluation of Behavior Skills Training for the Identification of Precursor Behaviors and Implementation of Precursor-Based Functional Analyses by Japanese Teachers |
KOZUE MATSUDA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Neil Timothy Martin (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: Despite the importance of identifying the function of a problem behavior, not all teachers have the necessary skills to evaluate severe behavior. For example, in countries such as Japan, there are few trained and certified behavior analysts and there are cultural mores strongly averse to the occurrence, and particularly evocation, of problem behavior; therefore, standard functional analysis (SFA) methods are often deemed unacceptable. For this study, seven Japanese teachers of students with ASD participated in two studies. In Study 1, the teachers were trained to identify precursors to problem behaviors using behavior skills training. In Study 2, the teachers were trained to conduct an FA of precursor behaviors. At the end of the study, the social validity of precursor FA methods was evaluated. The results showed that the training was successful in teaching participants to identify precursor behaviors and conduct precursor FAs. Additionally, the teachers reported high levels of social validity for the precursor FAs. |
|
An Evaluation of a Response Allocation Assessment as a Possible Alternative to Traditional Functional Analysis |
JENNIFER QUIGLEY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Joslyn Mintz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jessica Foster Juanico (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The “standard” functional analysis (SFA) is an empirical demonstration of a cause and effect relationship between a target behavior and environmental variables using a set of test and control conditions (Iwata & Dozier, 2008). Criticisms have arisen of the SFA over the last 15 years, including the issue of time constraints or setting acceptability. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend previous research by proposing a possible alternative to the SFA, a response allocation assessment (RAA). The RAA measures the participant’s allocation of challenging behavior and a replacement behavior in a concurrent schedule using a latency measure. This enables the clinician to identify the function of challenging behavior while also assessing the likelihood the participant will engage in the replacement behavior under similar contexts. The current study evaluated effectiveness of the RAA in assessing functions as compared to the SFA, evaluated the efficiency of both analyses, and discussed the social acceptance and validity of the RAA. |
|
|
|
|
Training Teachers in Evidence-Based Practices to Improve the Behavior and Academic Functioning of Students in Iceland |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Anna-Lind Petursdottir (School of Education, University of Iceland) |
Abstract: In Iceland, teachers have had a strong preference for teaching methods based on construcitivist beliefs, over methods based on direct transmission beliefs (e.g. OECD, 2009). Also, Icelandic teachers consider discipline and students with behavior problems to be one of the most challenging aspect of their jobs. In this symposium we will present recent research regarding the implementation of evidence-based practices to improve the behavior and academic functioning of students in Iceland. Harpa Oskarsdottir and Zuilma Gabriela Sigurdardottir will present a group comparison study assessing the effects of Direct Instruction and fluency building on the reading performance of students in special education. Gudrun Björg Ragnarsdottir will discuss 25 case studies conducted by graduate students receiving training in implementing explicit instruction and fluency building to improve the reading performance of their elementary students. Anna-Lind Petursdottir and Margret Sigmarsdottir will end the symposium by presenting data on changes in students persistent behavior problems and academic engagement following function-based interventions implemented by graduate students as part of training in an university course. Each presentation will include a discussion of the implications of the data and considerations for implementation of evidence-based strategies in collaboration with teachers who have limited knowledge in the area. |
|
Reading instruction using direct instruction and fluency training in special education in 4th to 7th grade in Iceland |
HARPA ÓSKARSDÓTTIR (University of Iceland), Zuilma Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland) |
Abstract: Direct Instruction (DI) is an evidence-based and empirically tested teaching method that has been found to be very effective in English-speaking countries. DI has been especially effective when combined with fluency training methods. These methods are not generally in use in Iceland although dozens of single-case experiments have indicated that they are very effective when psychology students have used them with special education students. In this project, a group comparison was undertaken to study the effects of trained teachers using DI and fluency building in reading instruction on the reading performance of students in special education over 2,5 school years. Participants were in total 16 students in 4th-7th grade in three comparable elementary schools in Iceland, one had the experimental group, the other two schools had the comparison group. Performance in reading was evaluated and comparisons were made within the experimental and comparison groups at the beginning and end of each school year and between the experimental and comparison groups. Results show that students in the experimental group had better outcome on every variable tested at the end of the study, they read faster, made fewer errors, were more accurate, and scored higher in reading comprehension than the comparison group. |
|
Training teachers in explicit instruction and fluency building: 25 case studies from a university course |
GUDRUN BJORG RAGNARSDOTTIR (University of Iceland) |
Abstract: Improved student reading ability has been a priority for the past years in Icelandic schools. In this study, 25 master-level students received training through a distance education course to use evidence-based methods; explicit instruction and fluency building. They implemented intervention with 18 boys and seven girls (aged 6 to 13 years). Eighteen pupils had reading difficulties and 13 pupils also were Icelandic language learners or had been diagnosed with ADHD, autism or language impairment. In the course, master-level students taught 15 lessons over a period of five weeks focusing on increasing pupils reading ability through explicit instruction and fluency building. Pupils increased their reading ability on average by 14 words per minute over the five week intervention phase. A majority, or 23 of 25 pupils, achieved public reading goals set by the Directorate of Education in Iceland. Results indicate that training through a distance education course can enable teachers to implement evidence-based interventions and thereby improve the reading ability of children with and without reading difficulties. |
|
Guiding teachers to conduct behavior assessment and function-based interventions through a distance education course |
ANNA-LIND PETURSDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Margret Sigmarsdottir (School of Education, University of Iceland) |
Abstract: This presentation describes how graduate students have been trained to conduct functional behavioral assessments and individualized behavior support plans to decrease persistent student behavior problems. This team-based training has been offered as part of an elective course on behavioral and emotional difficulties at the School of Education, University of Iceland. The aim was to train graduate students (prospective and current teachers) to mentor other teachers in evidence-based practices to improve student behavior and well-being. The training has involved independent readings, lectures, various assessment and intervention materials, on-site assignments, step-by-step instructions, and written feedback. Teams have conducted AB single subject designs to assess changes in students´ target behaviors. A case study will be provided to illustrate the process, describing how the persistent disruptive behavior of a 13-year-old 8th grader decreased on average from 53 to 3 instances per 20-minute observations and academic engagement increased from 37% to 91% after function-based interventions. Also, data will be presented from 74 cases in preschools up to secondary schools, showing an average of 78% reduction in disruptive behavior, 89% reduction in aggressive behavior, and 92% increase in academic engagement of students. |
|
|
|
|
CPT Billing Codes: An Update From the ABA Billing Codes Commission |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Katherine Mahaffy (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
CE Instructor: Katherine Mahaffy, Ph.D. |
|
CPT Billing Codes: An Update From the ABA Billing Codes Commission |
Abstract: In the 18 months since the 2019 CPT I billing codes for adaptive behavior took effect, members of the ABA Billing Codes Commission have worked to disseminate information, resolve problems, address concerns, and identify next steps. This presentation builds on the information presented in the workshop ABA Billing Codes Commission Presents: Is That Billable? Understanding How to Bill Ethically and Effectively. This presentation will provide an update on the work of the ABA Billing Codes Commission and will address recurrent questions, including the effort to increase uniformity in how the codes are interpreted; the proper use of Medically Unlikely Edits; the process to value codes; and the next steps in the Commission’s effort to bridge the gap between billable services and ABA that reflects best practices. |
|
JULIE KORNACK (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), STEPHEN GILLASPY (American Psychological Association) |
|
|
|
Target Audience: Behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the purpose of CPT billing code descriptors; (2) discuss the appropriate use of Medically Unlikely Edits (MUEs); (3) state the difference between codes that are valued and codes that are carrier priced; (4) discuss the role of multi-disciplinary collaboration in the billing codes process. |
|
|
|
|
|
Multiple Exemplar Training: Illustrations, Limitations, and Preliminary Guidelines |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: PCH |
Chair: David C. Palmer (Smith College) |
CE Instructor: Per Holth, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: PER HOLTH (OsloMet -- Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: Through a set of exemplars that sample the range of stimulus and response topographies, multiple exemplar training aims to produce the full range of performances. The principle has been widely acknowledged and used in experimental psychology, in the experimental analysis of behavior, and in behavior-analytic applications. Behavior analysts have often referred to a history of multiple exemplar training to account for different generalized performances. Examples of such generalized performances are abstraction and concept learning, responding to relations, identity matching, rule following, behavioral variability, responding to wh-questions, describing past events, learning sets, and continuous repertoires. There is convincing evidence for the usefulness of multiple exemplar training with respect to many types of performances, even performances that involve relations between objects or events. Yet, there appear to be at least two important exceptions, where direct multiple exemplar training does not work well: (1) when there are no physical dimensions at all along which generalized performances can emerge, and (2) when the relation between antecedents and an effective response is complex. General limitations of multiple exemplar training as well as an interpretation of exceptions in terms of behavior-mediated generalization are discussed. Guidelines for more effective training for generalized skills are outlined. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation participants will be able to: (1) describe different procedures that have been named ‘multiple exemplar training’; (2) describe at least five different behavioral phenomena that require some kind of multiple exemplar training; (3) specify some limits to what can result from direct multiple exemplar training. |
|
PER HOLTH (OsloMet -- Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Professor Per Holth received his license to practice psychology in 1983, and his Ph.D. in 2000, with a dissertation on the generality of stimulus equivalence. His clinical work has been in services for people with autism and developmental disabilities, in psychiatric units, and in the military services. His research activities span basic research, on stimulus equivalence and joint attention, as well as applied work and management of large research projects. Per Holth has taught classes in behavior analysis and learning principles at the University of Oslo and Oslo and Akershus University College (OAUC) since 1982, and joined the faculty of OAUC and the Program for learning in complex systems, as an associate professor in 2004 and as full professor in 2006. He teaches classes in all behavior-analytic education programs at OAUC. He has written for peer-reviewed publications on basic research, applied work, and philosophy of science; served on several editorial boards; and he has a member of the editorial troika of the European Journal of Behavior Analysis for 15 years. He has been a program co-coordinator of the TPC area of ABAI, is currently a program co-coordinator for the development area, and he is on the board of directors of the B. F. Skinner Foundation. His current research interests have drifted in the direction of basic experimental work with animals and humans. |
|
|
|
|
Keys to School Success: Bridging the Outcomes of the Boehm Test of Basic Concepts-3 (BTBC-3) to Language Development |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: TBA |
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Lin Du, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: ANN BOEHM (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The session will cover the long history of how the outcomes of the BTBC-3 inform intervention and instruction for young children’s language development and success in school. The issues covered are of particular relevance for children on the ASD spectrum. Recent research using the Boehm Test of Basic Concepts-3: Preschool in a behaviorally-based preschool program has identified bi-directional naming as a key factor in the progression of learning, an issue to be explored in the session. The importance of relational concepts as measured by the BTBC for learning across all areas of learning, following directions and more complex problem solving will be presented along with strategies for intervention. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) highlight the history of the BTBC and its role in language development; (2) provide a guide for developing instructional activities at increasing levels of difficulty; (3) review recent research with students with special needs (ASD, visually impaired, deaf and hard of hearing, and individuals with cognitive impairment). |
|
ANN BOEHM (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
 Ann E. Boehm, Ph.D. is professor emerita of psychology and education at Teachers College, Columbia University where she continues to teach a course on early childhood assessment. She is the author of the Boehm Test of Basic Concepts (BTBC) which was the outcome of her dissertation and was seminal in identifying basic relational concepts as an important aspect of language development and essential for success across all areas of school learning. The test, now in in its third edition, consists of a preschool level (ages 3-5) and a school age level (ages 5-7). Outcomes of the test are helpful for identifying learning objectives and monitoring progress, The BTBC-3 is one of the few instruments available at these age levels in raised form and big picture versions for the blind and visually impaired (through the American Printing House for the Blind). She is the author of numerous books and articles. Her current research interests focus on the next version of the BTBC, direction following, intervention activities, and work with students on the ASD spectrum. |
|
|
|
|
PDS: The Joys (and Perils) of Writing: How to Prepare a Manuscript for Publication |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (University of Nevada, Reno) |
RUTH REHFELDT (Southern Illinois University) |
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles) |
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University) |
Abstract: Preparing a manuscript for publication starts before you have actually engaged in the behavior of writing. You must determine whether your research has contributed something new and interesting as well as what audience might be interested in learning about it. Putting our hypotheses, methodology, and results on paper in a carefully constructed way is not an easy task and requires adequate training. Those who are new to this process—and anyone else for that matter—often find publishing to be an intimidating and daunting task. Thus, the publication process is approached with apprehension and wariness. Our goal is to reduce apprehension and build confidence by providing tips and advice on how to write and submit a manuscript for publication. A panel of experts will cover topics that range from the type of manuscript to submit and how to structure that manuscript to preparing a cover sheet for submission. Topics and questions will be solicited from ABAI members in advance, and time will be allocated for in-person questions. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Procedural Variations and Staff Training of Functional Analysis Procedures |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jessica Lynn Amador (Caldwell University) |
Discussant: Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Richard Wayne Fuqua, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Practitioners serving individuals who have interfering behaviors that impact learning and quality of life have an ethical and a legal obligation to assess maintaining variables and to develop a function-based intervention. Conducting a functional analysis has long been considered the gold standard in assessment and treatment of problem behavior. This symposium will present four papers addressing procedural variations of the traditional functional analysis or evaluations of staff training procedures. The first paper will examine the correlation between trial-based and traditional models of functional analysis for adults with autism in community settings. The second paper will present upon the comparative outcomes and social validity measures of trial-based functional analyses (TBFA) to a descriptive data collection method. The third paper will discuss training functional analysis skills with video modeling and video self-monitoring. The final paper evaluated the efficacy of computer-based instruction (CBI) on teaching how to conduct a TBFA with practitioners and evaluated the effects on implementing a TBFA with a confederate. Results are promising that CBI can lead to effective staff training. Collectively, these studies highlight advances in both procedural variations or staff training procedures of functional analyses. |
Target Audience: BCBA |
Learning Objectives: 1) To identify procedural variations of a functional analysis 2) To identify effective staff training procedures of functional analyses 3) To identify conditions under which procedural variations of functional analyses can be employed |
|
ABC Data Collection vs. Trial-Based Functional Analyses: An Assessment Comparison of Severe Problem Behavior of Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JULIA IANNACCONE (City University of New York Graduate Center; Queens College), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Misbah Bibi (Queens College) |
Abstract: Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) displaying problem behavior face the additional challenges of limited funding and access to effective treatment, along with increased severity of problem behavior, when compared to children. Consequently, questionably effective descriptive assessment methods, such as ABC data, are frequently used. In a broader study evaluating effective treatment of severe problem behavior displayed by adults with ASD, trial-based functional analyses (TBFAs) were conducted to identify the reinforcing variables of problem behavior and guided effective functional communication treatments. Results and social validity of the TBFA were compared to the more common assessment approach used in settings providing treatment to adults engaging in problem behavior, ABC data collection, which many presume to be as effective and efficient, or more, than functional analyses. The two assessment approaches yielded inconsistent functions. Social validity questionnaires resulted in mixed overall preference; however, ABC data scored higher in ease/practicality and TBFA scored higher in objectivity/ effectiveness. These results support the use of TBFA, compared to ABC data, to effectively and efficiently assess problem behavior in adult settings. |
|
Evaluating The Effects of Computer-Based Instruction to Teach Trial-Based Functional Analysis to Practitioners |
JESSICA LYNN AMADOR (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Andrew W. Gardner (University of Arizona - College of Medicine - Department of Psychiatry) |
Abstract: Children who engage in problem behavior are often mainstreamed and educated in the public schools. The Individuals with Disabilities Education Act requires that special education teachers address students’ interfering behavior in the least restrictive environment. A trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) is a form of a functional behavior analysis whereby conditions are embedded naturally into scheduled activities of the school day to determine environmental variables responsible for problem behavior. For educators to be included in this process, it is important that staff are trained effectively and efficiently. Computer-based instruction (CBI) offers advantages as staff training and may require less time, less supervision, and permit training across multiple people. The efficacy of CBI on teaching how to conduct a trial-based functional analysis to practitioners remains unknown. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the efficacy of CBI on teaching how to conduct a TBFA with practitioners and evaluated the effects on implementing a TBFA with a confederate. Results are promising that CBI can lead to effective staff training. |
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Trial-Based Intensive Intervention |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cassandra Standish (Vanderbilt University) |
CE Instructor: Cassandra Standish, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Although standard functional analysis (FA) can be integral in the design of interventions for challenging behavior, FAs are rarely used. Reasons vary, but often include the amount of challenging behavior FAs evoke, ecological validity, and resource constraints. One viable alternative is trial-based FA (TBFA). TBFAs are conducted through a distributed-trial format, which limits the amount of challenging behavior that can be evoked. Further, TBFAs are typically conducted by indigenous implementers (e.g., teachers) in natural settings (e.g., schools). These simple adaptations address many concerns with FAs and with systematic approaches to intensive intervention (generally). This symposium highlights research, which expands the accessibility and utility of TBFA and trial-based intensive intervention. The first talk highlights a multitiered professional development curriculum aimed at training teachers to implement TBFAs and function-based interventions. The second talk demonstrates potential for establishing expertise on TBFA with minimal resources, using a partially automated training employing the behavior-skills training framework. The third talk extends this work by demonstrating that a similarly formatted training on trial-based FCT can facilitate effective intervention by caregivers with no formal training in behavior analysis. The final study highlights an approach to data analysis that appears to improve efficiency without sacrificing the accuracy of TBFA. |
Target Audience: Practitioners |
Learning Objectives: To learn more about conducting the trial-based functional analysis and trial-based interventions. Additionally, to learn more about the interpretation of TBFA results. |
|
Supporting School Personnel to Implement Trial-Based Functional Analysis and Function-Based Interventions |
ERIC SHANNON (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Marie David (Purdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois- Chicago), So Yeon Kim (Purdue), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Young children with disabilities often require intensive, individualized support for challenging behavior. Yet school personnel are often under trained and under supported in assessing, preventing and responding to challenging behavior in the classroom. We will present two multiple baseline across participant studies evaluating a multitiered professional development curriculum including behavioral skills training at tier 1, coaching at tier 2, and coaching plus self-monitoring at tier 3. The first study evaluates the multitiered curriculum on teacher implementation fidelity of trial-based functional analysis in the classroom. The second study evaluates the effects of the multitiered curriculum on teacher implementation fidelity of function-based intervention based on the trial-based functional analysis results and corresponding effects on child challenging behavior. Implications for behavior analyst interested in school-based consultation and collaboration will be discussed. |
|
Teaching Caregivers to Execute and Interpret Trial-Based Functional Analysis Using a Partially Automated Training Protocol |
BAILEY COPELAND (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Cassandra Standish (Vanderbilt University), Kathryn Madesta Bailey (Vanderbilt University), Ipshita` Banerjee (Peabody College, Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: The trial-based FA can identify functions of challenging behavior in applied settings when resources needed to conduct standard FAs are unavailable. Previous research has demonstrated the potential of partially automated training packages to teach professionals to implement trial-based FAs with fidelity. In our study, we extend this work by using a partially automated training package to teach five caregivers to conduct trial-based FAs in their homes, summarize and interpret the data they collected, and independently identify the functions of the challenging behavior of their own children. We evaluated this training’s effectiveness using a multiple-probe across skills design. All participants mastered targeted competencies. These results might inform decisions about who is qualified to conduct FAs, and under what circumstances |
|
Teaching Caregivers to Execute Trial-Based Functional Communication Training Using a Partially Automated Training Protocol |
KATHRYN MADESTA BAILEY (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Cassandra Standish (Vanderbilt University), Ipshita` Banerjee (Peabody College, Vanderbilt University), Bailey Copeland (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT; Carr & Durand, 1985) is ideal for addressing the problem behavior of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities because it increases functional communication while simultaneously reducing problem behavior. By adapting FCT to mirror trial-based FA formats described above, we may increase the feasibility of this highly effective intervention in naturalistic settings. In our study, we used a partially-automated training package, employing BST, to teach caregivers of children with IDD and challenging behavior to implement trial-based FCT. Using a withdrawal design, we analyzed the impact of caregiver-implemented trial-based FCT on the latencies of challenging behavior and functional communication. We also evaluated the extent to which caregivers could implement the intervention with fidelity. Preliminary results suggest caregiver-implemented trial-based FCT can be conducted with fidelity and can effectively reduce problem behavior in home settings. This finding suggests that, with limited support from trained professionals, it can feasible and effective to train indigenous implementers to conduct FCT in their homes. |
|
Improving Efficiency and Accuracy of Trial-Based FA Through Standardized Data-Analysis Techniques: An Exploratory Study |
CASSANDRA STANDISH (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Kathryn Madesta Bailey (Vanderbilt University), Ipshita` Banerjee (Peabody College, Vanderbilt University), Bailey Copeland (Vanderbilt) |
Abstract: The trial-based FA is a naturalistic, cost-effective, ecologically validated assessment used to identify the function(s) of problem behavior. Unlike the traditional FA, problem behavior may only occur once per test condition, thus making the trial-based FA potentially safer than the traditional FA. However, rate-based data cannot be collected during this assessment, rendering standard approaches to FA data analysis inappropriate. Thus, researchers simply consider occurrence/non-occurrence data, after those data have aggregated and plotted on bar graphs, to identify functional relations. As a result, the number of trials conducted during trial-based FA are typically determined a priori and the criteria for confirming functional relations is somewhat arbitrarily. The purpose of this study was to develop and validate a systematic approach to data analysis appropriate for trial-based FAs by considering and adapting criteria established for standard FAs. Preliminary results are promising, suggesting the newly developed criteria can lead to abbreviated versions of the assessment that are efficient and accurate. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluations of Innovative Procedures Aimed at Improving Behavior in Classrooms and Clinical Settings |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Catia Cividini-Motta (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Catia Cividini-Motta, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium the authors will discuss research aimed at evaluating various procedures for decreasing disruptive behavior or improving academic performance of students in a variety of educational settings. The first presenter will discuss procedures for decreasing problem behavior associated with transitions. The second presenter will discuss the impact of active student response modalities on academic performance and disruptive behavior. The third presenter will discuss the impact of alternative seating on in-seat and on-task behavior. The fourth presenter will discuss the impact of video modeling and behavioral skills training on math quizzes. Finally, the symposium will conclude with a discussant who will summarize the research and suggest avenues for future research. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts working in schools or clinical settings |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will learn about different interventions for decreasing disruptive behavior in school settings Attendees will learn about different active student response modalities and their impact on academic engagement Attendees will learn about the use of alternative seating and its impact on in-seat and on-task behavior Attendees will learn about procedures that may improve performance on quizzes |
|
Effects of Pre-Transition Quiet Time on Transition Duration and Problem Behavior |
SARAH WILLIAMS (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Megan Skrbec (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Caitlyn Nichole Metoyer (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Transitions within a classroom can evoke problem behavior and extend the duration of transitions. Previous studies have examined the use of antecedent- and consequent-based interventions to decrease transition duration and problem behavior that occurs during transitions; however, many of these interventions can be difficult to implement and require extra materials. The current study examines the use of a pre-transition quiet time to reduce problem behavior and the duration of transitions within a kindergarten classroom. Results show that the pre-transition quiet time decreased the transition duration but may not have an effect on the frequency of problem behavior. |
|
A Comparison of High-Tech and Low-Tech Response Modalities to Improve Student Performance and Classroom Behavior |
LESLIE SINGER (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study compared the effects of high-tech (e.g., clickers) and low-tech (e.g., response cards) active responding strategies during whole-group English language arts in two first-grade classrooms serving students with and without disabilities. The authors combined an ABAB reversal design with an alternating treatments design to compare the impact of using high-tech (clickers) and low-tech (response cards and hand raising) modalities on academic engagement, accuracy of responding, and disruptive behavior across four teacher-nominated students in two first-grade classrooms. During baseline, the teacher conducted her lesson as planned by having the students raise his/her hand to answer questions. In the intervention phase, students alternated between using preprinted response cards and clickers each session to answer the teacher’s questions. When using the pre-printed response cards or clickers, the students were instructed to hold up the index card with the correct answer or click the correct answer on his/her remote after the teacher read the question. The results of the study indicate that both ARS modalities were equally effective in increasing student academic engagement and decreasing disruptive behavior. |
|
The Use of Stability Balls for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder in a Clinic Setting |
JUSTINE BRENNAN (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder often engage in problem behaviors that impede their ability to attend to tasks leading to disruptions in daily academic and social life. To address and prevent problem behaviors from occurring, antecedent interventions can be implemented to increase a child’s on-task and in-seat behavior. Antecedent interventions, such as alternative seating, have previously been studied within classrooms to evaluate the rate of engagement of children within an instructional setting. However, alternative seating, such as stability ball chairs, have not been previously studied within a clinic setting with a younger, more diverse group of participants to evaluate the effect that alternative seating can have on both on-task and in-seat behavior. This study used an alternating treatments design with an initial baseline phase to evaluate the effects of the stability ball chair on the on-task and in-seat behavior of children with autism in a clinic setting. Results indicated al three participants had slightly higher on-task behavior while using the stability ball chair compared to a standard chair. With regard to in-seat behavior one participant engaged in higher levels while using the stability ball chair but the other two participants have variable data. Social validity data indicated the therapists felt the balls improved participants’ behavior and they would use them in the future. |
|
Evaluating Khan Academy Videos as Supplemental Support for Elementary Aged Students With Disabilities |
Jacy Reed (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), J TURNER BUTLER BRAREN (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Research has indicated video-based interventions are successful at teaching skills to individuals with varying types of disabilities. However, there is a gap in the literature regarding video-based intervention, such as video modeling, as an evidence-based practice for academic skills. As technology becomes more integrated into U.S. classrooms each year, it is important to evaluate the effectiveness of these interventions. Teachers in class often use Khan Academy videos as a resource for students. The purposes of this study were to evaluate if viewing Khan Academy video models would increase math quiz performance for elementary age students with disabilities when used as a supplement to teacher instruction, to determine if Khan Academy video models would decrease the total time required to complete a math quiz, and to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training when Khan Academy was not effective. Using a multiple baseline design, Khan Academy videos resulted in an increase in performance for two participants and were ineffective for four others. Duration to complete the quiz did not decrease with the implementation of Khan Academy videos. All 6 participants required behavioral skills training to increase their performances to mastery levels. |
|
|
|
|
Effects of Video Modeling on Customer Service Skills of Young Adults With Autism |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
10:30 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Leslie Ann Bross (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
|
Effects of Video Modeling on Customer Service Skills of Young Adults With Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
LESLIE ANN BROSS (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Jason Travers (University of Kansas) |
|
Abstract: Young adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often experience barriers to competitive employment. The use of video modeling (VM) is presented as one on-the-job method to enhance employment experiences for this population. The current study evaluated a VM intervention to increase customer service skills of five young adults with ASD, ages 18-26, in community employment settings. A multiple baseline across behaviors design was used with verbalization of greeting, service, and closing phrases contextualized to the employment settings serving as the target behaviors. Co-workers, job coaches, and supervisors were trained to implement the VM intervention during the generalization condition. Maintenance probes were conducted at two and four weeks. Results indicated a functional relation between the VM intervention and verbalization of job-specific customer service phrases for all participants. Young adults reported high satisfaction with the VM intervention. Implications related to the competitive employment of young adults with ASD is discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Effects of Teacher Training in Trial-based Functional Analysis via Video-Modeling |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:20 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Mary Haspel (Monmouth University) |
|
Effects of Teacher Training in Trial-based Functional Analysis via Video-Modeling |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARY HASPEL (Monmouth University), Alexandra Hollo (West Virginia University), Stacy Lauderdale-Littin (Monmouth University) |
|
Abstract: rial-based functional analysis (TBFA) is an efficient strategy for assessing challenging behavior in the classroom and a necessary step in developing effective functional assessment- based interventions (FABI). However, researchers have identified several barriers limiting the applicability of this practice in schools, including difficulty in (a) training teachers to mastery; (b) assessing whether teachers can implement this practice independently, with fidelity, in natural settings; and (c) determining whether teachers can use functional analysis (FA) to identify functions of problem behavior and develop effective interventions. This study will address these gaps in the literature by using a novel approach for training teachers to implement TBFA and develop subsequent behavior plans. Video modeling is an evidence-based practice for helping children in school-based settings acquire new skills, and has some evidence supporting its use with teachers. This study assessed the effects of using video self-modeling in training teachers to conduct TBFA in classrooms. The primary dependent variable was treatment fidelity of teacher implementation of TBFA. Additional analyses included teachers’ ability to use student data to identify the function of problem behavior and develop appropriate FABI. |
|
|
|
|
|
Why Do Captive Animals Perform Abnormal Repetitive Behaviours? |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AAB |
Chair: Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University) |
CE Instructor: Nathaniel Hall, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: GEORGIA MASON (University of Guelph) |
Abstract: Unusual repetitive behaviours in confined animals (including those sometimes called stereotypies) have long been used as welfare indicators because they are disturbing and fairly easy to assess. Because it is not yet certain which behaviours should be included (for example, is wheel-running normal or abnormal?), how much the heterogeneity of different forms matters, and which are most analogous with stereotypies versus OCDs versus other clinical abnormal behaviours, I will group all as “abnormal repetitive behaviour” (ARB). Despite these unknowns, enough is now understood to use ARBs in welfare assessment (where welfare means affective state: moods, and quality of life). I will review the aetiology of ARBs, and discuss their underlying mechanisms (including unintended reinforcement by owners), to help illustrate why it is that they emerge. To evaluate their validity as indicators of welfare, I will review whether they are increased by exposing animals to aversive stimuli and stimuli that are ancestrally bad for fitness. I will show that the prevalence and/or frequency of ARBs typically reflects suboptimal husbandry and uncomfortable health problems, and that they are quite specific to negative states (though perhaps as experienced over the lifetime, rather than just present state alone). Overall, ARBs are thus reliable signs of poor welfare. However, general activity can be a confound. Indeed, some negative states never promote ARBs; and in some species, strains and individuals show little ARBs, even in extremis, becoming inactive instead (such that all else being equal, we should not assume that high ARB individuals have worse welfare than low ARB individuals). |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation participants will be able to: (1) explain how animal welfare is assessed by scientists (despite this relying on unobservable affective states); (2) select the appropriate control data and comparator groups when using abnormal repetitive behaviour (ARB) in animal welfare assessment; (3) recommend or select options for reducing ARB, from a range of techniques that include environmental enrichment and pharmaceutical approaches, and identify when these have successfully not only reduced ARB but also improved welfare. |
|
GEORGIA MASON (University of Guelph) |
Georgia Mason is a behavioural biologist who studies how animals adapt to captive housing conditions (or fail to), especially conditions that meet their physiological needs but are too small or monotonous to allow natural behaviour. She is also interested in the validation of animal welfare indicators. |
|
|
|
|
Applications of Functional Analysis Methodology to Feline Aggression |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno) |
Discussant: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom and University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Christy A. Alligood, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Domesticated cats may engage in a variety of problem behaviors that adversely affect their lives and the lives of humans that adopt them. While some problem behaviors can be relatively minor, human-directed aggression can cause potential harm to owners and others, which may be more likely to lead to shelter relinquishment or euthanasia. Additionally, cats that engage in problem behavior like human-directed aggression may be less likely to be adopted from shelters. If identified, effective behavioral interventions may decrease the likelihood of future pet relinquishments and increase adoption rates, and in doing so, euthanasia rates may decrease. Functional analysis (FA) is an empirically based method for identifying the function of problem behavior, which can then be used to develop effective, function-based treatments to reduce problem behavior. While FA has been heavily studied in humans, there is a small but growing literature base supporting its use in identifying the function of problem behavior non-human animals. This symposium will present two studies that used FA methods to identify the functions of human-directed aggression in domestic cats in foster homes and shelters and develop function-based treatment. Implications of the application of FA and animal welfare will be discussed. |
Target Audience: The target audience for the symposium are behavior analysts interested in the application of functional analysis methodology to new populations and species. |
|
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Feline Aggression in an Animal Shelter |
Maria Salmeron (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno), Arielle Brianna Hegr (California State University, Fresno), QUETZALI BASULTO SUAREZ (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Problematic behavior of cats in animal shelters may prevent the adoption of the animal and may lead to euthanasia. Currently, no formal assessment is conducted on cats to identify the function of problem behavior. Functional analysis (FA) is an empirical tool that has been used to identify the function of problem behavior by manipulating possible antecedents and consequences that may influence the occurrence of the problem behavior. By identifying the variables that maintain the problem behavior, a function-based treatment can be developed to treat the problem behavior. FAs have been successful in various populations (i.e., human populations, captive non-human animals, domesticated non-human animals), however, there are currently no published studies using FAs to identify problem behavior in domestic cats. This study analyzed the effectiveness of a FA by developing and implementing treatment based on the function of feline aggression in shelter animals. The subjects were found to have problem behavior maintained by social-negative reinforcement, and a function-based treatment was designed. For all cats, a reduction of at least 80% of problem behavior from baseline levels were observed. Implications regarding FA procedures and cat adoption will be discussed. |
|
Functional Analysis of Aggression Exhibited by Cats Towards Humans During Petting |
VICTORIA FLETCHER (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Megan Skrbec (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Samantha Dyer (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Human-directed aggression is a common problem, which can often lead to re-homing or relinquishing the cat and can cause injuries and infections for the human. Methodology exists to determine the function of problem behavior in humans and has been applied to various topographies of problem behaviors. The current study applied this methodology to assess human-directed aggression exhibited by cats during petting and implement function-based treatment. Results suggested that aggression during petting for all three cats was maintained by escape from petting. Extinction and providing the functional reinforcer (i.e., escape from petting) contingent on the absence of aggression was implemented with all three cats, which decreased aggression for each cat. |
|
|
|
|
Tracking Behavioral Processes: A Clinical Behavior Analysis Approach |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Evelyn Rachael Gould, Ph.D. |
Chair: Abbey Warren (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group) |
GLENN M. CALLAGHAN (San Jose State University) |
EVELYN RACHAEL GOULD (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School; FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.) |
T. V. JOE LAYNG (Generategy, LLC) |
Abstract: Clinical behavior analysis is amongst the only approaches to understanding talk therapy that has direct implications for understanding and intervening on in-session behavior in such a way as to change behavior out of session. How it is that this occurs has been discussed in terms of nonlinear contingencies, verbal behavior, rule governed behavior, derived relational responding, and other conceptualizations of complex human behavior. The development of clinical behavior analysis as a subdiscipline, however, has been limited by the branding of specific treatment packages that move away from common behavioral terms. This panel will include clinical behavior analysts with expertise in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP, Interpersonal Behavior Therapy (IBT), and Nonlinear Contingency Analysis (NCA). Panelists will analyze sample video recordings of a talk therapy session in terms of behavioral principles that comprise a common ground for clinical behavior analytic approaches. Implications for comparing and contrasting clinical behavior analytic interventions will be discussed, along with questions from the audience. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, clinicians, higher education instructors, service providers |
Learning Objectives: Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) is important because of its approach to understanding talk therapy through intervening on in-session behavior in order to promote behavior change in the real world. CBA can be explored and practiced through many different routes (i.e., Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP), Interpersonal Behavior Therapy (IBT), and Nonlinear Contingency Analysis (NCA)). There is common ground in the various CBA practices that are rooted in behavioral principles. |
|
|
|
|
Investigating the Empathetic, Social, and Compliance Behaviors of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DEV/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jessica Horton (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Horton, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will be comprised of three papers, each of which investigated one of three behaviors in children with ASD. The first, entitled “The Effects of the Social-Listener Protocol on the Empathetic Behavior of Children with ASD” examined whether children with ASD demonstrated empathy, followed by an intervention designed to establish peer reinforcers and test whether participants would them demonstrate empathy. The second paper examined the reinforcing effects of social attention versus tokens for a performance task for preschool children with ASD and found that results were related to children’s level of verbal development. The third paper investigated mothers’ delivery of instructional antecedents and consequences and their children’s subsequent compliance during a cleanup task. The study further compared children’s compliance with mothers’ reports of self-efficacy. |
Target Audience: Target audience includes students, practitioners, and researchers. |
Learning Objectives: Objective 1: Audience members will learn the definition of empathy from a behavioral perspective and be able to describe the purpose and results of the protocol for establishing Social Listener Reinforcement as it relates to empathetic behaviors. Objective 2: Audience members will learn procedures for measuring the reinforcement value of tokens and social attention for students with ASD and how those results relate to levels of verbal development. Objective 3: Audience members will learn how mothers’ communicative behaviors differ according to their child’s level of verbal development and how they relate to students’ compliance with a performance task. |
|
The Effects of the Social-Listener Protocol on the Empathetic Behavior of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JESSICA HORTON (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: Empathy has not been widely studied by behavior analysts, most likely due to the variation in the literature in regard to definition and measurement. In 3 experiments we tested whether children with an educational classification of ASD would demonstrate empathy in an unfair play scenario and, if empathetic behavior was absent, whether the Social Listener Reinforcement (SLR) Protocol intervention would result in the emergence of empathy. The results from Experiment I, consisting of 11 typically developing students and students with ASD, showed that, overall, participants with ASD demonstrated fewer observing behaviors and answered fewer empathy-related questions correctly when compared to their typically developing peers. In Experiments II and III we employed a multiple probe design to test the effects of the SLR intervention on the demonstration of empathetic behaviors. Following Experiment III, the results showed an increase in vocal verbal operants and sharing behavior for 4 of the 6 Participants. |
|
Reinforcing Efficacy of Token and Social Attention in Preschoolers With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
YANRU CHEN (Teachers College, Columbia University), Laudan Jahromi (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: This study attempted to examine the effects of token versus social attention reinforcement on a performance task by preschoolers with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and to investigate factors contributing to reinforcer preference in this atypical population. A total of 31 students from a private preschool in suburban New York participated in the study. Results showed that the majority of the participants preferred token reinforcers rather than social attention, demonstrated by a higher total number of correct responses on a performance task under the token reinforcement condition compared to the social reinforcement condition. Further statistical analysis revealed a significant correlation between the participants’ performance under the same condition in the ABAB reversal design, suggesting that preschoolers with ASD have relatively consistent reinforcer preference between tokens and social attention. Also, participants with severer ASD symptoms tended to have higher discrepancies in their performance between token and social attention conditions. The effects of language on the participants’ social and nonsocial reinforcer preferences have not been found. However, participants who preferred token reinforcers tended use more language to regulate their behaviors in a frustration task of delayed delivery of tokens, suggesting that language is an essential behavioral regulation strategy for young children with ASD. |
|
How a Mother’s Communication Form and the Use of Contingencies Relate to the Responding of Her Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder During a Compliance Task |
ELIZABETH SNELL (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: We conducted a descriptive analysis on the effectiveness of how mothers communicate with their children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) during a compliance task, and whether their observed effectiveness related to their self-reported, self-efficacy score. Participants consisted of 37 mother-child dyads in which the children were preschool-aged and were categorized according to their level of verbal behavior development (e.g., prefoundational versus independent listener). Data were collected on the form (vocal, non-vocal, or mixed) and frequency of mother’s antecedents and consequences, whether consequences were contingent, and the children’s responses to antecedents. Analyses indicated that there was no statistically significant relationship between mothers’ communication form or use of contingent consequences as related to child’s verbal behavior development. Additionally, mother’s reported self-efficacy was not correlated with her child’s correct or incorrect responding. This study indicates the need for parent training regarding a child’s level of verbal behavior development and the use of contingent teaching practices. |
|
|
|
|
Accreditation and Verified Course Sequences: Recognition of University Training in Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jenna Mrljak, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jenna Mrljak (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Amego Inc.) |
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University) |
JENNA MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
Abstract: The discipline of behavior analysis is experiencing rapid growth, which is especially noticeable in recent the increase of university programs offering training in behavior analysis. There are currently two mechanisms for university training programs to be recognized: accreditation of degree-granting programs and verification of course sequences. This panel will present these systems, including their procedures for obtaining and maintaining recognition along with their respective goals. This session is designed for current VCS coordinators, program directors of ABAI-accredited programs, and those interested in applying for either system of recognition |
|
|
|
|
ProgressCharter and the Pragmatic Organizational Performance Engineering Process |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Discussant: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Guy S. Bruce, Ed.D. |
Abstract: ProgressCharter is a software application that will make it easy to design and implement a pragmatic, organizational performance engineering process, “EARS.” “EARS” is an acronym for a pragmatic change process with the following steps: 1) Evaluate student or client progress, 2) Analyze causes of inadequate staff performance, 3) Recommend changes in staff resources, training, and management, and 4) Solve staff performance problems by designing and implementing changes in resources, training, and management. The process is an application of behavior analysis to improve provider performance so that recipients can make efficient progress towards their goals. ProgressCharter uses sensitive measures of client progress to identify quickly when a client is not making efficient progress. It uses data to identify the causes of the three types of provider performance problems, "can-do," "know-how" and "want-to” and recommend changes in provider resources, training and management. |
Target Audience: Supervisors, staff trainers, program designers and directors of schools and clinics that provider behavior analysis services to students and clients. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will 1) Describe the Pragmatic Performance Engineering Process 2) Describe how it can be applied to evaluate client progress. 3) Describe how it can be applied to identify causes of staff performance problems 4) Describe how it can applied to design and implement changes in staff resources, training, and management |
|
ProgressCharter and the Organizational Performance Engineering Process: An Overview |
GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Abstract: ProgressCharter is a software application that will make it easy to design and implement a pragmatic, organizational performance engineering process, “EARS.” “EARS” is an acronym for a pragmatic change process with the following steps: 1) Evaluate student or client progress, 2) Analyze causes of inadequate staff performance, 3) Recommend changes in staff resources, training, and management, and 4) Solve staff performance problems by designing and implementing changes in resources, training, and management. The process is an application of behavior analysis to improve provider performance so that recipients can make efficient progress towards their goals. ProgressCharter uses sensitive measures of client progress to identify quickly when a client is not making efficient progress. It uses data to identify the causes of the three types of provider performance problems, "can-do," "know-how" and "want-to” and recommend changes in provider resources, training and management. This talk will provide an overview of the organizational performance engineering process with examples on how ProgressCharter can be used to facilitate the design and implementation of that process so that clients can meet and exceed their progress goals. |
|
Use of ProgressCharter to Improve Graduate Student Performance and Staff Supervision |
MARGARET PAVONE DANNEVIK (Lindenwood University), Kelly Hantak (Lindenwood University) |
Abstract: ProgressCharter is a software application that will make it easy to design and implement a pragmatic, organizational performance engineering process, “EARS.” “EARS” is an acronym for a pragmatic change process with the following steps: 1) Evaluate student or client progress, 2) Analyze causes of inadequate staff performance, 3) Recommend changes in staff resources, training, and management, and 4) Solve staff performance problems by designing and implementing changes in resources, training, and management. The process is an application of behavior analysis to improve provider performance so that recipients can make efficient progress towards their goals. ProgressCharter uses sensitive measures of client progress to identify quickly when a client is not making efficient progress. It uses data to identify the causes of the three types of provider performance problems, "can-do," "know-how" and "want-to” and recommend changes in provider resources, training and management. We will describe how ProgressCharter can be used as a study tool to improve graduate student performance on classroom assessments and as an organizational performance engineering tool to improve student supervision of staff who work with clients. |
|
|
|
|
Relational Skills Training for Enhancing Intelligence: The Science of Destabilizing Stable Traits |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan J. Tarbox, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: BRYAN ROCHE (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: Part of the mission of radical behaviorism is to increase control over behavioral variability in all domains of human activity, and perhaps especially those in which activity is seen as constrained by invariant traits. One such “invariant trait” is intelligence, a concept long understood to represent a mentalism. However, it is only recently that behavior analysts have made progress in providing a functional-analytic model of intelligence that was sufficiently progressive to produce targeted interventions that can increase intellectual skill fluency to the point where large and reliable gains are observable on standardised tests of intelligence. In this talk Dr. Bryan Roche of Maynooth University, Ireland, will outline the rationale behind one such intervention method, known as SMART training (Strengthening Mental Abilities with Relational Training), which has emerged from a Relational Frame Theory account of derived stimulus relations. The talk will also outline evidence of the positive effects on intellectual functioning of the SMART intervention, and argue that for pragmatic, ethical, and now empirical reasons, psychologists’ traditional conceptualization of intelligence needs to be revised. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define a derived stimulus relation and outline the usual laboratory procedures for generating them; (2) describe the main differences between a stimulus equivalence and a Relational Frame Theory account of derived stimulus relations; (3) provide and generate their own examples of common IQ test items that clearly assess a small set of relational framing skills; (4) discuss the relevance of relational skill fluency to everyday intellectual skill proficiency; (5) interpret findings from several studies that have claimed to increase IQ scores using relational skills training interventions. |
|
BRYAN ROCHE (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Dr. Bryan Roche has been a member of academic staff at MU since 2000. His early work was on the development of Relational Frame Theory, a post-Skinnerian account of human language and cognition, the first text for which has been cited over 1000 times in the academic literature. He is author of over 100 peer reviewed papers and book chapters. Dr. Roche has developed an online intervention, based on Relational Frame Theory, that is the only intervention currently known by psychologists to increase IQ by clinically significant degrees (around 15 points) for many or most users. This method is known as SMART (Strengthening Mental Abilities with Relational Training), and is offered online by the MU campus company RaiseYourIQ.com of which Dr. Roche is a co-director. Dr. Roche also conducts research into fear and avoidance as part of wider interest in anxiety, and has developed a new implicit test, built from first learning principles, called the FAST (Function Acquisition Speed Test), also available online as a test and in modified form as a therapeutic intervention to enhance psychological flexibility in the context of troubling emotional issues. |
|
|
|
|
Current Practices in Teaching Behavior Analysis Across all Formats: Face-to-Face, Fully Online, and Hybrid |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Cheryl Davis, Ph.D. |
Chair: Cheryl Davis (The Sage College; SupervisorABA) |
DANA R. REINECKE (Capella University) |
BRYAN J. BLAIR (Long Island University) |
VAL DEMIRI (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Higher education programs offer courses in a variety of formats, including face-to-face, fully-online, and hybrid. With such diversity in formats, it is essential to assess what components are most effective for student learning across these formats. There are a variety of methods to deliver content, ways to facilitate learner engagement, and approaches to effective feedback application. The multiple modalities allow for variation of instruction across each mode often allowing multiple methods within one course. This panel will review the different methods of delivering instruction and report on student learning measures. Presenters in this panel are experienced educators who have used and evaluated all of these varied practices in past and current higher education coursework. Each panelist will discuss one of the modalities and offer an assessment of the advantages and disadvantages of practices utilized in each based on professional experience. Panelists will take questions from the audience and the moderator. |
Target Audience: The target audience is faculty in higher education programs teaching behavior analysis or related content. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel, participants will be able to: (1) describe ways to establish an effective teaching presence, and to deliver effective feedback across formats; (2) describe ways to incorporate evidence-based practices into varied learning formats; (3) describe strategies to increase active student responding regardless of classroom format; (4) describe strategies to facilitate learner engagement in all learning communities. |
|
|
|
|
An Interdisciplinary Approach to the Treatment of Autism |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico) |
CE Instructor: Doreen Granpeesheh, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: DOREEN GRANPEESHEH (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)) |
Abstract: Important behavior analytic contributions to the clinical treatment of autism spectrum disorder have not been fully embraced by the medical community. Although behavior analysis has unquestionably contributed substantially to autism treatment, behavior analysts could be more effective if their training incorporated knowledge and expertise from other scientifically sound, compatible disciplines.
Behavior is not independent of the behaving organism. Behavioral treatment efficacy may be significantly improved if the psychological, nutritional and medical needs of the patient are given consideration and attention. To this end, the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis (SABA) is pleased to announce the establishment of the Doreen Granpeesheh Fund for the Interdisciplinary Approach to the Treatment of Autism to support educational pursuits in related fields. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
DOREEN GRANPEESHEH (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)) |
Dr. Doreen Granpeesheh is the Founder and CEO of the Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD) and the Founder and President of the Board of Autism Care and Treatment Today (ACT Today). Dr. Granpeesheh received her Ph.D. in Psychology from UCLA under the mentorship of Professor Ivar Lovaas. She is licensed by the Medical Board of California and the Colorado, Texas, Arizona, Virginia, Michigan and Oregon State Boards of Psychologists. Dr. Granpeesheh holds a Certificate of Professional Qualification in Psychology from the Association of State and Provincial Psychology Boards, is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst, doctoral level, and has been providing behavioral therapy for individuals with autism since 1979. She has been a member of numerous scientific and advisory boards including the US Autism and Asperger's Association, the Autism File journal, Autism 360/medigenesis, the 4-A Healing Foundation, and the Defeat Autism Now coalition. In addition, Dr. Granpeesheh has served on the National Board of Directors of the Autism Society of America, the practice board of ABAI, as well as the Autism Human Rights and Discrimination Initiative Steering Committee, the Early Intervention Taskforce of the Senate Select Committee on Autism and Related Disorders, and the Oversight Committee of the Department of Developmental Disabilities. Dr. Granpeesheh has co-authored the book Evidence-Based Treatment for Children with Autism and numerous peer reviewed publications on issues concerning the diagnosis and treatment of Autism. She was awarded the George Winoker Clinical Research Award from the American Academy of Clinical Psychiatrists for her publication titled: Retrospective analysis of clinical records in 38 cases of recovery from autism. Together with her colleagues at CARD, Dr. Granpeesheh created Skills® for Autism, a web-based software tool that creates comprehensive treatment plans for children and adults with autism spectrum disorder, and founded the Institute for Behavioral Training, an online platform for training professionals and families on the principles of ABA. |
|
|
|
|
Training Caregivers, Part I: Working With Young Children |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York) |
Discussant: Gina Feliciano (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)) |
CE Instructor: Peter Sturmey, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Training caregivers to apply evidence-based Applied Behavior Analysis is an essential component of professional work and a key component of effective services. Research over the last 30 years has demonstrated the effectiveness, efficiency and acceptability of Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to teach skills, promote generalization of teaching skills and sometimes produce important changes in child behavior. As research in this area becomes more differentiated, one important aspect has been the application of BST to young children, including training family members and staff in integrated settings. This workshop will present three papers on applying BST to train parents of a child at risk for Autism Spectrum Disorders via telehealth, training parents to teach joint attention skills to their children, and training special education teachers to improve the integrity of function-based interventions to increase child classroom engagement. These studies demonstrate that BST can readily be extended to working with caregivers of young children with disabilities, improve caregiver behavior and produce socially important changes in child behavior. |
Target Audience: Masters and doctoral level practitioners; advanced graduate students; psychologists; service supervisors; |
Learning Objectives: Participants will (1) describe the application of behavioral skills training to family members; (2) describe the application of behavioral skills training to varied young children; (3) describe child outcomes of training caregivers. |
|
Parent-Mediated Targeted Intervention via Telehealth for a Young Child At-Risk for Autism Spectrum Disorder |
ALICIA AZZANO (Brock University), Rebecca A. Ward (Phoenix Centre for Learning), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Dept. of Applied Disability Studies, Brock University) |
Abstract: Some early screeners can detect ASD signs in the first year of life (Feldman et al., 2012), opening the potential for pre-diagnostic early intervention. With the growing body of research demonstrating the feasibility of using a telehealth model to provide parent training of behavior analytic teaching strategies to parents of children with ASD (Lindgren et al., 2016), more research is needed to explore the efficacy of this model and early intervention in general for parents who have pre-diagnostic young children at-risk for ASD. In this current study, parents of one child aged 30 months first identified potential target problem behaviors on the Parent Observation of Early Markers Scale (POEMS; Feldman et al., 2012) that were confirmed during baseline observations. All observations occurred through videoconferencing once a week for one hour. A multiple baseline design across parent and child behaviors was used to evaluate a parent-mediated behavioral intervention to increase target developmental skills (pointing to request, verbal manding, motor imitation) using the telehealth model. Both parents participated in training. Data was collected for the percentage of correct responses from contrived trials for each child behavior, and for the percentage of correct parent teaching implementation according to the Parent Teaching Skills Checklist. Child skill teaching strategies taught to the parents included components of applied behavior analysis and natural environment teaching (Weiss, 2001). Parent training consisted of a modified behavioral skills training to accommodate the telehealth model (read and discuss written instructions, watch pre-made model videos, coach the parents to rehearse the teaching strategies with each other, and give feedback). As seen in Table 1, parent training increased parent teaching skills that maintained at over 80% teaching fidelity for both parents, with concomitant increases in child target skills (motor imitation is currently is training, accounting for the empty bottom row in Table 1). These results highlight the promise of a cost-effective telehealth parent training early intervention model to reduce early ASD signs in at-risk young children. |
|
Parent and Sibling Training to Increase Joint Attention Behavior in Young Children With Developmental Disabilities |
SARAH GRACE HANSEN (Georgia State University), Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State), Jessica Demarco (Georgia State University), Hannah Etchison (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities are at increased risk for social communication deficits, including early and pivotal social communication skills. One such skill, response to joint attention, is a behavioral cusp for later developing social communication and play. Joint attention is coordinated shared attention between two individuals and an object or event. The current study investigated the effects of a train-the-trainer approach where parents were trained to teach siblings to be proficient interventionists on the response to joint attention behavior of their siblings with developmental disabilities. Results indicate an increase in parent task fidelity following a modified behavior skills training procedure during home visits, as well as an increase in sibling task fidelity following parent training using a social narrative and prompting procedure. Target child data indicate an increase in level of response to joint attention behavior following parent training and parent training of sibling. Limitations and future directions are discussed. |
|
The Effects of a Teacher’s Behavior Skills Training in Strategies for Students With Exceptionalities in a General Education Classroom |
Dustin Platter (Hawaii Department of Education), JENNIFER NINCI (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Shari Daisy (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Special education teachers are often implementers of behavior intervention plans; however, a shortage of teachers in any field is only magnified in special education. Studies have looked at the use of behavior skills training (BST) in training teachers and caregivers in the intervention techniques prescribed for individuals and groups. This study extends research on teacher training using the BST model. This study was also designed to evaluate the relation between teacher integrity to a functional assessment-based interventions (FABI) suite of strategies and the effect on student on-task performance. The participants were a special education teacher and two elementary-aged students, each classified with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The students engaged in off-task, often disruptive behavior while receiving special education services in a general education classroom. This study was conducted in three phases. Each phase consisted of BST to teach a subset of interventions. A single-subject changing criterion design was used to evaluate the effect of BST on teacher integrity and student performance. Results showed that BST improved teacher integrity through each phase and teacher integrity improved student on-task behavior. Limitations to this study will be discussed as well as directions for future research. |
|
Evaluation of a Caregiver Training Intervention to Teach Safety Skills to Children With Autism |
SARAH DAVIS (Brock University), Sarah Kupferschmidt (ONTABA), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Carly Magnacca (Brock University) |
Abstract: Alarmingly, nearly half of children with autism elope or bolt, and more than half of these children go missing for a concerning duration of time and/or enter into dangerous situations. Caregivers often do not feel prepared to address these serious concerns. This study evaluated the effectiveness of behavioural skills training (BST) for teaching caregivers how to also use BST in conjunction with a tactile prompt to teach their children with autism help-seeking behaviour. Participants included a total of six dyads, caregivers and their children with autism ages 5-10. We used a concurrent multiple baseline design across two dyads with three replications. The children’s safety responses were measured using a point system: (1) calling out for their caregiver in a louder than conversational voice, (2) locating a store employee, and (3) informing the employee that he/she was lost. Results indicate that four children met mastery criteria (a safety score of 3 across two consecutive trials), and the caregivers were able to successfully fade the tactile prompting device. Data collection with the final two dyads is currently in progress. This study contributes to the limited empirical research on caregiver training using BST to teach help-seeking behaviour to children with autism. |
|
|
|
|
Social Reinforcement: Basic Findings and Applications |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Thomas J. Waltz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Humans are a eusocial species, especially sensitive to social contingencies. This sensitivity is observed at the earliest stages of development and persists throughout the lifespan, even in the presence of late-life neurodegenerative impairments. While social reinforcers are the most common reinforcers utilized in clinical applications, the behavior analytic literature is relatively sparse in its analysis of the quality of these reinforcers as they naturally occur and vary in a wide variety of interactions. This symposium will address social reinforcers from multiple vantage points: a review of the experimental analysis of social behavior, thought-provoking observations of parent-child interactions during acquisition of verbal skills, social histories as confounds within applied work in behavioral gerontology, and the challenge to measure interpersonal repertoires and the effects of social contingencies in clinical behavior analysis. The goal of the symposium is to draw attention to the ubiquitous nature of social reinforcers and social histories, identify gaps in knowledge, and discuss areas of future exploration for experimental, applied, and clinical research. |
Target Audience: Scientist practitioners, BCBA-Ds, BCBAs, BCaBAs |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe conjugate reinforcement in relation to early verbal behavior skills acquisition. 2. Participants will be able to describe 3 social repertoires in older adults that can compromise the validity of preference and functional assessments. 3. Participants will be able to describe how data from a self-report instrument can be used to guide subsequent in-session functional analyses of social behavior. |
|
A Review of the Experimental Analysis of Social Reinforcement |
CLAUDIA DROSSEL (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Aristotle termed humankind “zoon politicon,” pointing to socially interdependent and transactional lives and ongoing attempts to influence each others’ behavior. Despite the ubiquitous nature of social reinforcement, experimental studies of social reinforcement are relatively rare, or they rely on histories and require sophisticated verbal repertoires with limited actual social contact (e.g., studies of social discounting). Furthermore, analyses that consider social reinforcers often fail to capture the nuanced features of human interactions that determine differential preference. The current paper will review existing behavior analytic work in the area. Acknowledging that much applied work in behavior analysis focuses on interventions in autism spectrum disorders, defined by social deficits and potential lack of sensitivity to social contingencies, we will orient behavior analysts to methods and processes in the experimental analysis of behavior that could inform future laboratory as well as applied research. |
|
Social Contingencies: From Language Acquisition to Skilled Social Interactions |
THOMAS J. WALTZ (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University), Lauren Bauer (Gateway Pediatric Therapy), Tori Humiston (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Infants are immersed in rich social-verbal communities at the earliest moments of their development and the contingencies embedded in the interaction with these communities illustrate the key role social reinforcers play in language development. Variations in reinforcer intensity and quality are important components of the contingencies shaping ever sophisticated communicative repertoires in infants and young children. This presentation will provide a review of the research looking at the social contingencies embedded in early language development with typically developing children. The types of reinforcers and qualities of these caregiver social and instrumental responses will be summarized. For example, timing, tone, repetition, repetition with correction or expansion, and coordinated actions that are part of the coordinated caregiver social response can impact the quality of the learning trial. This literature will be contrasted with the assessment practices used to inform Early Intensive Behavioral Interventions for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder and formal assessments of social pragmatic skills. Opportunities for improving the assessment of key dimensions of social contingencies will be discussed. |
|
Social Contingencies Affect Standard Behavior-Analytic Methods |
ZOE LUCOCK (Bangor University), Rebecca A Sharp (Bangor University) |
Abstract: Many of the commonly-used behavioral methods in our field have been developed with people with intellectual and developmental disabilities. As such, they may require adapting for older adults with dementia, who are likely to have different social learning histories. For example, whilst conducting standard behavior-analytic methods such as preference assessments and experimental functional analyses with adults with dementia, we encountered social contingencies that affected and interfered with the measurement of target behaviors. During preference assessments, our participants engaged in what we termed ‘polite verbal behaviors’ that impeded the selection of stimuli. For example, all seven participants asked what the researcher would like them to do with the stimulus they had selected, and 86% reported that they felt ‘greedy’ making selections between stimuli. Similarly, during an experimental functional analysis, we found that our participant made repeated comments relating to the stimulus conditions in place during ignore and attention conditions (e.g., “Why aren’t you talking to me- have I done something wrong?”). We discuss the importance for behavior analysts to be not only aware of social contingencies affecting their clinical work but also to engineer social contingencies in order that their results reflect responding under appropriate and meaningful stimulus conditions. |
|
Preliminary Psychometric Properties of the FIAT-2: Updating a Behavioral Measure of Interpersonal Skills |
CORY STANTON (University of Nevada, Reno), Brandon Sanford (University of Nevada, Reno), Jonathan Singer (University of Nevada, Reno), William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The Functional Idiographic Assessment Template system (FIAT; Callaghan, 2006) is a behavior analytic approach to understanding key elements of an interpersonal repertoire for typically developing adults. The FIAT has been employed in research on Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP: Kohlenberg & Tsai, 1991) to some success. FAP therapists emphasize observation of in-session behaviors in order to identify relevant interpersonal contingencies for client distress and well-being. In addition, self-report questionnaires can be useful in identifying relevant concerns with the client's social repertoire. A short-form self-report instrument, the FIAT-Q-SF (Darrow, Callaghan, Bonow, & Follette, 2014) has been developed and used in research, but questions remain about its psychometric properties. In study 1, two waves of undergraduate students (n1 = 640; n2 = 526) completed multiple measures including the FIAT-Q-SF. During study 2, we developed and tested a new pool of items with another wave of undergraduates (n = 320). Finally in study 3, we further examined its properties in an mTurk subject pool (n = 400). The tentatively dubbed FIAT-2’s properties will be compared to the original short form and implications for research and treatment will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Research on Higher Education Online Teaching: Experimental Analysis of Selected Teacher Variables |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Robin Kuhn, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis and other fields of study have identified a number of variables that influence student learning. These include writing clear behavioral objectives, active student responding, and requiring mastery of the material. Although studied extensively in traditional classrooms (i.e., brick and mortar), these variables have not been studied much in the distance-learning online environment. There are numerous journals devoted to so-called research on how to effectively teach in a distance format, but a review of that literature shows most published studies utilize poor or no research designs and focus mostly on qualitative measures. It is clear that more systematic research needs to be conducted in higher education in the booming online teaching platform, since several sources predict that online teaching will continue to grow at an exponential rate. Evaluating higher education instruction through a formal behavior analytic approach would begin to provide solid answers to many vexing problems and questions about how best to instruct students using online platforms. The papers in this symposium will focus on different teaching strategies that should promote student learning in the online environment. |
Target Audience: Professionals teaching in higher education. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will orally state a minimum of three behavioral principles associated with effective teaching. 2. Attendees will be able to state the outcomes of fluency and how they relate to the teaching of behavior analysis at the college level. 3. Attendees will give four benefits of proper online behavior in a synchronous online learning environment. |
|
Enhancing Online Instructional Practices for Adult Learners: Implementing the ABC’s in the Virtual Classroom |
NELLY DIXON (Purdue University Global), Meme Hieneman (Positive Behavior Support Applications) |
Abstract: The principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) have been utilized to enhance human performance across a wide variety of circumstances. Further, reinforcement, understanding and addressing motivational operations, establishing antecedent conditions, delivering effective reinforcement, and applying behavioral teaching practices, for example, are part and parcel of effective teaching at any level. The implementation of classroom and behavior management strategies to increase student engagement and motivation is prevalent in the brick and mortar university classroom. However, directly affecting the motivation and engagement behaviors of “non-traditional” students in a virtual classroom environment may prove to be more of a challenge. Students who choose to participate in online education programs often have competing responsibilities associated with both personal and professional obligations, which affect their levels of participation and achievement. The principles of ABA offer a distinct framework for organizing effective online instructional strategies and evaluating one’s current teaching practices. In this presentation, the authors will articulate this behavior analytic framework, which will be cross-referenced with current evidence-based practices in adult learning and provide illustrations of how different practices used in their courses serve to enhance student engagement. |
|
You’re Not Skyping Your Uncle Buck on Saturday Night |
Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), SAMANTHA VOLPE (Endicott College / Elwyn NJ), Jennifer Lynn Hilton (Endicott College) |
Abstract: With the availability of joining online classes from virtually anywhere in the world, students from all sections of the globe, are participating together in academic programs. The growth of online instruction has occasioned the development of rules for appropriate online behavior (i.e., Netiquette). With the growth of synchronous online instruction, additional netiquette rules are needed, because students have a tendency to behave in online class environments in ways that are more compatible to engage in while at home. Thus, the current article specifies a number of rules for how to behave in synchronous classes, including dress code, engagement, and behavior. They will be discussed in terms of how such appropriate behavior could influence student learning and performance |
|
An Analysis of Measured Practice and Fluency Based Instruction on the Acquisition and Maintenance of Vocabulary Terms |
JENNIFER LYNN HILTON (Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Fluency based instruction is a long established practice for teaching a variety of skills at many levels of instruction. A learner is considered to be fluent with a skill when he or she is able to perform the skill with both accuracy and speed. When skills are practiced to fluency, there are a number of outcomes that occur, including retention of the skill, endurance in performance of the skill, application to new materials, and stability, or the ability to perform the skill in the face of distraction. Despite the proven effectiveness of fluency based instruction and related procedures, many questions remain. Specifically, there is a question about whether the outcomes of fluency can be reached in the absence of performing the skill at speed. That is, if a learner is simply provided a high number of opportunities to practice a skill, would the outcomes of fluency still occur? This study includes two phases of research--first a preliminary study aimed at comparing fluency-based instruction to measure practice, followed by a follow up study including a number of alterations to aid in student learning. |
|
A Comparison of the Effects of Interteaching and Asynchronous Discussion Boards on Learner Outcomes in Online Instruction |
NICHOLAS ORLAND (Student), Jennifer Lynn Hilton (Endicott College), Samantha Volpe (Endicott College / Elwyn NJ), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Interteach is a technology of behaviorally based, flexible form instruction in which students have a conversation about the class material that is both informative and inquisitive. The basic components of the interteach involve a thirty to forty minute discussion on the material using instructor designed questions and an evaluation or record form of the interteach which poses questions about any content that remains unclear. The instructor then bases the lecture on areas that remain convoluted to the students (Boyce & Hineline, 2002). In contrast, the discussion boards were strictly an asynchronous method of collaborative learning. Discussion boards are hypothesized to be the most flexible form of collaborative learning, since it does not require any face to face interactions (Curtis & Lawson, 2001). During the discussion board condition, students were required to create a minimum of three posts related to the current topic. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effectiveness of interteaches to discussion boards in an asynchronous class based on quiz outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
A Collaborative Electronic Behavior Assessment System:Validation and Evaluation of Feasibility |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
11:30 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Carlos Silvestre (University of South Florida) |
|
A Collaborative Electronic Behavior Assessment System:Validation and Evaluation of Feasibility |
Domain: Service Delivery |
CARLOS SILVESTRE (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida) |
|
Abstract: In conducting assessments, using technology offers many benefits, such as assessment quality improvement, fast transmission and access to information, efficiency of data entry, and reducing costs associated with conducting traditional face-to-face assessments. This presentation describes a 2-phase study that validated and evaluated the feasibility of a web-based electronic behavior assessment system, ‘eBA’, designed to facilitate collaboration between caregivers and service providers (behavior analysts) during indirect functional behavior assessment (FBA). In Phase 1, the content and the web architecture of the eBA were validated and refined through a formative evaluation by five behavior analysts. In Phase 2, the eBA system was pilot tested with 10 service providers and 10 caregivers using a post-test only control group design to examine the efficiency and quality of the system. The results indicated that the eBA system components were appropriate to conduct indirect FBA and useful for use by service providers and caregivers collaboratively, gathered quality information, and showed higher levels of caregiver and service provider satisfaction, compared to traditional paper-pencil format of assessment. This presentation will provide for discussion on how the eBAS can be beneficial to service providers and caregivers and implications for future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Changing Driver Yielding Behavior on A Citywide Basis: A Tale of Two Cities |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CSS |
Chair: Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University) |
|
Changing Driver Yielding Behavior on A Citywide Basis: A Tale of Two Cities |
Domain: Applied Research |
RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University), Jonathan Hochmuth (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to increase yielding on a city wide basis in two cities located in large metropolitan areas, Ann Arbor, MI and Saint Paul, MN. A multifaceted treatment program was used to increase yielding in both cities that consisted of highly visible enforcement, public posting of the percentage of drivers yielding to pedestrians each week along with the record, and low cost engineering treatments. Enforcement and the low cost engineering components were only introduce at treatment sites, while measures were obtained at generalization site to assess whether changes were taking place at untreated crosswalks. The percentages posted on the feedback sign was only based on data collected at the treated sites. The program produced a large change in yielding at the treatment sites and a more modest change at the generalization sites. All data were collected by research assistants who followed a staged crossing protocol. Probe data were collected on naturally crossing pedestrians at all sites. Increases in yielding to naturally occurring pedestrians were larger than those for staged crossings at both the enforcement and generalization sites. This replicates data observed in other studies and appears to be related to naturally crossing pedestrians crossing more aggressively than staged crossings. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Use of Simulation Technology to Enhance the Behavior Analytic Skills of College Students |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC |
Chair: John Kosmopoulos (Humber College ) |
|
The Use of Simulation Technology to Enhance the Behavior Analytic Skills of College Students |
Domain: Service Delivery |
JOHN KOSMOPOULOS (Humber College) |
|
Abstract: The use of simulation and virtual reality applications to teach relevant skills related to medical, mental health, policing, and other best practices has become increasingly relevant in instructional design to enhance student learning in safe environments for real-world applications. A recent meta-analysis (Merchant et al., 2016) has demonstrated the overall effectiveness and positive impact that simulation and similar technologies has had on learning outcomes in higher education.
Humber College’s simulation laboratory has effectually utilized this technology for teaching conflict resolution, counselling and other skills with students across Programs. As a means of broadening the scope of pedagogical practices for both Developmental Services Worker (DSW) and Bachelor of Behaviour Science (BBS) students, a pilot program was conducted based on created simulations with actors with developmental disabilities who presented with various emotional and behavior challenges.
Students were randomized into separate simulation settings (“school setting” and “community setting”) that included a non-interactive component (identifying operationally defined target behavior, collecting ABC data and identifying function of behavior) and interactive component (teaching an alternative functional communication response). BBS students alone performed functional analysis sessions (Iwata et al., 1982/1994; Hanley et al., 2014) and the collection of data to identify probable function(s). The study focused on the accurate identification, application and generalization of skills learned in the classroom and social validity measures related to the technology, placement preparedness and fundamental skills learned. Results suggest that students found the technology highly effective, realistic, socially valid and valuable for their learning outcomes as future behavioural professionals.
Key Words (could not add to the box below): behavior assessment, skill-building, simulation technology, higher education |
|
|
|
|
|
Conversations, Sharing, and Friendships: Understanding and Facilitating Social Behavior |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas ) |
CE Instructor: Samantha Bergmann, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The assessment and intervention of social behavior are often relevant to many individuals with whom behavior analysts work. Curricula and literature may guide behavior analysts who embark on this task; however, there is much room for refined analyses to identify appropriate goals and reinforcers which maintain social behavior. Also, more research is needed on the methods of instruction that facilitate generalization of social behavior to interactions with peers. First, Hood, Beauchesne, Fahmie, and Aquino will present data from a descriptive assessment of behaviors that occur during one-on-one conversations between friends who are adults of typical development and present without social deficits. Next, Clubb, Toussaint, Bergmann, Rodriguez, and Sanchez will describe how preference for items affects sharing and the consequences, identified via functional analyses, which reinforce sharing. Finally, McKeown, Luczynski, Lauvetz, and Lehardy will extend the research on the Preschool Life Skills curriculum by targeting prosocial skills to promote friendship and assessing generalization to same-aged peers. The topographies of social behavior, conditions under which it may occur, and the consequences which reinforce social behavior will be discussed. Implications of findings for research and practice will be incorporated throughout the symposium. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will list the behaviors observed during conversation with adults of typical development and explain why normative data are valuable to clinical practice and research. Attendees will describe a functional analysis metholodolgy extended to sharing; in particular, attendees will be able to list the conditions evaluated. Attendees will describe the training components used to teach children prosocial behaviors. |
|
A Descriptive Assessment of Conversational Skills |
Stephanie A. Hood (California State University, Northridge), Britany Marie Beauchesne (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge), SYLVIA AQUINO (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: Descriptive assessments are necessary to begin scientific inquiry to novel or complex relations. These data establish a foundation for subsequent experimental analyses. All participants were typically developing and had no presenting social deficits. The purpose of the present study was to assess conversational skills of neurotypical adults across three conversational contexts: 1:1 with a friend, 1:1 with a novel conversation partner, and in group conversations (total of 960 mins). We expanded the number of skills that were included and obtained repeated measures to assess the variability within and across participants. Individuals in 1:1 conversation were in speaking and listening roles for 40-60% of the conversation. As a speaker, individuals engaged in eye gaze for 50-80% of the conversation as compared to 75-95% as a listener. On average individuals asked one question per min and only 20% of the questions were to initiate a new topic. Individuals changed the topic less than once per min and discussed each topic with seven exchanges on average. Giving compliments was an overall low frequency behavior, but individuals were more likely to give a compliment to a novel individual. These data may inform clinical practice and set a foundation for further scientific inquiry. |
|
An Evaluation of Variables That Contribute to Sharing in Children With Autism |
COURTNEY CLUBB (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Aaron Sanchez (University of North Texas), Rebecca Rodriguez (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Jared T Armshaw (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center) |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have deficits in prosocial behaviors, such as sharing. However, research on assessing and teaching sharing is relatively limited. The purpose of the current research is to extend the previous research on sharing by evaluating environmental variables that may influence sharing. First, we evaluated if the latency to sharing is altered by a child's engagement with high vs. low-preference items. Next, we evaluated the contingencies that evoke and maintain sharing through a functional analysis. Functional analyses have traditionally been used to identify the function of maladaptive behavior. However, we have extended this assessment process to identifying the function of sharing behavior as the maintaining consequence is frequently presumed to be social attention. Our findings suggest that children with autism emit longer latencies to sharing if they are engaged with a high-preference item. In addition, results of the functional analyses suggest that this methodological approach is relevant to understanding sharing, and results suggest that sharing is often maintained by attention for preschoolers with and without autism. Collectively, these findings advance our understanding of when sharing is likely to occur and may inform methods of how to functionally teach sharing to individuals with ASD. |
|
Evaluating the Generality of the Prosocial Skills Taught in Preschool Life Skills Friendship Unit |
CIOBHA ANNE MCKEOWN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Caleb Lauvetz (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Robert K. Lehardy (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: In an effort to decrease problem behavior and increase early friendship skills, Hanley, Heal, Tiger, and Ingvarsson (2007) developed the Preschool Life Skills curriculum. In comparison to the units related to decreasing problem behavior, modest outcomes were achieved within the friendship unit. The goal of this project was threefold: (a) extend the features of the prosocial skills taught within the friendship unit, (b) evaluate the necessity of supplemental reinforcement in the acquisition of the targeted skills, and (c) evaluate the generality of our outcomes to same-aged peers. Using a multiple-probe design, we taught four preschool-aged children, with and without disabilities, five prosocial skills in a one-to-one format. Skills were taught using behavioral skills training during unstructured play with highly preferred toys. We observed high levels of performance across all the children, and three children required supplemental reinforcement to acquire one to four of the skills. However, when evaluating the generality of the skills to same-aged peers, the children exhibited zero to low rates of the prosocial skills. Additional treatment components (e.g., rules, feedback) were necessary to observe satisfactory performance of the prosocial skills with the peer. We discuss considerations in teaching and evaluating the durability of prosocial skills. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Preference for and Function of Social Interaction |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Timothy R. Vollmer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: To date, the preference assessment literature has primarily focused on identifying leisure and edible stimuli. There has been relatively little research assessing participants' preference for various types of social interaction. Most recently, Morris and Vollmer (2019) found that social interaction of various types functioned as reinforcers for individuals diagnosed with ASD. This finding is potentially useful given the common characterization of children with ASD as being socially avoidant (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Due to the clinical relevance of identifying reinforcing social interactions and increasing the number and efficacy of such interactions for individuals with ASD, there are several avenues for additional research. Given these implications for further research focused on social interaction, the current symposium will share research 1) evaluating the function of social interaction, 2) evaluating the relationship between schedules of attention and preferences for social interaction, and 3) evaluating the paired-stimulus preference assessment for identifying social reinforcers. Clinical implications and future directions across all studies will be discussed. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students |
Learning Objectives: n/a |
|
Evaluating the Function of Social Interaction Using Time Allocation as a Dependent Measure: A Replication and Extension |
SAMUEL MORRIS (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Call, Shillingsburg, Bowen, Reavis, and Findley (2013) described a method of assessing the function of social interactions that used time allocation as a dependent measure. We replicated the method described by Call et al. and evaluated several extensions aimed at increasing the feasibility and efficiency of the assessment and the utility of its results. Seven children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) participated. Social interactions were concluded to be reinforcing for five subjects and aversive for two subjects. Time allocation data for all subjects is presented as well as additional analyses related to patterns of switching toward or away from social contact, and session duration. Implications of this study and its methodology as well as future directions in this line of research will are discussed. |
|
Evaluating the Relationship Between Schedules of Attention and Preferences for Social Interaction in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
BRIANNA LAUREANO (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Goldberg et al. (2017) found that the value of playing in a social context was greater than the value of playing in isolation for children with ASD. These results are surprising considering core diagnostic criteria for ASD, which includes various sorts of social deficits. However, the social context in Goldberg et al. (2017) was restricted to interacting with a parent, a special kind of social context that may not represent social contexts at large. We followed up on their study to examine preferences for social vs. isolate play as a function of different kinds of play partner (parent, peer, unfamiliar therapist). We further conducted descriptive analyses to examine correlates of these preferences in terms of the interaction style of the varying play partners. Results thus far reveal that (1) playing with parents was chosen more often that playing with other sorts or partners, and (2) choosing to play in a social context co-varies negatively with the density of unsolicited attention received from the partner (e.g., therapists delivered the highest density of attention, but were chosen least across participants). Subsequent analyses involve systematic manipulation of different sorts of interaction towards isolating determinants of social preferences. |
|
Evaluating the Paired-Stimulus Preference Assessment for Identifying Social Reinforcers for Skill Acquisition |
ALISON SCHAEFER (The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to replicate and extend previous research on pictorial-paired-stimulus (PS) preference assessments with social stimuli by assessing the generality of outcomes across multiple reinforcer assessments. A 16-year-old boy with autism and a 14 -year-old boy with autism participated. Following implementation of the PS assessment, highly preferred (HP) and less preferred (LP) attention forms were evaluated in three subsequent reinforcer assessments. First, we conducted a concurrent-operant arrangement in a reversal design, using a simple arbitrary response (i.e., target touch). Responding was allocated to the HP relative to the LP and control options; however, responding was allocated to the LP relative to control when the HP option was no longer available. Second, we conducted a single-operant arrangement in a multiple baseline design, using a more complex arbitrary task (i.e., 8-step LEGO structures). Third, we conducted a single-operant arrangement in a multiple baseline design, using socially-relevant vocational tasks (e.g., document filing) identified by caregivers in an indirect assessment. The HP reinforcers consistently resulted in the quickest acquisition across tasks, supporting the generality of the results of the PS. |
|
|
|
|
Scaling the Science: Bridging the Clinical Gap Between Indirect Assessment and Functional Analysis for Outpatient Populations |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Matthew L. Edelstein, Psy.D. |
Abstract: As the field of behavior analysis continues to grow, increasing numbers of practitioners seek to apply best practices across different clinical populations. A growing need exists to apply the scientific literature to the context of short term and resource-limited outpatient clinical settings. The research presented will provide preliminary evidence for modified assessment (i.e. indirect functional interview, preference, and contingency analyses) procedures targeting pediatric outpatient populations with diverse diagnostic and demographic characteristics. Study 1 replicated a study by Hoffman and colleagues (2018) which used pictures of app icons to conduct preference assessments on a tablet device. Preliminary results suggest that the procedure identified clear preferences and had high rates of social validity. Study 2 evaluated the utility of a structured functional interview (SFI) in identifying function later confirmed by contingency analyses. Results suggested a high match rate between variables identified in the functional interview and the analog analyses. Study 3 compared the SFI to the Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF) questionnaire across variables related to clinical utility and social validity. Results indicated the SFI scored higher on both domains. The current research adds to the growing literature documenting important modifications to increase accessibility of best practices in community settings. |
Target Audience: Behavior therapists, behavior analysts, psychologists, educators |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to express their understanding of indirect and direct functional assessment methodologies 2. Participants will be able to generalize their previous knowledge of preference assessment methods to include the use of electronic devices 3. Participants will be able to incorporate social validity components into their clinical practice |
|
Generalizing Preference Assessment Methodology Using Electronic Leisure Devices |
ASHLEY BOYLE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kaitlin M Gould (University of Massachusetts Boston), Jaime Benson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Susan K. Perkins-Parks (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Research has established the importance of evaluating individual preference for apps and games prior to implementing function-based interventions. With the increase in use of electronic devices as part of children’s leisure activities, these devices are frequently incorporated into practice as putative reinforcers. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the application of preference assessment methodology (i.e., Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement; MSWO) to apps on a single device. Participants were neurotypical, elementary-aged children whose families are participating in behavioral parent-training at an outpatient clinic. This study replicates procedures described by Hoffman and colleagues (2018). Picture icons of apps (4) were presented to participants to select as part of typical MSWO procedures (selecting an icon provides access to the corresponding app; match to sample validation conducted prior to MSWO). Preliminary data indicate stability with the participant’s first choice selection across three MSWO rounds and variability for the remaining three apps. Additionally, procedures were efficient and feasible (total duration for three MSWO rounds: 20 minutes) and were rated highly in a parental social validity measure (4.7 out of 5.0). Findings have implications to increase the use of efficient MSWO procedures when evaluating children’s preferences for apps on electronic devices. |
|
Evaluation of a Structured Interview and Synthesized Contingency Analysis to Improve Efficient Functional Assessment |
KAITLIN M GOULD (University of Massachusetts Boston), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alicia Sullivan (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rachel Bradley (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated the essential link between experimental functional assessment and effective treatments; however, the amount of time required by these types of analyses can be prohibitive in many outpatient settings. In addition, emerging research has shown that synthesized contingency analyses may provide sufficient precision to lead to meaningful treatment outcomes. This study examined a structured functional interview (SFI) to gather targeted and essential information, including (a) operational definitions of the target behavior, (b) precursor behaviors, (c) antecedents to the target behavior, and (d) consequences of the target behavior. We utilized these essential components of the SFI to inform subsequent contingency analyses, which included either single or synthesized contingencies. The goal of the study was to validate the use of the SFI by comparing data gathered from the interview to the observations from the contingency analysis. Preliminary data support the use of this functional interview to design targeted contingency analyses, with a strong match rate in precursor behavior, antecedents, consequences, and functions. Future research will include replications as well as function-matched treatment analysis. |
|
A Comparison of Indirect Methods for Generating a Functionally Informed, Socially Valid Understanding of Challenging Behavior |
Rachel Bradley (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Moen (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Renee Smucker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jaime Benson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Susan K. Perkins-Parks (Kennedy Krieger Institute), MATTHEW EDELSTEIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Experimental functional analysis (EFA) is the established “gold standard” for identification of functional variables maintaining problem behavior. However, EFAs can be impractical or even contraindicated for use in high volume outpatient settings. Indirect functional assessments are a sustainable alternative to EFAs (Tarbox et al, 2009) in that they may be a more efficient use of clinical time while preserving the integrity of patient care. The current study compared an evidence-based indirect assessment, the Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF), to a Structured Functional Interview (SFI). Results of the pilot study suggest that caregivers reported the SFI to be a more thorough assessment of their child’s behavior than the QABF. The SFI also scored higher on levels of caregiver acceptability, as indicated by a social validity measure administered following each assessment. Initial results further suggest that differences in the sensitivity and specificity of either measure were less than 50%. Follow-up contingency analyses generated differentiated rates of problem behavior between test and control conditions for 100% of participants, suggesting a higher level of precision in identification of functional variables for the SFI than for the QABF. Implications and future directions are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Building Effective Teams: An Interdisciplinary Task |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CSS |
Chair: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: NORA RANGEL (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico) |
Abstract: In terms of an interbehavioral point of view, Ribes (1990) proposed a conceptual formulation and a methodological approach to identify consistent modes of people interaction with different situations, distinguishing individuals. He suggested that these particular and idiosyncratic modes of interaction, denominated interactive styles, could be modulated by the imposed criteria in a particular situation. But it also seems feasible that the criteria compliance could be modulated by the individuals’ interactive style. While this asseveration has proved relevance in the context of individual task performance, we propose to transpose it to the teamwork level. Nowadays, most of the tasks demanded in educational, academic, and occupational contexts involve teamwork. However, teams do not always perform successfully even when members have the proper disciplinary knowledge and the required skills to achieve the assigned goal. In collaboration with Muñoz, Mejía, Peña & Torres, we conformed an interdisciplinary group interested in the identification of the factors that participate in the establishment of effective teams for software development. The result has been a model in which, besides the disciplinary knowledge and individual skills to achieve products of high quality, it is necessary to take into account the way in which each individual faces situations and how these interactive styles complement with the others. Additionally, we have considered that this model could be applied in other areas. |
Target Audience: Students and people interested in building effective teams in applied contexts. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the three elements that conform the model for building effective teams; (2) list possible areas in which the proposed model can be applied; (3) list the advantages of using the concept of interactive style to refer to the consistent and idiosyncratic modes of an individual's interaction; (4) describe how this interactive styles could be affecting the interactions among the members of a team. |
|
NORA RANGEL (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico) |
Nora Rangel is a Research Professor at the Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento (CEIC) at the University of Guadalajara since 2003. She received a bachelor’s degree in psychology from Instituto Tecnológico y de Estudios Superiores de Occidente, a master’s degree and a doctor’s degree in Behavioral Sciences from University of Guadalajara, México in 2003 and 2008 respectively. From 2006 she joined as a teacher in the program of Behavioral Science at the University of Guadalajara. She has published a book, several chapters and research articles in national and international indexed journals, and she has presented her work in national and international forums. She is a member of the Mexican System of Researchers (SNI) since 2009, and her interests are the experimental analysis of social behavior and recently, the establishment of high-quality teams. |
|
|
|
|
Advancements in the Assessment of Challenging and Repetitive Behaviors Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University) |
CE Instructor: Mindy Christine Scheithauer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Children with intellectual and developmental disabilities often engage in challenging (e.g., self-injury, aggression, disruption) and repetitive behaviors. For a subset of these individuals, the behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement. Behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement presents several challenges in assessment and treatment. The current symposium includes three studies that address some of these challenges. The first study presents data from assessments and treatments of repetitive behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement, with an emphasis on predictions made by classification following assessment based on the three subtypes of automatically maintained behavior that have been previously studied with self-injury. Second, we will present outcomes from extended alone and ignore assessments, a common evaluation conducted to determine whether behavior is automatically-maintained. Specifically, this study will present on differences in the rate and variability of behavior when conducting alone compared to ignore assessments and differences across topography of behavior. The last study highlights potential safety concerns associated with the assessment of automatically maintained self-injury. An evaluation of solutions to decrease safety risks associated with assessing these behaviors is discussed. |
Target Audience: Target audience includes practitioners and applied researchers with a BCBA or BCBA-D. It is also appropriate for psychologists who conduct behavioral assessments and treatments. This should also qualify as psychology CEUs, but I did not see this option listed above. |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to explain how subtypes of automatically-maintained SIB apply to repetitive behaviors. Attendees will identify differences in rate and variability of behavior that might be expected when conducted extended alone and ignore assessments. Attendees will describe one method that might increase safety when assessing automatically-maintained SIB. |
|
Subtyping Repetitive Behavior From Standard Functional Analysis Data |
TIAGO SALES LARROUDÉ DE MAN (Western New England), Haley Steinhauser (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Julia Touhey (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Catlyn LiVolsi (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Hagopian and colleagues (2015/2017) have suggested that self-injurious behavior (SIB) that is automatically reinforced presents as three subtypes. Subtype 1 consists of differentiation between the alone/no interaction and the play control conditions. This form of SIB is generally responsive to alternative reinforcement alone. Subtype 2 SIB consists of a lack of differentiation between those FA conditions and is not generally responsive to alternative reinforcement. Subtype 3 is Subtype 2 SIB that presents with self-restraint. This study aimed to prospectively identify, from standard functional analyses (FA), whether similar subtypes present with stereotypic behavior. Two types of treatment evaluations followed the FAs of stereotypy. In one, an Augmented Competing Stimulus Assessment (A-CSA), which assessed competing stimuli to stereotypy. In the other, the effects of prompting and reinforcement for appropriate behavior was examined in four classroom contexts where stereotypy was observed to occur. There are currently 12 participants across the two experiments. Subtypes have emerged and treatment effects have and have not been obtained with alternative reinforcement. Treatment results will be discussed with the Subtyping obtained in the FA as context. Interobserver agreement data were collected in all experimental conditions and mean IOA was consistently above 85% for all dependent measures. |
|
Evaluating the Rate and Variability of Challenging Behavior During Extended Alone and Ignore Assessments |
JAYNE MEREDITH MURPHY (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), Summer Bottini (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University) |
Abstract: Extended alone or ignore assessments are often conducted to determine whether challenging behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement. The current study conducted a consecutive case series analysis of over 60 children and young adults who completed extended alone or ignore assessments as part of their admission to an intensive treatment center for challenging behavior. We evaluated the variability and average level of targeted behavior across topographies of challenging behavior and assessment types (alone or ignore). Minimal differences were identified when comparing variability in alone vs. ignore assessments. Across topographies, some behaviors were associated with less variability across sessions compared to others (e.g., pica was generally exhibited with very little variability across sessions). Results are presented in the context of guidelines for what clinicians should expect when conducting extended alone or ignore assessments as well as future research directions for identifying aspects of reinforcement history that might contribute to differing patterns of responding in these types of assessments. |
|
|
|
|
Functional Analysis Methodology: Updated |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
CE Instructor: Michele D. Wallace, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Functional analyses are assessments that demonstrate cause and effect relationships. As such, the gold standard when applying behavior analytic services should be the use of this methodology regardless of applications (e.g., to reduce problem behavior or to teach appropriate behavior). In this symposium, we have three papers that will be looking at functional analysis methodology and data analysis: 1) to assess and develop intervention to treat aggression exhibited by individuals with a traumatic brain injury; 2) to provide a decision model with respect to conducting functional analyses of problem behavior in practice and 3) regarding interpretation of functional analysis data. Each presentation will elucidate the unique variables associated with application of functional analysis methodology as well as discuss implications for practice and future research. |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: Participants will understand how to modify functional analyses to assessment and treat problem behavior exhibited by individuals with Traumatic Brain Injury. Participants will understand the various methodological variations of functional analysis, when to utilize them, and how to utilize them in practice. Participants will understand the visual analysis procedures used to interpret functional analyses. |
|
Practical Functional Analysis and Functional Communication Training for Survivors of Traumatic Brian Injury |
LAUREN SERVELLON (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: Life after a traumatic brain injury (TBI) can involve new challenging behaviors that influence not only the TBI survivor but their caregivers as well. Behavior analytic interventions have been shown to be effective in reducing various challenging behaviors following TBI, however, limited research has been done on the use of functional assessments within the TBI community (Heinicke & Carr, 2014). In study, practical functional analyses, consisting of Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analyses, were used to determine the function of verbal aggression (e.g. yelling, screaming, cursing) in adults with TBI. Individualized functional communication treatment plans were designed based on functional analysis results and generalized to the survivor’s caregiver. Social validity, limitations, and suggestions for future research will be presented. |
|
A Practical Guide to Functional Analyses in the Natural Environment |
BENJAMIN THOMAS HEIMANN (CABA), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: While the efficacy of applied behavior analysis has always been based on experimentation; the work of Brian Iwata et al. in 1994 solidified the technology of systematically manipulating the consequences of a specific behavior to identify it’s function in the environment. This Experimental Functional Analysis quickly became the gold standard of ABA treatment as it allowed the clinician to have evidence of what function the target behavior is producing for the individual thereby allowing an intervention that ensures that the treated individual is still achieving their needs. While the initial studies emphasized a controlled environment with minimal confounding variables, since the seminal article of Iwata et al. there have been numerous variations and modifications of this technology which allow it’s application in a variety of situations. The purpose of the current analysis is to provide a brief summary of these variations and provide a guide for the clinician when determining which combination of variations best fit the circumstances of the unique behavior environment relationship they are attempting to analyze. Some brief case studies of variations of functional analyses will be discussed. |
|
Visual-Inspection and Conceptualization of Functional Analysis in Graduate Setting |
JUSTIN B HAN (California State University Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: The functional analysis (FA) methodology, developed by Brian Iwata and his colleagues, is often considered one of the most important advancements in applied behavior analysis (Neef, 1994). The procedure allows for functional treatments and greatly increased the usage of reinforcement-based procedures when treating both self-injurious behavior and aggressive behavior (Pelios, Morren, Tesch, and Axelrod, 1999). However, research has shown that FA has been underutilized in the clinical setting despite evidence supporting its validity for routine implementation (Oliver et al., 2015; Iwata & Dozier, 2008). Different factors have been attributed to the underutilization of the FA methodology, such as time requirement and lack of experience from clinicians. To identify a potential influence on the under-utilization of FA methodology in the clinical setting, the current study examined the accuracy of visual-inspection of standard, trial-based, latency, low-rate, precursor, and transition functional analysis graphs between graduate-level and doctorate-level behavior analysts. Furthermore, the current study evaluated the effectiveness of a graduate level functional analysis conceptualization course in increasing the accuracy of visual-analysis of functional analysis results. Results show that on average, agreement in functions identification increased from 59% to 83%, and agreement in visual-analysis method increased from 3% to 75%. |
|
|
|
|
Functional Curriculum Design and Path of Treatment Analysis for Language/Cognitive Normalization and Enhancement |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DEV/AUT; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Richard E. Laitinen, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kalle M Laitinen (Fit Learning Aptos, Educational and Developmental Therapies Inc.) |
RICHARD E. LAITINEN (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS)) |
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University) |
Abstract: This panel will present a model for conducting functional analysis of proximal direct-acting and generative effects of taught and emergent operant and higher-order operant competencies and capabilities extending over developmental and habilitative timeframes. |
Target Audience: Practitioners and researchers interested in the design and management of complex curriculum based paths of treatment for the verbal behavior/cognitive habilitation or advancement of individuals presenting with learning challenges and deficits |
Learning Objectives: Participants will describe the structure of 1. Scope and sequence curriculum design 2. Uses of a relational data-base to make treatment intervention decisions 3. Simple to complex, component/composite relations that produce generative performance |
|
|
|
|
Investigating Complex Bi-Directional Relations and Joint Attention in Both Monolingual English and English Language Learners |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DEV/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: JeanneMarie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: JeanneMarie Speckman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Verbal Development Theory (VBT) has focused on which cusps and capabilities are related to and/or necessary for the devlopment of advanced verbal repertoires. Also of interest are the relations between and among different types of complex verbal relations. This current body of research extends the findings supporting VBT. In the first paper, the author investigated the relations between gradients of bi-directional naming (BiN) and the emergence of arbitrarily applicable relations in young children. The author of the second paper investigated the aquisition of BiN in both monoloingual children and children who were English language learners. In the third paper, the author investigated whether an intensive tact procedure was effective in increasing joint attention responses in preschoolers who previously did not demonstrate the initiation of joint attention. The results of this research expand on what we know about the acquisition of complex verbal behavior. |
Target Audience: Behavior Anlayst Supervisors, advanced practioners |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn how the acquisition of different gradients of naming affect the establishment of arbitrarily applicable derived relations in childen. 2. Participants will learn differences in naming acquisition for children who are ELL and children who are monolingual English. 3. Participants will learn how conditioned reinforcement for social praise is related to the initiation of joint attention in children. |
|
Bidirectional Naming, Echoics, and Arbitrarily-Applicable Derived Relations Among 20- to 37-Month-Old Toddlers |
LEAH FRIEDMAN (Teacher's College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: There is growing interest in children’s acquisition of complex language repertoires across domains of behavior analysis. In three experiments, I studied the sources of reinforcement for bidirectional naming (BiN) and the implications of the naming continuum on the emergence of arbitrarily-applicable relations (AAR). In Experiment 1, I tested the correlation between repeated pairings of auditory and visual stimuli (defined by the presentation of naming experiences using a storybook) and emergence of BiN. Listener responses significantly increased across three repeated experiences, suggesting the emergence of unidirectional naming (UniN); however, speaker data remained low. In Experiment 2, I tested the role of echoics on the emergence of BiN. The data suggested that echoic responding was not significantly related to BiN. I then tested the effects of the proximity of visual and auditory stimuli on the emergence of BiN using repeated stimulus pairings (tact experience). While the degree of BiN was not reliably affected by proximity conditions, results of the study showed the emergence of untrained language relations. I discuss these findings with regards to the relation between the joining of listener and speaker responses, the establishment of BiN, and the emergence of AAR. |
|
A Comparison of Bidirectional Naming for Familiar Stimuli Across English Language Learners and Monolingual English Speaking Students |
KATHERINE GARCIA (Teachers College Columbia University) |
Abstract: In this study, I assessed the bidirectional naming (BiN) capabilities of 16 English Language Learners (ELL) and monolingual English preschool-aged students. Participants were divided into 2 group and assessed for the presence of BiN, in English and Spanish, using novel familiar stimuli. Group I consisted of ELL students while Group II was made up of native English-speaking students. Preliminary results showed that all only 1 participant demonstrated the presence of BiN across both languages, while all others, regardless of their native language, demonstrated higher degrees of unidirectional naming (UNi) or BiN in English. Subsequently, these students were matched based on levels UNi and underwent a repeated probe procedure using a simultaneous treatment design. The experimenters used novel sets of familiar stimuli during each intervention session to test the effects of this procedure and to compare the degree of BiN across ELL and monolingual English students. Results showed increases in untaught listener and speaker responses for monolingual English students and variable levels of responding for English Language Learners. |
|
The Role of Joint Attention in the Verbal Behavior Development Trajectory |
GINGER HARMS (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The current experiment joins the developmental research on joint attention with the verbal behavior development theory (VBDT) of language acquisition by investigating the relation between joint attention and the verbal behavior developmental cusps. An initial descriptive analysis of 37 preschool students with and without disabilities determined that conditioned reinforcement for adult faces combined with a tact repertoire explained 64% of the variance in participants’ initiation of joint attention (IJA). Six participants, all of whom had conditioned reinforcement for adult faces, but lacked an independent tact repertoire and IJA completed 5 phases of an intensive tact intervention (ITI), totaling 125 mastered tacts. A delayed multiple probe design was used. Following the intervention, 5 out of 6 participants showed increases in IJA, with additional collateral increases in responding to joint attention (RJA), demonstrating that conditioned reinforcement for social attention results in increased joint attention in individuals with the necessary prerequisites. The study supports the VBDT philosophy that reinforcers are taught, and behaviors develop as a result. Furthermore, the findings align with the existing literature suggesting that joint attention is a prerequisite to language development. |
|
|
|
|
Interbehaviorism and Psychological Events as a Field of Interactants: A Possible Future Path for Behavior Science |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Genevieve M. DeBernardis, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium involves three presentations, each of which pertain to Kantor’s interbehavioral field construct and its relevance to behavior analysis. The first of these presentations pertains to the field construct itself. The presentation will describe the fundamental features of the field construct and address potential misunderstandings related to various aspects of it. The second presentation builds upon the first, and focuses on the implications of the field construct for both research and application. Indeed, the implications of the field construct for the research and practice areas of behavior analysis are often less clear, and therefore specific attention is given to these areas. Examples of contemporary research and popular areas of practice are provided and considered in field perspective, and implications for future field-based research and practice are provided. Finally, the third presentation focuses on Relational Frame Theory, and especially on recent conceptual developments within this area of research. Current models of conceptualizing derived relational responding are described, and the relationship between these models and the interbehavioral field construct are highlighted. Taken together, these presentations build upon each other and highlight how the field construct may be relevant to the ongoing development of behavior analysis. |
Target Audience: This presentation is an intermediate/advanced level and appropriate for BCBA's interested in learning about conceptual advances/development in the field - including both researchers and clinicians. Graduate students may also be interested in the presentation as it pertains to their educational development, research interests, etc. |
Learning Objectives: -Compare and contrast the field construction with causal constructions in behavior analysis. -Describe the implications of the field construct for both research and practice. -Describe how the field construct relate to recent research in Relational Frame Theory. |
|
The Field Construction of Interbehaviorism |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Interbehaviorism is not unlike Behaviorism in aim. Both aim to rid psychology of the dualistic premises and hypothetical constructs that have thwarted the progress of the science for centuries. They have pursued this aim in different ways – one by system building, the other by investigation, and each takes issue with the other’s approach. Interbehaviorists argue that investigation is an important subdivision of a comprehensive science -- but a sub-division nonetheless. A science, as such, involves more than investigation. Behaviorists contend that system building is not important to the coherence or productivity of a scientific endeavor – at least this much can be assumed by the lack of systemic development among members of this collectivity. Instead, it seems that investigation is science; science is investigation. The aim of this paper is clarify the principle difference between these two approaches, namely the field construction of Interbehaviorism as compared with the causal construction of Behaviorism. |
|
Research, Application, and the Interbehavioral Field |
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: While interbehaviorism and interbehavioral psychology are relatively less well known among those in mainstream behavior analysis, there seems to be an increase in interest in various areas associated with J. R. Kantor’s work. Indeed, much of this interest may be associated with the growing recognition of the complex nature of the subject-matter of behavior science. Kantor’s interbehavioral field construct seems to be especially relevant and of interest to both researchers and clinicians who are interested in complex behavior. Still, misunderstandings of interbehavioral thinking can at times make the field construct seem misaligned with or unable to be the foundation of research and application in behavior analysis. This presentation will focus on some of these misunderstandings and describe some of the philosophical and systemic foundations of interbehaviorism and interbehavioral psychology specifically. After doing so specific examples of interbehavioral research and application will be described, and efforts will be made to connect the field construct to contemporary areas of research and practice in behavior analysis. |
|
Up-dating Relational Frame Theory: More Field than Frame |
MARTIN FINN (Ghent University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University) |
Abstract: This paper presents an overview of a line of research that has focused on the behavioral dynamics of arbitrarily applicable relational responding (AARRing), which has involved integrating two recent conceptual developments within relational frame theory (RFT). The first of these is the multi-dimensional, multi-level (MDML) framework and the second is the differential arbitrarily applicable relational responding effects (DAARRE) model. Integrating the MDML framework and the DAARRE model emphasizes the transformation of functions within the MDML, thus yielding a hyper-dimensional, multilevel (HDML) framework for analyzing the behavioral dynamics of AARRing. The HDML generates a new conceptual unit of analysis for RFT in which relating, orienting, and evoking (ROEing) are seen as involved in virtually all psychological events for verbally-able humans. These empirical and conceptual developments in RFT emphasize that the theory is inherently field-theoretic. The implications of this conclusion for both experimentation and further conceptual development will be explored towards the end of the paper. |
|
|
|
|
Don Baer Lecture: Gains and Losses on the Balance Sheet: ABA 1964–2020 |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: PRA |
Chair: Shahla Susan Ala'i (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Sigrid Glenn, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: SIGRID GLENN (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: One might say that the treatment that launched applied behavior analysis began with a commitment to help little Dicky, a 3 ½ year old boy with autism (Wolf, Risley & Mees, 1964). The treatment was an amazing story of a successful marriage of science and clinical wisdom. Now, over 50 years later, it is evident that applied behavior analysis has both expanded and shrunk. Expansion is seen in the 2018 Annual Report of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board: 35,286 professionals certified to practice behavior analysis and 51,507 technicians registered to assist them. Most of the recipients of these practices are children and adults with autism and developmental disabilities. Among the costs of taking behavior analysis to scale has been the shrinking of what it means to be an applied behavior analyst. Both science and clinical wisdom seem to have moved to the margins and other considerations have taken center stage. We will examine some of the changes that appear to have occurred, including ossification of protocols, training and supervision in decontextualized environments, and a focus on structural rather than functional approaches to treatment. We will also examine what appears to be a misunderstanding or misapplication of what constitutes evidence-based practice. Finally, we will consider contingencies at work in the current culture that may account for many of these changes; and we will offer some observations on how the field might recapture what has been lost as it continues moving forward. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: PENDING |
|
SIGRID GLENN (University of North Texas) |
Sigrid Glenn is Regents Professor Emeritus at the University of North Texas. She was the founding chair of UNT’s Department of Behavior Analysis and the founder and former director of UNT’s Behavior Analysis Online program. Her published research includes work in conceptual, experimental and applied areas; current interests are primarily conceptual and philosophical, especially as these pertain to culturo-behavioral systems. Dr. Glenn is past president of ABAI and a founding fellow of the Association. She was the 2015 recipient of the Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis. Other awards include TxABA Award for Career Contributions to Behavior Analysis in Texas; CalABA’s Award for Outstanding Contributions to Behavior Analysis; the Michael Hemingway Award for Advancement of Behavior Analysis; the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies Ellen P. Reese Award in Recognition for Significant Contributions to Communication of Behavioral Concepts; and--most important to her--the ABAI 2008 Student Committee Award for Outstanding Mentorship of students. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in Higher Education: Basic Principles Teaching and Supervision |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri St. Louis) |
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D. |
Abstract: With the current high demand for BCBAs, we have also seen an increase in university programs offering applied behavior analysis (ABA) programs at the undergraduate and graduate levels. To ensure quality education and preparation for clinical services, program curriculums should be aligned with the theoretical background of ABA as well as best practices for training essential skills. This symposium will explore important aspects that should be considered when teaching and supervising undergraduate- and graduate-level students in ABA programs. First, Isvânia Alves will present the conclusions of a project that identified controversies and disagreements related to basic principles and concepts among behavior analytical textbooks and field experts. In addition, Isvânia a will present a decision-making model to assist in selecting objectives when teaching and providing supervision to undergraduate students. Next, Maegan Pisman will discuss potential strategies and guidelines for effective and ethical remote supervision for students in university practicum courses. Maegan will conclude with possible areas for research related to online teaching and supervision. Darlene Crone-Todd will serve as the discussant. |
Target Audience: Instructors, BCBAs providing remote supervision, VCS of ABA programs |
|
Concept and Principle Analysis, Controversies in Critical and Variable Features, and Decision-Making Model for Basic Behavioral Principles |
Isvânia Alves Santos (Universidade Federal de Alagoas; Programa de Pós-graduação em Educação), ANA CAROLINA SELLA (Universidade Federal de Alagoas; Programa de Pós-graduação em Educação), Jackeline Santana Santos (Universidade Federal de Alagoas; Programa de Pós-graduação em Educação) |
Abstract: One of the roles a supervisor might have within applied behavior analysis regards the assurance that the decision-making process for interventions is conceptually sound. In the past few years our group has developed, implemented, evaluated, analyzed and redesigned a decision-making model aimed at content and behavioral objectives selection for teaching undergraduate students. In our last analysis-redesign iteration, we found inconsistencies, controversies or disagreements in regard to what defines some basic behavioral concepts and principles, such as environment, behavior, operant behavior, respondent behavior, antecedent, among others. Additionally, when we submitted these concepts and principles analysis to be reviewed by behavior analysts (i.e., content experts), the conceptual controversies appeared in some of the suggestions they made. The purpose of this paper is to present our decision-making model in its latest form, present and discuss a few of the controversies we found during our analysis, and highlight the importance of performing a concept or principle analysis when selecting content in areas in which conceptual disagreements might hinder or decelerate student learning and affect the decision-making process for interventions, if these disagreements are not explicit or discussed. |
|
Considerations for Designing and Implementing Online Instruction and Remote Supervision for Students of Behavior Analysis |
Maegan Pisman (Imbueity; Pepperdine University), ANDRESA DE SOUZA (University of Missouri St. Louis) |
Abstract: There appears to be a growing demand for university programs with coursework that qualify students to sit for the BACB® certification exam. Many universities offer courses in an online format to meet this demand; however, there are few to no empirical studies evaluating online instructional methods and practicum design within applied behavior analysis (ABA) programs. Hybrid and online programs present additional opportunities for accessing education and training in ABA, but they also occasion some challenges that should be deliberately addressed when designing courses and supervisory activities. We will provide suggestions for training and supervision for remote students based on the available literature in behavior analysis and other collaborative fields. Specifically, we will review considerations for curriculum development, strategies for implementing behavioral skills training, available technology for asynchronous and synchronous instruction, and ethical and professional practices for instructors and supervisees. We conclude with possible areas of research to evaluate the effectiveness of remote training and supervision. |
|
|
|
|
PDS: Professional Perspectives: Essential Questions in Graduate School for Professional Preparation in ABA |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: TBA/DEV; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Bradley Ray Tiefenthaler (Montana State University Billings, Family Outreach, Inc. ) |
CHERYL A. YOUNG-PELTON (Montana State University in Billings) |
JACKIE MOHLER (Family Outreach) |
Abstract: Too many students graduate without being fully prepared to handle their professional responsibilities. Instead of focusing on meaningful and transcendent topics (i.e., archetypal themes, conflicts, and resolutions), we tend to focus on immediate requirements and measurements (i.e., rubrics, grade points, credits, etc.). We read our books, write our papers, and take our tests to satisfy rubric requirements, pass our classes, and ultimately graduate; but we don’t normally transcend the material and focus on the conflicts we will face in the future. This Professional Development Series asks those questions, engages these topics, and focuses on the most important conflicts within the field of ABA from three professional perspectives – an ABA practitioner, researcher, and professor – to better prepare students for professional responsibilities. Please, join the conversation! |
|
|
|
|
Effectiveness and Efficacy of Several Different Applications of ABA Intervention Across Two Countries |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Singer-Dudek, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Different models of intervention and their effectiveness and efficacy have been studied a lot in USA. Most of them focused on the intensity measured by the numbers of hours of service children with disabilities received. In this symposium we will look at several different packages and intensity of ABA interventions across different settings and countries. Europe has different systems of health, education and social care compared to USA so in some countries the systems and services like early intervention may be completely missing for children with ASD and other developmental disorders. In addition to those differences, even when existent, eclectic models compared to evidence-based and specifically ABA programs, are prevalent. These papers will talk about evidence-based possible models, comparing different intensity and application across various settings. In addition, we will talk about the process and the time a child with developmental disorder needs to go from detection to reach intervention, and provide some research- based insight on how to improve that and then, what type of intervention is the most effective. |
Target Audience: Service providers, supervisors, academics |
Learning Objectives: - How to measure effectiveness of ABA Intervention - How to create different intensity ABA programs - Haw to set up a effectiveness studies comparing models of intervention |
|
Measuring Special Education without Special Schools: Challenges and Research Opportunities where Treatment Efficiency is Needed the Most |
FABIOLA CASARINI (Scuola delle Stelle Learning and Research Centre), Elisa Galanti (Scuola delle Stelle Learning and Research Centre), Adele Vero (Scuola delle Stelle Learning and Research Centre), Chiara Leuci (AllenaMenti Educational Centre), Claudia Puchetti (VitaLab Educational Center) |
Abstract: Countries such as Italy have welfare systems drastically different from those in the United States. Therefore, it is essential to measure the criteria of effective ABA interventions for children with ASD, that can’t attend special schools or have insurance-covered intensive treatments.We implemented a CABAS®-based treatment package with high educational intensity and modified frequency, in which each participant received intervention for 12 hours a week. Participants were 7 children with Autism, aged 2 to 6 years old at the beginning of the study. The dependent variables were the changes in each child’s ADOS-2 and CARS-2 scores prior to and after one and two years of intervention. The results showed a significant difference between before and after the low-frequency package was implemented, for the total scores and each sub-test of both instruments. Data were also collected about the number of Learn Units to Criterion rate. This preliminary study aims to pave the way for further research, with a larger number of participants and a longitudinal analysis of change. Results suggest that normative tests, together with individual graphs’ analysis, can help differentiate between treatment effectiveness and efficiency and that further research is needed in order to make the necessary progress in improving access to treatment and sustainability. |
|
Autism Diagnostic Protocol for Low-and-Mid Income Countries: Barriers for an Early Diagnosis and Intervention for Autsim Spectrum Disorder in Bosnia and Herzegovina |
NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (EDUS; CABAS and Teachers College, Columbia University), Eldin Dzanko (EDUS- Education for All), Mohammad Ghaziuddin (University of Michigan Hospitals) |
Abstract: Obtaining a reliable and timely diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a large problem in most Low-and-Mid Income Countries (LMIC). The problem lies mostly in the lack of trained professionals and access to reliable screening/diagnostic tools which are often to expensive and culturally inappropriate for those countries. Bosnia and Hercegovina (B&H) is such a county, where children with ASD often stay undetected and without appropriate intervention. We analyzed medical documentation and tested 126 children ages 23 to 94 months, with detected severe developmental delays. Although parents reported developmental problems in their children on average at the age of 17 months, it took 812 visits to professionals (>6 per child) over several months (mean 16.8, range 2-52) to get the diagnosis. Only 8 children (6.3%) of our sample received a diagnosis referring to autism. However, when these children were tested with the Childhood Autism Rating Scale (Second Edition), 68 of them (54%) were rated in the severe autistic range. In order to solve such high rates of undetected and undiagnosed children with ASD in B&H we developed the EDUS Protocol for Autism Screening which is a functional behavioral screening tool created by following the DSM-V diagnostic criteria and aimed to help professionals in diagnosing autism in B&H. We will discuss the barriers to an early childhood diagnosis of ASD in B&H and the development of the EDUS Protocol for Autism Screening as the first step forward to an early diagnosis of ASD enabling access to early intervention programs. |
|
Establishing and Evaluating Different Evidence-based Interventions: Experiences from Bosnia and Herzegovina |
NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (EDUS; CABAS and Teachers College, Columbia University), Eldin Dzanko (EDUS- Education for All) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis intervention services for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and other Developmental Disorders (DD) are mostly unknown and not affordable for the most Low-and-Mid Income Countries (LMIC) such is Bosnia and Herzegovina (B&H). Usually intervention services in B&H are delivered within public institutions and provided by defectologists and speech therapists based on a Soviet Russia approach in dealing with rehabilitating individuals with developmental disorders. EDUS - Education for All, and NGO in B&H is the only high intensity behavioral intervention provider in the country, providing services in cooperation with public institutions for the last 9 years. For the past several years we have developed different intensity programs across country and health and education systems and completed several studies comparing its effectiveness In order to provide insight for decision makers, and with financial support by the USAID, last year, we conducted a matched-pairs pre-post intervention study by comparing effects of three different intervention models during a five months period: Early Intensive behavioral intervention (n=24; 25 hours weekly), Eclectic models in combination with low intensity behavioral interventions used in public institutions (n=24; 4-25 hours weekly), and a control group of children without any intervention (n=27), on a waiting lists for the programs. Initial and final blind assessments were conducted with the EDUS Developmental Behavioral Scales 2 (Pistoljevic, Zubcevic, Dzanko, 2019) and the EDUS Guides for Developmental Assessment (Pistoljevic & Majusevic, 2015) in these three groups in order to assess the number of skills gained as an effect of the intervention model. We will discuss each model and variables of interest separately and the superior effects of the intensive behavioral intervention on the acquisition of developmental skills in comparison to the eclectic model and control group. |
|
|
|
|
EAB Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
1. Learning New Response Sequences: A PORTL Replication of Reid (1994) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JOSEF HARRIS (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Mary Elizabeth Hunter (The Art and Science of Animal Training) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College) |
Abstract: Reid (1994) taught rats to complete various three-response sequences using a right and left lever. Subjects were periodically shifted to a new response sequence. Reid showed that rats learned a new sequence faster when the last element in the sequence was changed. Rats learned a new sequence slower when the first element in the sequence was different. The present study replicated Reid (1994) using human participants and a tabletop game called PORTL. Participants were required to touch a pink block and a black block to complete a variety of three-response sequences. Similar to Reid, participants were periodically shifted to a new target sequence. The new target sequence differed in either the first or last position. The middle response always remained the same. Similar to Reid, acquisition of the new sequence occurred more rapidly when the shift was in the last position, and errors during acquisition occurred more often when the change was in the first position. This study supports Reid’s conclusion that reinforcement acts differently on individual responses within the sequence and that response strength is determined by a response’s contiguity to reinforcement. |
|
|
2. A Possible Relationship between Academic Procrastination and Psychophysiological
Responses to Stress |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HITOMY EDITH MATSUDA WILSON WILSON (University of Guadalajara), Maria Antonia Padilla Vargas (University of Guadalajara) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College) |
Abstract: Academic procrastination implies delay on the start and/or conclusion of academic tasks, up until final submission date. Task characteristics affect procrastination. Reports (by self-reports) indicate that tasks with higher levels of procrastination are: Writing academic documents, studying for exams and reading academic documents. A study was made, under lab controlled conditions, with the goal of identifying what task was procrastinated the most (out of the three mentioned above), identifying if procrastination increased stress related physiological responses (salivary cortisol levels and heart rate), given that different studies suggest, but haven’t measure, that procrastination increased stress levels. Sixteen university students were exposed to the aforementioned tasks. Measurements of stress correlates were made before, during and after the tasks. Preliminary results indicate that participants procrastinated in an idiosyncratic manner; some did it in a constant manner (13/16) and others never did it (3/16). It seems that heart rate and saliva cortisol levels increased with procrastination. The discussion centers upon the need to design and experimental preparation with a greater ecological value, given that social desirability may be inhibiting procrastination when it is studied under controlled laboratory conditions. |
|
|
3. Arbitrary Training and Transitivity Tests in Rats Using Olfactory Stimuli |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Mirela Louise Alves (Departamento de Psicologia Experimental, Instituto de Psicologia, Universidade de São Paulo), Miriam Garcia Mijares (Universidade de Sao Paulo), FABIO LEYSER GONCALVES (Universidade Estadual Paulista) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College) |
Abstract: The search for evidence of equivalence class formation and emergent relations in non-human animals has been an important topic of debate on stimulus control. This research investigated whether rats could show emergent transitivity, one of the equivalence properties, after the acquisition of arbitrary stimulus relations and their symmetric counterparts in a manual matching-to-sample procedure using olfactory stimuli. Six male Wistar rats were trained on AB, BA, AC, and CA, and tested for BC and CB conditional relations. The equipment used was a wooden box built for presenting one sample and three comparison stimuli. Olfactory stimuli were made by mixing sand and liquid odorants. A sugar pellet was buried on the sample and on the correct comparison stimuli. Five rats reached the criteria for all the baseline relations in approximately 100 sessions. Two of them showed a discriminative ratio above chance level according to a Binomial Test (p<0,05) for the transitivity probes in, at least, one session. After the probe sessions, all five rats received identity matching training with the same stimuli used for the arbitrary matching and took less than 10 sessions to reach criterion. Probe tests were repeated and three rats showed above-chance performance according to a Binomial Test (p<0,05) in, at least, one session. Although it was possible to observe a performance compatible with transitivity in some moments of the experiment, the applied procedure was not sufficient for a strong demonstration of the emergence of this relation. |
|
|
4. Slot Machine Gambling at the Venue versus Laboratory Setting |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEKSANDRA TEREKHOVA (Rider University), Mack S. Costello (Rider University), Avisha Patel (Rider University), Quintin Robin (Rider University) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College) |
Abstract: Approximately 2 million of US adults meet criteria for pathological gambling in a given year (National Council on Problem Gambling). Empirical gambling research is difficult to conduct in natural settings such as gambling venues, thus many researchers use laboratory settings and convenience samples to examine gambling behavior. Dixon and colleagues (2015) noted an abundance of university samples and a lack of descriptive studies of gambling in behavior analysis. The purpose of this study was to compare laboratory slot machine gambling in a university laboratory to observations of slot machine gambling in a venue setting. Slot machines in the laboratory were programmed for the same payout as the overall payout of the venue. Preliminary data were collected on the number of bets made and amount of time spent at each machine in both settings. The study can shed light on the important differences across settings, understanding of which will help interpret the data and, in turn, how pathological gambling can be addressed and possibly treated. |
|
|
5. The Effects of Verbal Behavior on Acquisition and Maintenance of Interlocked Behaviors |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JOSE ARDILA (University of Nevada), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College) |
Abstract: The experimental literature on metacontingency has demonstrated the selection of aggregate products (APs) by factors external to the group (i.e., cultural consequences) and has provided less of a focus on properties of interlocked-behaviors (IBs) and the variables influencing the associated re-occurrence. The purpose of this study was to examine the effect of vocal verbal interactions in the acquisition and maintenance of IBs. The experimental conditions required interlocked behaviors of participants in an analog organizational task to generate APs. Instructions varying in three levels of ambiguity --high explicit (HE), medium explicit (ME), and low explicit (LE)-- were presented to participants throughout the experiment to determine their effect on participants’ IBs. Additionally, the effects of vocal verbal interactions on acquisition and maintenance of IBs were examined. Data were collected on participants’ task performance and their vocal verbal interactions as they worked together on generating APs. Overall statistical analyses revealed significant differences between dyads’ performance with respect to their assigned groups (Verbal vs Non-Verbal), regardless of order of presentation of condition sequence (HE-LE vs LE-HE), and with respect to how this factor (verbal behavior) affected their performance across conditions. The presentation will provide an overview of the methodology, discussion of findings, and implications associated with the role of verbal networks in the analysis of cultural phenomena. |
|
|
6. Observing Stimuli Correlated With Transitions Between Rich and Lean Schedules of Reinforcement |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CORY WHIRTLEY (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College) |
Abstract: Under the right circumstances, schedules of positive reinforcement can evoke disruptions in operant behavior. In the laboratory, these disruptions are produced reliably when there is a discriminable shift from relatively rich to relatively lean schedules of reinforcement. The present experiment assessed the extent to which stimuli correlated with rich and lean reinforcement schedules function as conditioned reinforcers or conditioned punishers. Pigeons’ pecks were reinforced according to a mixed schedule with two fixed-ratio components with identical requirements that ended in either a large or small reinforcer. At the start of some ratios, one of two observing keys was activated. A peck on the observing key converted the mixed schedule to a multiple schedule by replacing the mixed stimulus with a unique stimulus correlated with the past and upcoming reinforcers (rich-rich, rich-lean, lean-lean, or lean-rich). In every condition, one of the observing keys could produce all four types of stimuli. The stimulus consequence of pecking the other observing key was manipulated across conditions. The behavioral functions of the stimuli were assessed by comparing the probability of pecking the observing keys across conditions. Analyses of the variables responsible for disruptions in operant behavior could be useful in understanding problem behavior in clinical settings. |
|
|
7. Effects of a Changeover Requirement on Between-Sequence Variation in Pigeons |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HAWKEN V. HASS (College of Charleston), Adam H. Doughty (College of Charleston) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College) |
Abstract: Isolating the variables responsible for the variation under a variability-reinforcement contingency is critical (e.g., a Lag schedule). One tactic has been to measure variation under a contingency requiring a changeover but not variability. Such studies have produced mixed results. The present experiment was conducted to clarify these mixed findings. Twelve experimentally naïve pigeons completed four-peck sequences under one of two contingencies. In one group, a four-peck sequence produced food only if it contained a changeover between the initial two pecks (e.g., RLLL). In a second group, a four-peck sequence produced food only if it contained a changeover between the final two pecks (e.g., RRRL). Between-sequence variation was considerably different between groups. U-value, number of different sequences, and number of dominant sequences all were higher for the pigeons exposed to the contingency that required a changeover at the end of the sequence. This increased variation occurred despite the absence of a variability contingency. However, the variation remained at a level lower than what is typically observed under a Lag schedule. The present research is consistent with the claim that a significant portion of the variation observed under a variability-reinforcement contingency is the result of reduced reinforcement-induced repetition. |
|
|
8. Does Immediate-Reward Training Increase Impulsive Choice?A Test With Naïve Male and Female Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Audrey DeBritz (St. Lawrence University), Carla Martinez-Perez (St. Lawrence University), Hannah Mungenast (St. Lawrence University), ADAM E. FOX (St. Lawrence University) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College) |
Abstract: Consistently choosing smaller-sooner rewards (SSR) over larger-later rewards (LLR) is associated with numerous health-related behavior problems. A growing body of preclinical literature suggests that forced, extended exposure to delayed rewards increases preference for LLR in rats. There is also recent research showing extended, forced exposure to immediate rewards may decrease preference for LLR (i.e. increase impulsive choice); but some research also shows that experience with immediate rewards has no effect on LLR choice. In the present experiment 12 male and 12 female naïve Wistar rats were exposed to a pretest delay discounting task. A control group was subsequently weighed and fed for 31 days and an intervention group experienced 31 days (3,000+ trials) of immediate-reward (Fixed-Ratio 2) training. All rats were then tested in a posttest delay discounting task. Results showed a marginally significant main effect of sex, with female rats making more impulsive choices. Results also indicated maturational increases in LLR choice in the control group, and decreases in LLR choice in the intervention group, from pre to posttest. These findings suggest that extended, forced exposure to immediate rewards may decrease LLR choice—or at least blunt increases in LLR choice related to maturation. |
|
|
11. Development and Disruption of Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates Performances: A PORTL Exploration |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LEAH HERZOG (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College) |
Abstract: One schedule of reinforcement that is used to decrease the rate of a target behavior is differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL). During this schedule, reinforcement is delivered for a target response if it occurs after a certain amount of time has passed since the last instance of this target response. Research has shown that collateral patterns of behavior can develop under a DRL schedule (Wilson & Keller, 1953; Bruner and Revusky, 1961). The current study used a table-top game called PORTL and college student participants to investigate how collateral patterns develop and are disrupted during DRL schedules. After the participant developed a collateral pattern of behaviors with the objects, the researcher removed one of the objects that was part of the pattern and waited for a new pattern of behaviors to develop. Once the participant developed a new collateral pattern, the researcher removed a second object. This continued until there was only one object present. Preliminary results showed that the rate of reinforcement decreased following the removal of each object, then slowly increased as a new pattern developed. |
|
|
12. Is There a Relationship Between Risky Choice and Perception of Causality? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CESAR CORONA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Raul Avila (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: To assess the relation between risky choice and the perception of causality between a response and its consequences, thirty participants were exposed to three tasks. In the perception-of-causality task, participants responded to a button in the center of a screen according to a random-ratio (RR) 20 schedule; pseudo-responses were emitted by a computer at the same response rate as the participant. The fulfillment of the RR 20 requirement -both by responses or pseudo-responses- produced a stimuli change (SC) from the center button to two lateral ones. Participants gained points if they responded accordingly to the button associated to an SC produced by a pseudo-response or to the button associated to an SC produced by a participant’s response; otherwise, a blackout was produced. In the risky-choice task, participants chose between an option that delivered two points (fixed option) and an option that delivered one or three points (p=0.5). Within five trials, participants had to gain 10 points; otherwise, they lost the points accumulated in that block of trials. In the probability-discounting task, participants chose between a large hypothetical reward delivered according to a previously determined probability, and a smaller reward delivered for sure. Areas under the curve (AuC) were calculated. Participants who made more mistakes in the perception-of-causality task chose more frequently the variable option in the risky-choice procedure over the fixed one and had a higher AuC (considered an index of risk proneness) in the probability-discounting task. These results suggest a relation between perception of causality and risky choice. |
|
|
13. Effects of Signaled Versus Unsignaled Schedules on the Acquisition and Maintenance of Behavior |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
AWAB ABDEL-JALIL (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Sometimes, changes in consequences are accompanied by a clear stimulus change. That is, there is a detectable change in the organism’s environment. Other times when new consequences are in effect, there is little or no accompanying stimulus change. These differences can be seen in the laboratory as multiple (signaled) schedules and mixed (unsignaled) schedules. The current study used college students and a single-subject design to examine the effects of signaled and unsigned schedule changes. In one phase, a card was flipped from purple to white every time the schedule was switched from VR-3 to FT-10. In another phase, the schedule still changed periodically, but the card always remained on the purple side. Results showed that acquisition of different patterns of behavior was faster in the phase where the color of the card signaled different schedules. In addition, different patterns of behavior came under the control of the two colors, and these patterns would quickly return when the card was flipped following several phases of not flipping. These results suggest that when teaching, it may be more effective to change the environment when a new behavior is required. |
|
|
14. Stimulus Control in a “Resistance to Temptation" Procedure: A Comparative Study |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MEZTLI ROCIO MIRANDA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Brenda Estela Ortega (National Autonomus University of Mexico), Brasil Baltazar (UNAM), Raul Avila (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Self-controlled behavior conceptualized as "resistance to temptation" has been studied by exposing food-deprived pigeons to repetitive time cycles (T cycles). During the last seconds of each cycle a food dispenser is presented and the subject has to “refrain” to eat it from it until an criterion is met. (SR1). If it accomplished the criterion the food dispenser (SR2) is presented for a second time once the T cycle elapsed and the subject can eat from it. Otherwise, if the subject does not “refrain” from taking SR1 it is withdrawn and the presentation of SR2 is canceled. It is said that the subject showed self-controlled behavior when it "resisted the temptation" to eat from SR1 and obtained SR2. In the present study the contribution of the discriminability between SR1 and SR2 presentations was explored in pigeons and humans. As a secondary purpose the effects of lengthening SR1 were determined. Therefore seven pigeons and thirty humans were exposed to different SR1 durations and the presentation of SR1 and SR2 was signaled by similar or different feeder lights. Pigeons and humans obtained more SR2 presentations when SR1 and SR2 were signaled by different reward-light colors and this effect was maintained regardless SR1 lengthening . It can be suggested that self-controlled behavior conceptualized as "resistance to temptation" can be subjected to discriminative control in both species, pigeons and humans. |
|
|
15. Olfactory Stimulus Delivery and Removal System for an Operant Chamber |
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory |
SOPHIA BELLE KIRKLAND (University of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas and University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center) |
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to create a functioning olfactory stimulus delivery and removal system for rat training that can be used in an operant setting, and train discrimination between a scent and a lack of scent. Most previous methods of olfactory stimulus delivery have relied on presenting the stimuli on a device such as a tray or cup, which requires a narrow attending response, and does not allow the animal to sense the stimulus from any point in the chamber. Previous methods that delivered the scent ambiently through the air did so in a way in which the subject had no control over the presentation or removal of the stimulus. Adding lever-activated stimulus changes enables more varied experiments into olfactory stimulus control or multi-modality stimulus control. This system works by using an air pump that has two output valves, one of which blows scented air into an operant chamber, the other of which blows unscented air. When the rat presses a lever, it activates a solenoid valve that switches the delivery between the scented or unscented air. Airflow through the chamber is maintained unidirectionally using a fan, which quickly rids the air of odorants. |
|
|
16. Examining the Participation of Describing Referential Contingencies in Cultural Interbehavior |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno), Jamiika Thomas (University of Nevada, Reno), GARRETT DIGENAN (University of Nevada, Reno), Bailey Huggins (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The subject matter of a Kantorian analysis of cultural interbehavior is shared stimulus-response functions established under the auspice of a group (Kantor, 1982). While shared stimulus-response functions readily develop in turn-based matching-to-sample procedures (TBMTS), it is unclear what features of TBMTS are necessary for their development. The purpose of this study is to examine the extent to which instructing referential activity contributes in the establishment of shared stimulus-response functions during TBMTS. In TBMTS, two participants complete trials where (1) Participant 1 selects a stimulus from set A in the presence of a sample from set B, (2) Participant 2 selects a stimulus from set B in the presence of the stimulus selected by Participant 1, and (3) both participants receive a reward. Rewards are contingent on correspondence (i.e., Participant 2 selecting the stimulus presented to Participant 1) and non-correspondence (i.e., Participant 2 selecting a stimulus other than that presented to Participant 1). In the current study, pairs of participants were divided into two groups: those who were told about features of correspondence contingencies and those who were not. Results provide evidence for the contribution of describing referential activity on the speed and probability of establishing shared stimulus-response functions. |
|
|
17. Exploring Basic Mechanisms that Select Variability or Repetition in Interlocking Behavioral Contingencies and their Aggregate Products through Cultural Selection |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TOMAS URBINA (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Aecio De Borba Vasconcelos Neto (Universidade Federal do Para) |
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Variability has been explored in metacontingencies using experimental microcultures (Vasconcelos et al. 2015; Carvalho et al. 2017). The current investigation explores how the variability or lack thereof in interlocking behavioral contingencies (IBC) may be brought under contextual control. Ten undergraduate (five dyads) students participated in the current study. Dyads were instructed to play a game on a computer screen with the goal to earn as many “Congratulations” as possible. A BCBCBC and CBCBCB reversal design was used in this investigation. A lag 1 schedule of cultural consequence delivery for IBC topography was set in the variability (VAR) condition. During the repeated (REP) condition one specific IBC topography was reinforced. The data suggest that the variability of the IBC topography can be brought under contextual control. It is important to explore the behavioral processes at the cultural level to understand prediction and control of cultural phenomena. |
|
|
18. Can Cooperation be Selected During an Asymmetric Iterated Prisoner’s Dilemma Game? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CARLOS LOPEZ (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Aecio De Borba Vasconcelos Neto (Universidade Federal do Para) |
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Researchers investigated how contingent delivery of a cultural consequence in an asymmetric Iterated Prisoner's Dilemma Game (IPDG) affects players’ choices. This preparation serves as an analogue to understanding income inequality created by wage gaps and how such inequalities affect cooperation. Ten people (five dyads) participated in an ABABCBC reversal design. Condition A contained a traditional IPDG. The asymmetric IPDG was arranged in Condition B such that one player received greater number of points regardless of the second participants’ selections - analogue to contingencies that produce income inequalities from wage gaps. In Condition C, a metacontingency was arranged such that delivery of a cultural consequence (CC; bonus points equally distributed among the dyad) was contingent on the oscillating production of target aggregate products (AP) across two consecutive cycles. When participants coordinated responding and contacted the target AP? CC relation, the wage gap was reduced. However, individual contingencies are in direct competition for the “wealthier” player, reducing the probability of coordinated responding. Results showed the AP was not produced enough to decrease the wage gap and are discussed from the perspective of how metacontingencies might be arranged to promote cooperation and reductions in wage gaps in communities suffering from unequal wealth distribution. |
|
|
19. Sustainable Use of Common Resources in a Digital Game for Children |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Marlon Alexandre de Oliveira (Universidade de Sao Carlos), JULIO C. DE ROSE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The running out of our forests, fishing areas and drinking water pools is a real problem that will lead to harmful consequences for human life. To address this question, the present experiment aimed to develop a digital game for tablet to measure extraction´s behavior of six children and evaluate how would be the use of common resource when they face the restriction of this. In a tutorial, each child was given a rule about how to play the game. After, in a baseline phase, the player needed to choose, using his fingers, three types of cards to caught fish inside of ocean. Each card returns different profits, earning it provide gains to buy more cards using virtual money. The intervention occurs with a bar showing the renewable level of fish: if it is depleted, then it was game over and the game started again. Five of six children distributed their choices among the three cards, a different result of the baseline in which children chose mainly the card that took the fish in only one trial. Finally, there was a return to baseline phase. The data showed that restrict of use of common resources changed player´s behavior in game. |
|
|
20. The Effects of Management and Production of a Common Resource in Ethical Self-Controlled Behavior |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARLA BALTAZAR (University of North Texas), LAIS MORORO CORREA (Federal University of Pará, Brazil), Aecio De Borba Vasconcelos Neto (Universidade Federal do Para), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Carlos Rafael Fernandes Picanco (Imagine Tecnologia Comportamental) |
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Ethical self-control is choosing lower magnitude individual reinforcers and delayed larger consequences for the culture. Such behavior is involved in the preservation and overuse of pools of common goods such as natural and economic resources. These phenomena may be studied in a metacontingency. This study evaluated the effects of the removal of resources from a common pool on culturants composed of ethical self-control responses. Six microcultures of three college students each participated in a task consisting of choosing colored rows; the target culturant was three even rows of different colors. The experiment followed an ABCBC and ACBCB design. In Condition A, even rows generated 1 token and odd rows generated 3 tokens. In Condition B, the culturant was necessary to avoid the depletion of a common pool of school items to be donated; choices in odd rows would lower the pool. In Condition C, the same culturant would produce school items. The three microcultures that were first exposed to the common pool showed selection of ethical self-controlled responses but the microcultures exposed first to Condition C did not. The implications of the study, along with its methodological limitations, are discussed as a possible explanation for the overuse of resources. |
|
|
21. Ethical Self-control Under Different Cumulative Effects |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
WILLIAMS ADOLFO ESPERICUETA (University of North Texas), David de Lima Rabelo (Universidade Federal do Pará), Aecio De Borba Vasconcelos Neto (Universidade Federal do Para), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Natural resource scarcity involves ethical self-control in a macrocontingency, one of the relevant variables may be the type of resources. Ethical self-control is behavior under control of delayed consequences favorable to the group concurring with immediate consequences of greater magnitude for the individual. The recurrence of multiple independent individual contingencies (IC) form a cumulative effect (CE) and constitute a macrocontingency. This study evaluated the effects of manipulating the nature of the common resource (school items to be donated or tokens exchangeable for money to be divided by participants) on the frequency of ethical self-control responses. Four microcultures with three participants each chose numbered lines in a colored matrix. Participant's choices produced IC (tokens) and affected the common reserve. Choices of even lines produced 3 tokens (IC) and deducted 3 from the common pool resource (CE); odd lines produced 1 token and deduced one from the CE. In baseline only the IC was in effect; in Condition A individual responses produced a cumulative effect of tokens; in Condition B, the cumulative effect was school items; and in C, both the IC and CE were in effect. The results indicate the difficulty of selecting self-control in all conditions, independent of the CE type. Implications for the overuse of resources are discussed. |
|
|
23. Efficacy of Conjugate-Scheduled Music to Alter Run Pace and Cadence |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MACK S. COSTELLO (Rider University), Drue Stapleton (Rider University), Neil Deochand (University of Cincinnati) |
Discussant: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Conjugate-like preparations using proportional alterations to an exercisers’ music have been shown to improve boxing performance (Deochand, Costello, & Fuqua, 2020). A similar conjugate music preparation was adapted where running speed informed a goal, and distance from the goal determined the amount of distortion in music played while running. Validity and efficacy tests with an app using this preparation were conducted in single-case experimental designs. The app set performance goals for running based on previous behavior and collected data on running pace; when running was in line with goals (i.e. above or at the goal), music was played and was not distorted for participants through the app. If the running pace was outside of the goal range (as measured by the GPS), the music would distort by increasing the speed proportionally to how far the runner was from their goal pace. Returning to the goal pace resulted in the music returning to normal play. The app’s program was found to improve performance for participants under a variety of conditions, and was consistent with established and precise Runscribe measures of pace. Conjugate preparations are intuitively interpreted by exercisers in real-time and future research should examine their application in maintaining long-term exercise adherence. |
|
|
|
|
EDC Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
24. Teaching Partial-Interval Recording of Problem Behavior With Virtual Reality |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
SETH KING (University of Iowa), Paul Shafer (ABAI) |
Discussant: Scott Dueker (Ball State University) |
Abstract: Virtual reality (VR) places individuals within a simulated experience using an array of visual, auditory, and tactile interfaces. Research suggests VR, which facilitates the rehearsal of actual job duties and performance assessment during training, may improve professional development across a range of disciplines. Although studies incorporating technology into professional development for educators are increasingly common, few have examined the potential for VR as a training tool. Direct observation represents a fundamental skill for professionals involved in behavior change. The present study evaluated the effectiveness an automated simulation in teaching graduate and undergraduate students (N = 31) to collect partial-interval recording data pertaining to inappropriate behavior. Participants were randomly assigned to either a control condition or intervention condition consisting of a brief simulated observation of a student exhibiting problem behavior. Results suggest participants who used VR exhibited improvements in the ability to collect data relative to the control group and were more confident in their ability; however, the effect of VR on data-collection was not significant. These mixed findings provide tentative support for further research in this area. |
|
|
25. An Evaluation of Good Behavior Game Procedural Variations on Academic Performance and On-Task Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLYN NICOLE SHARPE (Berry College), P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Scott Dueker (Ball State University) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game and The Caught Being Good Game have strong empirical evidence of reducing problem behavior. The purpose of the current study is to analyze the effects of The Good Behavior Game relative to the Caught Being Good Game on academic performance and to see if a permanent product measure for on-task will prove more effective than an observational measure. One middle school math classroom with 7 at-risk boys, referred for high rates of off-task behavior and vocal disruption served as participants. A product measure was taken by collecting completion and accuracy scores for all students on a digital assignment following each session. An alternating treatments design with an embedded reversal was used to compare effectiveness of The Good Behavior Game and The Caught Being Good Game. Three target students reported by the teacher as having the highest rates of disruption were selected for individual data collection. Both variations significantly reduced vocal disruptions, though there was less control with off-task behavior since The Caught Being Good Game places a contingency on on-task behavior. The implementation of the games slightly increased work completion and accuracy, but not much change, and varied by student. |
|
|
26. Achieving Fluency in Socio-Emotional Skills |
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory |
FRANCIS MECHNER (The Mechner Foundation), Laurilyn Dianne Jones (The Mechner Foundation), Adam Hockman (The Mechner Foundation) |
Discussant: Scott Dueker (Ball State University) |
Abstract: Most socio-emotional skills are applicable in interpersonal interaction. All skill learning requires active responding. During learning, the targeted skilled behavior being practiced must occur in training situations that are similar to the targeted real-life situations in which the desired skilled behavior will ultimately be occurring, and it must be fluent. This theory dates back to the “audio-lingual” sales training method “Professional Selling Skills (PSS)” developed by Mechner and associates in 1962-65. It simulated sales situations, complete with a videotaped prospective customer. The trainees were challenged to respond orally as if they were interacting with that customer. They practiced the desired responses in situation after situation, each somewhat different from the others, until the skill was fluent. This same behavioral analysis guided our approach to socio-emotional skill learning for school use. Students are presented with vignettes of interpersonal situations on digital devices, like tablets. A recorded moderator coaches the learner to respond orally at key points. Those oral responses are recorded for subsequent review and possible improvement by the learner, or subsequently by a teacher. Learners achieve fluency by repeatedly uttering the desired oral responses in a succession of diverse situations that define the targeted real-life situations in which the responses would be appropriate. |
|
|
27. A Comparison of Different Modeling Techniques to Establish Token Reinforcers in Classroom Settings |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
SPENCER GAUERT (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Scott Dueker (Ball State University) |
Abstract: Prior research has supported the use of reinforcer-based methods in school settings. Video based modeling methods for establishing conditioned reinforcers without the need for explicit pairing with primary reinforcers can help to extend the use of these resources in new contexts. The use video based conditioning has potential applications in school settings to increase academic skills without the use of more costly-to-implement reinforcer systems. However, conditioning of this kind might be restricted by the need to individually condition stimuli with different participants. Effects of video based conditioning were evaluated as delivered to both individuals and small groups. Participants included children between the ages of 4-12, who were evaluated for reading performance in a concurrent choice assessment embedded within a multiple baseline across subjects design. The purpose of these experiments were to, first, to compare two video based conditioning procedures to evaluate their effects on relative preference using an academic work task, and second, to evaluate a video based conditioning procedure when applied to a group. |
|
|
28. Teaching Replacement Skills Through Visual Cues to Reduce Problem Behaviors in a Preschool Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
MAY CHRISELINE BEAUBRUN (Brett DiNovi & Associates) |
Discussant: Scott Dueker (Ball State University) |
Abstract: Visual Cues are frequently used to establish rules and set expectations in classroom settings. How effective would these environmental stimuli be to reduce high rates of problem behaviors and teach appropriate replacement skills? The participants are 3 preschool students attending a full day general education classroom. Descriptive analysis or functional analysis were conducted to identify or hypothesize the function(s) of problem behaviors. During group instruction (i.e., Greeting Time), the classroom teacher will incorporate the visual cue. The teacher will present the visual cue and provide an example and non-example of the expected behavior. Throughout the school day, the classroom teacher will identify other students who demonstrated the expected behavior(s). When the participant independently demonstrates the expected behavior, the teacher will deliver positive behavior specific praise and reinforcement is applicable (i.e., request for a break or tangible item). If the participant engages in problem behavior the teacher will first remind the entire class of the expected behavior(s). If the participant continues to engage in the problem behavior, the teacher will present the visual cue to the participant and allow the participant to rehearse until the expected behavior is demonstrated or he/she cannot continue. |
|
|
29. Relationship Between Academic Procrastination and Salivary Cortisol and Heart Ratein Researchers in Training |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA ANTONIA PADILLA VARGAS (University of Guadalajara) |
Discussant: Scott Dueker (Ball State University) |
Abstract: Procrastination is the tendency to postpone mandatory tasks that have a deadline, generally for recreational activities, even if that delay implies adverse consequences for the subject. Procrastination, besides affecting academic performance, generates higher levels of stress and poorer well-being among university students. It is considered important identifying if procrastination increased stress related physiological responses (salivary cortisol levels and heart rate), given that different studies suggest, but haven’t measure, that procrastination increased stress levels.It was analyzed whether procrastinating the performance of an academic task increased salivary cortisol and heart rate in researchers in training (in experimental psychology) who had to design a research project and present their proposal to students and professors of a Mexican research center. Twenty graduate students were exposed to the aforementioned task. Measurements of stress correlates were made before, during and after the task. Results indicate that participants procrastinated in an idiosyncratic manner; some did it in a constant manner and others never did it; heart rate and saliva cortisol levels increased with procrastination. The need for further studies regarding the effects that procrastination has on both academic performance and the psychophysiological health of students is discussed. |
|
|
30. The Development of Evaluation Inventory for Special School-Wide Positive Behavior Support |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
DAEYONG KIM (Daejeon Middle School), Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University) |
Discussant: Scott Dueker (Ball State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to develop and validate a list of special schools-wide positive behavior support evaluation inventory and to identify the relative importance of each evaluation inventory. For the purpose of this study, the following research problems were suggested. First, what is the evaluation inventory of special schools-wide positive behavior support. Second, what is the content validity of the evaluation inventory that is set up to qualitatively evaluate the special schools-wide positive behavior support. Third, what is the relative importance of the evaluation inventory for qualitatively evaluating special schools-wide positive behavior support. To achieve the first purpose of the study, this study conducted a literature study to examine Special School-wide Positive Behavior Support and national and international prior research, and through the Focus Group interview, the opinions of experts related to Special School-wide Positive Behavior Support were collected. In this study, we drafted the evaluation criterion based on the contents derived from literature review and focus group interview. The evaluation criterion of this study has been given a hierarchical hierarchy of three levels. The hierarchical hierarchy of evaluation inventory is the evaluation area, evaluation items, andevaluation indicators in a comprehensive order. In order to achieve the second research objective, the draft of the evaluation inventory verified the content validity through a total of three delphi surveys through the modified Delphi method. The Delphi survey derived the final evaluation inventory based on the assertion of the panel responses, consensus, convergence and content validity. In the present study, the final evaluation inventory in which the content validity was verified through the Delphi survey were four evaluation areas, 16 evaluation items, and 59 evaluation indicators. In order to confirm the relative significance of each element of the final evaluation criterion for the third study, a stratified analysis was conducted. In this study, numerical integration method was used to confirm the relative importance among the stratified analysis methods. The numerical integration method is a method of geometrically averaging the responses of all respondents and converting them into a single dummy comparison matrix. The relative importance of each element of the evaluation inventory was analyzed and analyzed according to the evaluation inventory hierarchy, and the analysis results were presented by dividing them into whole, group of PBS experts,group of field teachers, group of special education administrative and research experts. |
|
|
31. Effects of Stability Balls on Attention to Task During Instructional Activities in the Regular Classroom for Students with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (The University of South Dakota), Carla Miller (Student at University of South Dakota) |
Discussant: Scott Dueker (Ball State University) |
Abstract: Debate concerning whether sensory integration deficits present themselves as a comorbid feature of ADHD are espoused by multiple disciplines addressing educational needs of children in classroom settings. Research in the area of sensory integration and processing, at best, produces mixed results related to its effectiveness for improving student’s educational performance. For example, many teachers are adopting the use of stability balls as a sensory replacement for traditional chairs for students to utilize, and thus, supposedly increasing attention and on-task behavior when involved in instructional activities conducted within classrooms. Much of the implementation of these forms of sensory integration and processing approaches, such as the use of stability balls, is based upon testimonials or authoritative opinion rather than on rigorous empirical research and replication. The purpose of this study is to examine the direct impact of sitting on a stability or therapy ball versus a traditional classroom chair of 4 students identified as experiencing issues with attention and work productivity in classrooms. Evaluating the students’ on-task behavior and completion of work by comparing the effects of sitting on a stability or therapy ball versus a traditional classroom chair, using an ABAB research design, should assist at confirming the effectiveness of this approach or refuting the authoritative claims made by professionals advocating this approach. Implications and recommendations for the use of stability or therapy balls with students with ADHD in school settings, and the need for future research are discussed. |
|
|
33. Cultural Adaptation of a Daily Behavior Report Card for Spanish-Dominant English Learner Students and Families |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
HALLIE FETTERMAN (University of Cincinnati), Daniel Newman (University of Cincinnati), Cara Dillon (University of Cincinnati), Hannah McIntire (University of Cincinnati), Julia Nicole Villarreal (University of Cincinnati) |
Discussant: Scott Dueker (Ball State University) |
Abstract: Educators and researchers have identified a need for the creation and validation of culturally adapted evidence-based interventions (EBIs) due to the prominence of English Learner (EL) minority students in the school-age population. One EBI with the potential to accommodate culturally responsive adaptations is the Daily Behavior Report Card (DBRC). DBRCs are a cost-effective behavioral intervention which consist of providing students with specific feedback regarding their progress toward behavioral goals. The intervention produces a daily summary of progress which can be sent between home and school environments. The purpose of the current study was to investigate the effects of a DBRC with culturally responsive intervention adaptations (CA-DBRC) on the academic engagement of Latinx EL students. Dimensions of home-school collaboration, including congruence of caregiver-teacher relationships, was also assessed. Data from the multiple baseline design across students suggest implementation of the CA-DBRC resulted in increased academic engagement and decreased off-task behavior for all four students. Additionally, intervention adherence and social validity was high, and perceptions of the caregiver-teacher relationship maintained or increased following CA-DBRC implementation. Outcomes of the study support the use of culturally-adapted intervention materials to increase academic engagement and caregiver adherence to commonly used EBIs. |
|
|
34. Learning Teaching Situations to Promote a Different Level of Functional Aptitude |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana; Universidad Pedagógica Veracruzana), Francisco Xavier Pulido Pérez (Universidad Pedagógica Veracruzana) |
Discussant: Scott Dueker (Ball State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to design and apply a Learning Teaching Unit (UEA) based on the concept of competence from the logic of behavior theory. The UEA was designed to establish teaching-learning situations that promote inter-individual interactions, with a different level of functional aptitude in which children's rights were exercised as behavior. Four children of both sexes of the fifth grade from a public elementary school in the City of Misantla, Veracruz, two of them with special education requirements and two without this type of requirements participated. An intrasubject design with baseline, competence test, intervention phase, follow-up phase and a final test was used. The results showed that the students with and without special requirements, met the criteria of achievement in the five levels of functional taxonomy, although a little better, the students classified as "normal". The results are discussed on the concept of competence based on behavior theory. |
|
|
35. Reciprocal Peer Monitoring to Improve Appropriate Classroom Behaviors and Peer Relationships |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CARA DILLON (University of Cincinnati School Psychology), Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati), Kavya Kandarpa (University of Cincinnati), Julia Nicole Villarreal (University of Cincinnati) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Students with emotional and behavioral disorders often exhibit challenging or disruptive behaviors that can have a significant negative impact on the amount of academic instruction they receive (McConaughy & Ritter, 2014).Behaviors including inappropriate verbalizations, aggression, property destruction, bullying, self-injury, etc. can negatively affect learning for the student exhibiting the behaviors and the other students in the classroom (Steege & Scheib, 2014). The researchers propose a reciprocal peer monitoring intervention for students with emotional and behavior disorders in a self-contained classroom in an alternative school setting. These students have reportedly low engagement, high levels of disruptive behaviors, and problems making friends and having positive peer interactions as is typical for students with emotional and behavioral disorders (Stoutjesdijk, Scholte, & 2012). While self-monitoring and peer-monitoring have been found effective methods of behavior management for classrooms hosting children with emotional and behavioral disorders (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007), another method, reciprocal peer monitoring, could also prove effective and encourage cooperation among students. A reciprocal peer intervention was implemented where peer partners monitored one another's behavior, provided performance feedback, and received reinforcement for positive behavior. Participants worked together to earn points by following the classroom expectations and were reinforced if they meet or exceeded the daily mystery number. Participants also provided performance feedback to one another at the end of the class period. The researchers hypothesized that engagement would increase in level and disruptive behaviors would decrease in level. |
|
|
36. Using Popular Music to Teach Parts of Speech: An Alternating Treatments Design |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JONTE TAYLOR (Pennsylvania State University), Victoria Petit (Penn State University) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: An unfortunate component of the US education system is the fact that some students will be taught in settings considered alternative educational placements with a portion of those students in Juvenile Justice Settings (JJS). Research suggests that poor academic outcomes are associated with students in JJS placements (Baltodano, Harris, & Rutherford, 2005). Unfortunately, students with high incidence disabilities (e.g. learning disabilities & emotional/behavior disorders) are at risk for being placed in JJS. As students with disabilities continue to be involved with JJS, the instructional practices used in these settings become important to examine. The use of music in instructional settings is not new, however, its use in JJS has had little examination. Music has been used as an academic tool to help students with achievement, engagement, and motivation (Cooks, 2004; Hoang, 2007; Jones, 2009). Depending on instructional goals and student considerations, music from various genres have shown to improve student outcomes in many instructional areas including science (Emdin, 2010), writing (Cooks, 2004), and math (ERIC, 2003). The current study examined the effectiveness of using song lyrics versus direct instruction to teach grammar skills to students with disabilities in a JJS using an alternating treatment design. |
|
|
37. Escalating Reinforcement Schedules and Quiz Submission in College Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
HELOISA CURSI CAMPOS (Arkansas State University) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Escalating reinforcement schedules with reset contingencies can maintain drug abstinence and quiz submission in adults. Also, the reset contingency sustains drug abstinence. The present study investigated if the reset contingency is necessary to maintain quiz submission in college students. Participants were randomly divided into three groups—fixed reinforcement schedule (Fixed Group), escalating reinforcement schedule without a reset contingency (No-Reset Group), and escalating reinforcement schedule with a reset contingency (Reset Group). Participants could earn 40 bonus points for submitting eight quizzes. Participants in the Fixed Group earned 5 bonus points for each quiz submission while participants in the No Reset and Reset Groups earned 3, 3, 4, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 bonus points respectively for submitting quizzes 1 through 8. Also, if participants in the Reset Group missed a quiz, the bonus points reseted at 3 and escalated along with the same schedule. Results showed that the number of quizzes submitted and participants who submitted all quizzes were similar across groups. Nevertheless, the score on the exam completed after the last quiz was higher in the Reset Group. Future studies should improve this methodology to further the investigation of the component analysis of escalating reinforcement schedules and reset contingencies. |
|
|
38. Evaluation and Treatment of Multiply Maintained Problem Behavior Dependent on the Time of Day |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA SNYDER (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: This study evaluates the results of a functional analysis conducted for one participant at two different times of day, the morning and the afternoon, on the target behaviors of aggression, disruption and disrobement. The functional analysis showed varying functions depending on the time of day that the researcher conducted the assessment, the morning or the afternoon. The researcher found positive reinforcement in the form of attention to be the maintaining variable in the morning functional analysis. While both negative reinforcement in the form of escape from task demands and positive reinforcement in the form of attention maintained problem behavior in the afternoon. The researcher developed a treatment to address both functions across the entire school day. Differential reinforcement of other behavior on a multiple schedule of reinforcement demonstrated effectiveness to reinforce appropriate behavior such as hands and feet to self. Upon refraining from the target behaviors for the programmed time, the participant received a break from task demands as well as an edible and high-quality attention from a preferred teacher in the classroom. The results show that one treatment can effectively addresses multiple functions and diminish problem behavior that has different maintaining variables depending on the time of day. |
|
|
39. Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Peer Models: Effects on Interactive Play |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TANGCHEN LI (The Ohio State University), XIAONING SUN (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Studies suggested that sharing the same physical space as typically developing peers does not always promote students’ developmental growth since students with disabilities could exhibit isolate participation and little or no interaction with peers in inclusive setting. The purpose of the study was to examine the effects of using Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to train peer models on increasing interactive play with students with disabilities in the inclusive classroom. This study answered the following research questions:
1.What are the effects of using behavior skills training (BST) on peer participants’ behaviors of prompting and delivering praise?
2.What are the effects of peer prompting and praise on increasing target participants’ interactive play behavior?
3.To what extent do the peer participants generalize prompting and praise skills when playing with other children?
4.To what extent do the peer participants maintain the prompting and praise delivery skills without adults’ prompts?
5.What are the participants’ opinions of the intervention? |
|
|
40. Imitation: Conceptual Issues and a Systematic Review of Treatment Research |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER LEDFORD (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Young children with disabilities may require direct instruction to improve their use of imitative behavior. Imitation of others may lead to increased access to reinforcement for complying with a model prompt (e.g., “Do this”), learning new behaviors (e.g., observational learning), and recruiting social attention (e.g., peer interactions). Ledford & Wolery (2011) identified four procedures for teaching imitation to children with disabilities. The purpose of this systematic review was to: (1) Discuss discrepancies in definitions and uses of the term “imitation” and implications of these definitions and (2) Update the Ledford and Wolery review to identify the characteristics of included participants, whether the four categories identified 10 years ago still represent the major categories of treatment, identify what types of imitative behavior are most commonly taught to children with disabilities, and report the extent to which outcomes of studies suggest consistent improvements in imitation resulting from treatment. Thirty-six studies with 142 participants were identified. Researchers typically measured improvements in imitation of adults following adult direction (e.g., “Do this”) but more rarely measured improvements in non-cued imitation and imitation of other children. Treatment implications and research needs are identified. |
|
|
42. College Classroom Policies: Effects of “Technology Breaks” on Student Cell Phone Usage and Grades |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA DIANE NELSON (Southern Illinois University), Ryan N. Redner (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Cell phone use has become ubiquitous in many settings, including the college classrooms. Research has shown many negative impacts of cell phone usage on classroom outcomes. For this reason, professors have implemented polices to reduce in-class cell phone use. An ABAB design was used to evaluate a reinforcement-based policy in an undergraduate course (N = 9). The policy involved allowing the students two 2-minute “technology breaks” throughout the three-hour course. Technology break conditions were alternated with baseline conditions in which there were no programmed consequences for cell phone use. Data on cell phone use was collected using the PLACHECK method in which trained observers counted the number of students physically interacting with their phones at 10 second intervals. Results showed that usage decreased during the intervention phase (M = 0.5%) from baseline (M = 0.8%). Researchers also calculated quiz scores for the two conditions. There was no statistically significant difference between intervention (M = 70.3%) and baseline conditions (M = 69.2%), (F(7) = 1.68, p = .24). Overall, the study showed technology breaks as a promising way to incorporate a reinforcement-based procedure to reduce classroom cell phone use, but the policy did not reduce cell phone usage to zero. |
|
|
43. Evaluating the Effects of a Stimulus Equivalence Protocol to Teach Bully Identification to School-Age Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Courtney Sowle (Minnesota State University, Mankato), ANGELICA A. AGUIRRE (Minnesota State University, Mankato) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Bullying and its impact on mental health is a major concern in the United States (Arseneault, 2017). Multi-component bullying interventions have resulted in positive outcomes, such as teachers reporting better student behaviors (Crean & Johnson, 2013), increased teacher knowledge about bullying (Bell, Raczynski, & Horne, 2010), and increased student control of high-risk behaviors (Shure, 2001). Considering bullying behavior primarily as being a more complex behavior, one behavior intervention that has shown to be effective in teaching complex behaviors is the stimulus equivalence protocol. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of a stimulus equivalence protocol on teaching different bullying types to school-age children. A match-to-sample training protocol was utilized to teach relations between bullying type, examples of bullying, and an appropriate intervening response to a bullying type. In-situ generalization probes were additionally utilized to assess the participants’ ability to identify and respond to the various types of bullying. All participants demonstrated the ability to engage in derived relational responding to mastery criteria and reporting bullying to an adult during in-situ generalization probes. |
|
|
44. Evaluating the Effects of an Acceptance Commitment Training Exercise on Test Anxiety, Psychological Flexibility, and Academic Performance among College Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTA WARD (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Ann D. Rost (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: According to the American Test Anxieties Association, 48% of students in university settings report experiencing moderate to high test anxiety. These students tend to perform 12 percentile points below their peers who do not have test anxiety (Test Anxiety, n.d.). Previous research has demonstrated a negative correlation between reported test anxiety and aptitude/achievement, problem solving and memory, and GPA (Hembree, 1998). Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT)-based interventions have demonstrated utility for academic performance (e.g. Paliliunas, Belisle, & Dixon, 2018), and have been evaluated in the treatment of math anxiety; in a study conducted by Zettle (2003), college students demonstrated improvements in psychological flexibility and math anxiety, but no improvement in test performance. The present study, which included 31 college student participants, examined the effect of an ACT training intervention focused on present moment awareness and values-behavior coherence using the ACT Matrix (Polk & Schoendorff, 2014) on participants’ exam performance, psychological flexibility, and test anxiety compared to a control group. Relationships among exam performance, psychological flexibility, and test anxiety will be examined as well as changes in scores on academic and self-report measures. The utility of embedding ACT training exercises in academic settings to support achievement will be discussed. |
|
|
45. Values-Based Self-Management Training to Improve College Student Academic Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KARMEN COLLEY (Missouri State University), Celeste Unnerstall (Missouri State University), Emily Shepard (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: A survey conducted by the American College Health Association (2018) found college students report factors such as stress (31.9%), sleep problems (20.2%), and anxiety (25.9%) as impacting their academic performance. Self-management interventions, including techniques such as self-monitoring and environmental management, have demonstrated effectiveness with university students (e.g. Dean, 1981 & Mooney et al., 2005). Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) interventions have been applied with a wide variety of populations, including college students (Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 2012). Values-based interventions have been utilized with university students in a number of different arrangements, demonstrating the benefit of such interventions with this population (e.g. Paliliunas, Belisle, & Dixon,2018; Chase et al., 2013; Sandoz, Kellum, & Wilson, 2017). The present study describes a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate a ‘Values-Based Self-Management” intervention package, combining acceptance and values-focused therapeutic exercises with a self-management plan, on behaviors related to academic performance. Results were reported as percent of daily goal achieved as well as cumulative behavior of each participant; changes in psychological well-being were also reported. The utility of developing interventions that target psychological flexibility in addition to changing specific behaviors related to academic performance for college students will be discussed. |
|
|
46. The Use of Functional Communication Training With Picture Communication to Teach Appropriate Communication Skills and Reduce Inappropriate Behaviors for a Preschool Girl With Autism |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER M NEYMAN (Gonzaga University), Jessica Moorhouse (Gonzaga University), Megan Carroll (Gonzaga University) |
Discussant: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effectiveness of Functional Communication Training (FCT) using Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) to decrease inappropriate behaviors and increase communication for a girl with autism in a special education preschool. Event recording within a reversal design assessed the participant’s behavior and communication. Communication was giving the PECS card to the researcher or saying “breath”. Sessions occurred during typical preschool lessons. The FCT intervention consisted of fading prompts to teach the participant how to replace her inappropriate behaviors with appropriately taking a “breath” as a break. PECS involved the participant handing the “breath” picture to the researcher. Every 30 seconds or contingent on inappropriate behavior, a researcher told the participant to give the PECS card and take a breath. Over time, prompting reduced, and the researcher waited for the participant to respond independently. Results showed great improvement in reducing inappropriate behaviors and developing appropriate communication. Using “breath”, instead of “break”, permitted the participant to self-monitor her behavior and understanding that she needed to calm herself. This study indicated that FCT with picture communication can improve a child's behavior as the "breath" card reinforces escape-maintained behaviors and pauses a challenging situation allowing for behavior redirection and appropriate communication usage. |
|
|
|
|
TBA Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
47. Examining the Reliability of an Objective Severity Tool to Classify Severe Problem Behaviour |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
MARIE-CHANEL MONIQUE MORGAN (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University) |
Discussant: Rachel Scalzo (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The term ‘severe’ is a commonly used descriptor for problem behavior in research and practice. We examined research trends across the behavior analytic literature over the last 20 years (Cox, Leung, Morgan, submitted) and noticed that when authors used the term ‘severe’, it was often based on ill-defined, arbitrary criteria (e.g., Borrero, Vollmer & Wright, 2002). When severity is classified, the tools used are primarily indirect (Rojahn, Aman, Matson & Mayville, 2003; Rojahn, Rowe, Sharber, Hastings, Matson, Didden, Kores & Dumont, 2012). The proposed thesis will investigate the reliability of a 'behaviourally-anchored' tool created to classify problem behaviour severity using quantifiable variables (i.e., instances of problem behaviour, convictions, etc.). Researchers will recruit 24 Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) separated into two groups; ‘experienced’ or ‘inexperienced’ writers. Participants will evaluate 30 case scenarios with and without access to the severity tool. Investigators will use intraclass correlation to explore interrater consistency within the groups. Researchers will also conduct a two-by-two mixed model ANOVA to explore the differential impact of the tool and clinician experience. The information collected from this research will help to establish a reliable and objective measure to classify problem behaviour to help practitioners and researchers implement applicable interventions. |
|
|
48. Social Studying: The Use of Online Study Groups to Improve Student Scores on BCBA Exam Preparation Assessments |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARGARET PAVONE DANNEVIK (Lindenwood University), Liat Sacks (Study Notes ABA) |
Discussant: Rachel Scalzo (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The use of internet-based interventions for teaching behavior analytic concept has been shown to be a promising emerging technology for parents and technicians (Meadan & Daczewitz, 2015). However, the use of internet-based teaching interventions among college students has not been explored. This study used an internet-based package intervention to help adult students improve their performance on assessments of behavior analytic concepts. The internet-based package treatment included weekly testing, self-monitoring of study behavior duration, and participation in peer study groups held online as these treatments have been shown to positively affect academic performance when used on-ground (Griffin & Griffin, 1997; Mawhinney et al., 1971; Pigott, Fantuzzo, & Clement, 1986). A multiple baseline across participants design was used to assess the efficacy of the treatment package. Results indicate that for all participants, internet-based study groups, weekly testing, and self-monitoring improved scores on behavior analytic skill assessments. |
|
|
49. A Replication: Teaching the Implementation of the Picture Exchange Communication System Through Behavioural Skills Training |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
AISLING COLLINS (Jigsaw CABAS School), Philippa Da Silva (Jigsaw CABAS school) |
Discussant: Rachel Scalzo (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The present study sought to teach teachers how to implement the first two phases of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) protocol, whilst also investigating the utility of Behavioural Skills Training (BST) as a training method in a systematic replication of a study by (Rosales, Stone, & Rehfeldt, 2009). Two teachers working in an specialist Applied Behaviour Analysis school took part, with the study taking a quasi-experimental AB design with confederate adult learners and physical prompters also partaking. After reading the PECS manual, baseline probe sessions were conducted with the percentage accuracy of steps completed in the role of the communicative partner serving as the dependent variable. BST was then conducted with both participants meeting the competency criterion after just one practice session. The post-probe sessions were conducted several weeks later. The results indicated that BST was an effective and efficient methodology to teach the skill, though effects were not fully maintained. Further research should test generalisation to true PECS users, analyse rates of acquisition for later PECS phases, seek to improve procedural fidelity and assess effects under a more stringent competency criterion. |
|
|
50. Analysis of Program Mode, Cohort Size, and Certification Exam Pass Rates Across Verified Course Sequences in Behavior Analysis |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
KENDRA GUINNESS (Simmons University), Kylan S. Turner (Simmons University) |
Discussant: Rachel Scalzo (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) annually publishes certification exam pass rates for all verified course sequences, as well as the program mode (online, campus, hybrid, or both) and cohort size (i.e., how many students from the course sequence sat for the exam that year). This information can inform course sequence selection for prospective graduate students in behavior analysis. The purpose of this analysis was to explore relations among program mode, cohort size, and pass rate for verified course sequences in behavior analysis based on reported results for 2018. Statistical analyses revealed that mean pass rates were significantly lower for online programs (M = 55%, range = 18%-89%) relative to campus (M = 76%, range = 30%-100%) and hybrid programs (M = 78%, range = 30%-100%). Further, cohort sizes were significantly larger for online programs (M = 103, range = 6-627) relative to campus (M = 14, range = 6-73) and hybrid programs (M = 19, range = 6-207), and a weak, negative correlation was found between pass rate and cohort size (r = -.201, p = .024). Possible variables responsible for these differences are discussed, including student selection of program mode and variability in course delivery across online programs. |
|
|
51. Embedding Single Case Design Research into a Master's Program in Special Education With an Applied Behavior Analysis Emphasis |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
SUZANNE JERI YOCKELSON (Brandman University) |
Discussant: Rachel Scalzo (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Understanding how to interpret and use single case design research (SCDR) is a required skill for Applied Behavior Analysts. The fact that there is a dedicated domain in the task list for understanding, using, and interpreting SCDR speaks to the importance of that skill. Verified Course Sequences (VCS) that train future behavior analysts are tasked with teaching the value of SCDR research as it relates to building evidence based interventions as well as the knowledge and skills to interpret, use and implement the research. Even with didactic instruction, students struggle to understand the importance of rigor in research designs, internal validity, and how to differentiate data collection from research; specifically the importance of replication to demonstrate a functional relationship. This poster describes how one Master’s program overcame the challenge of students struggling with the concepts of SCDR and evidence based Interventions by having each student complete an individual SCDR study as part of a Master’s program in Special Education with an emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis. The student research projects span 5 terms 8-week terms, and culminates in a capstone class during which the students finalize a five chapter research project (thesis). Students are assigned a faculty mentor who advises them from start to finish to ensure a cohesive, rigorous and valid research study. Data presented include frequency of topics selected by students over a 3 year period, methodologies used (e.g., reversal/withdrawal, multiple baseline). Additionally, final reflective statements by students about their learning will be included. Students report an increased understanding of the importance of using evidence based practices, increased confidence in reading and evaluating research and an increased sense of competence. |
|
|
52. Interteaching in Combination With Cumulative Exams |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
CATHERINE M. GAYMAN (Troy University), Stephanie Jimenez (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown), Sherwonda Taylor (Troy University), Stephany Hammock (Troy University) |
Discussant: Rachel Scalzo (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effect of using cumulative versus noncumulative exams in two nine-week online asynchronous classes. Participants were undergraduate students enrolled in one of two sections of a psychology of learning course (N = 77). The study used a group design, in which one section of the course used cumulative weekly exams, whereas the second section of the course used weekly chapter exams. Results showed that cumulative final exam scores were significantly higher after students had been taking cumulative exams all term, which suggests that combining cumulative exams with interteaching improves long-term retention of information. Students in the noncumulative section of the course reported higher ratings when asked if they crammed for the final exam and they rated the overall quality of interteaching components lower. Overall, the present findings suggest that cumulative weekly exams can increase the effectiveness of interteaching. |
|
|
53. Preparing Educators to Support Augmentative and Alternative Communication Through Online Instruction of System of Least Prompts |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY MCCOY (Bowling Green State University), David McNaughton (Penn State University), Theoni Mantzoros (The Pennsylvania State University), Jessica Gormley (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tara O'Neill (Misericordia University) |
Discussant: Rachel Scalzo (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: System of least prompts (SLP) is an instructional strategy that has been used to teach augmentative and alternative communication (AAC). However, there is limited research focusing on how SLP is taught to educators. Twenty participants were recruited from an online assistive technology course. Participants included graduate and undergraduate students with majors including: secondary education, elementary and early childhood education, and rehabilitation and human services. This study utilized a pre/posttest group design with switching replications. Three dependent variables were measured: SLP (a) knowledge, (b) planning, and (c) teleconference implementation. Data were analyzed using a two-way mixed analysis of variance (ANOVA). Data were also collected on procedural fidelity, reliability, and social validity. Results indicate that online training was effective in increasing knowledge (F(2, 32)= 17.524, p < 0.001, η2p = 0.523) and planning (F(2, 36)= 24.186, p < 0.001, η2p = 0.573) performance. SLP implementation also increased over time (F(2, 36)= 12.253, p < 0.001, η2p = .405); however, this result was not directly related to the online training (i.e., the effect of time was not different for the two groups). Participants reported learning a valuable skill and were more confident working with individuals who use AAC. |
|
|
54. Behavior Analytic Dissemination: Using the ECHO Model |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
RACHEL L. WHITE (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Discussant: Rachel Scalzo (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Significant disparities exist between those who have access to services and those who do not. Although the number of Behavior Analysts in Alaska has grown over the last decade, each Behavior Analyst would be responsible for over 10,000 square miles if divided equally. As a result, Behavior Analysts need to disseminate information to a broad range of individuals with varying levels of skills and abilities. One way to improve dissemination is through the ECHO® Model. Project ECHO® (Arora et al., 2007) is designed to “increase workforce capacity to provide best-practice specialty care and reduce health disparities.” The model uses video conferencing to create a virtual learning community that connects a team of interdisciplinary experts (i.e., hub) to professionals (i.e., spokes) to share best practices through didactics and case-based learning. The four pillars of ECHO are 1) short didactic trainings, 2) case-based learning, 3) ongoing case-management and 4) robust program evaluation. Since 2017, the Center for Human Development at the University of Alaska Anchorage has been disseminating Behavior Analytic information through several tele-ECHO series. Through retrospective pre-post evaluations, participants report increased knowledge and ability to work with more complex cases. |
|
|
|
|
CSS Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
55. The Role of Social Discounting in Bystanders’ Helping Cyberbullying Victims: A Behavioral Economic Approach |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
YUSUKE HAYASHI (Pennsylvania State University, Hazleton), Nargess Tahmasbi (Pennsylvania State University, Hazleton) |
Discussant: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
Abstract: The goal of the present study was to examine the role of social discounting in bystanders’ helping cyberbullying victims from a behavioral economic perspective. In a novel social discounting task that involved a hypothetical scenario in which participants encountered cyberbullying instances as a bystander, they rated their likelihood of helping cyberbullying victims versus taking no action. The scenario presented several situations in which the social distance to the victims ranged from the person who is emotionally closest to the participants to a mere acquaintance. The scenario also presented three levels of intensity of cyberbullying. The results showed that the likelihood of helping victims (a) decreased as a hyperbolic function of the social distance to the victims, (b) was greater for participants who had a past experience of helping victims, and (c) varied systematically as a function of the intensity of cyberbullying. These findings support the importance of the social discounting process in bystanders’ decision to help victims. Implications for developing effective interventions strategies and the utility of the present task as a research tool are discussed. |
|
|
56. A Behavior Analytic Perspective of the Public Behavior of Donald Trump |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
ROBIN ARNALL (The Sage Colleges, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Nova Southeastern University), Sarah Russell (Sage Graduate School; ASPIRE LLC), Tanisha McClaren (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tara Castle (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
Abstract: In behavior analysis, few studies have analyzed governmental, political behavior, but rather focused on bill passage (Reed, Partington, Kaplan, Roma, & Hursh, 2013; Critchfield, Haley, Sabo, Colbert, & Macropoulis, 2013; Critchfield, Reed, & Jarmolowicz, 2015; Weisburg & Waldrop, 1972) or just voter behavior (Visser, 1996). Specifically, no studies to date have looked at the public behavior of specific political figures in positions of power. The election of Donald Trump was considered polarizing and evoked emotional behavior on all sides of the political spectrum (Flegenheimer & Barbaro, 2016). This study examined the publicly available data on Trump’s approval ratings, time spent on Trump vacation properties and time spent golfing, and Tweeting behavior. A hypothetical functional behavior perspective was completed on his public behavior through the perspective of his voters and publicly observed behavior. Discussion of application of the findings in addition to limitations and future considerations are provided. |
|
|
57. The Additive Effects of Varying Stimuli on Cooperative and Conformity Responding |
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research |
ELIZABETH GHEZZI (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
Abstract: The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is an assessment tool designed to measure ones learning history with respect to pre-existing verbal relations. Responses to stimuli are regarded as implicit as they are measured with respect to the associated response latencies and accuracy, or brief and immediate relational responding (BIRRs, Dymond & Roche, 2013, p. 104). This study used a modified IRAP to select stimuli that were presented in motivational statements in a simulated work task to increase cooperative and conformity responding. Participants came into contact with customized motivational statements promoting cooperative and conformity responding in conditions with a competing pay-for-performance contingency using an alternating treatments design. Results showed that motivational statements temporarily increased cooperative and conformity responding. Further, those participants identified as having a stronger history with particular stimuli, as identified in the modified IRAP, chose to cooperate and conform at higher and more sustained rates. The coherence between implicit responding, as demonstrated in the modified IRAP, and explicit responding, as demonstrated in the simulated work task, and the implications it has on pro social behaviors will be discussed. |
|
|
58. Investigating Gender Biases Towards Careers Among STEM and Humanities Students |
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research |
Murilo Cesar Moreira (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), João Henrique de Almeida (Universidade Estadual de Londrina), JULIO C. DE ROSE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Discussant: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Gender stereotypes affect both men and women since childhood. While men may be more often associated with Science, Technology, Engineering and Math (STEM) careers, women tend to associated with careers related to nurturing and caring. The present research aimed to use an explicit scale and an IRAP to investigate how the gender-career relational pattern could vary for Brazilian college students in accordance with their gender and career. Both instruments included as stimuli names of STEM careers, stereotypically regarded as "male" or stereotypically "female" careers (pedagogy, nursing, fashion, nutrition and psychology) and words describing gender. Participants were divided in four groups (men and women from humanities and STEM careers). They were performed an IRAP task regarding gender and careers and then fill an explicit scale. A significant pro-male-STEM bias emerged for all groups, except the STEM-female group, which was the only group showing a significant pro-female-STEM bias (p<.05). The significant pro-STEM-male bias was especially stronger among STEM-male students, but also found in male-humanities and female-humanities groups. In the explicit scales, participants showed a tendency to select a neutral position (i.e., not classifying careers as "male" or "female"), especially among careers commonly viewed as more "masculine". Considering the participants as single group, correlations were found only between explicit evaluations for the careers more often seen as male and the female-STEM trial-type indicating that the more a career was explicitly evaluated as male, the more the trial type "STEM-Female" was considered "false". These data may contribute to the understanding of how courses and genders may be differently related among different groups, since these patterns may influence behaviors regarding more stereotyped groups. |
|
|
59. Strategies for Engaging Parent Trainees in Behavioral Skills Training on Social Skills Intervention of Their Infant Babies |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
WEIWEI CHEN (Wucailu Center for Children with Autism) |
Discussant: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
Abstract: A study on one-on-one behavioral skills training for two parents of young children (both 1.2-year-old) who were at risk of untypical social engagement is underway. Both trainees enjoyed notably improved quality of interaction with their child after 20 hours of training on the naturalistic approaches taught to them in order to promote dynamic reciprocal behaviors within each dyad at home. The study focuses on identifying important features of behavioral strategies used to build the behavioral momentum and motivation in the trainees, for increasing their adherence to the goals of intervention for their child, attending to the instruction, active imitation of the trainer in class sessions and generalization of their mastered skills to other settings, all crucial for the training to be effective. Semi-structured interviews and an analysis of the documents and teaching materials used in the training are to be conducted to explore the major themes and sub-themes related to the antecedents and consequences arranged by the trainer for the purpose of better engaging and motivating the trainees in their learning of the intervention approaches. The implications to the much-desired sustainability of services for caregivers of young children with developmental disabilities will also be discussed, under a context where parents are both respected as guardians with high authority over the treatment of their babies, as well as taught and drilled as trainees. |
|
|
60. Designing an Instructional Program to Teach Behavior Analysts How to Evaluate Cultural Practices and Systems |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
MICHAELA SMITH (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Aecio De Borba Vasconcelos Neto (Universidade Federal do Para) |
Discussant: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Analyses of sector interdependencies using a Matrix (Biglan, 1995; Mattaini, 2013) have helped behavior analysts to identify cultural practices and the corresponding environmental controlling variables that are contributing to a variety of social issues. Such analyses can provide behavior analysts with information that is helpful in devising individualized, community-oriented interventions to shift the current contingencies to support constructive cultural practices rather than destructive cultural practices. The goal of this research was to develop and evaluate the effectiveness of an instructional program to teach interested behavior analysts how to conduct such analyses. In collaboration with Behaviorists For Social Responsibility Special Interest Group, an integrated teaching sequence involving both general on-line, programmed instruction and tailored mentoring was created based on the principles of instructional design (Tiemann & Markle, 1990) and the Generative Instruction Model (Johnson & Street, 2004). The instructional program and recommendations for the analysis of its effectiveness are presented here. |
|
|
61. An In-Depth Look at Community Gardens: Identifying Practices that Support Community Garden Longevity |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
STEPHANIE CRAN (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Current food production methods in the United States contribute to environmental degradation as well as food insecurity. Food production by means of community gardens has the potential to reduce the deleterious effects of current production methods. However, many community gardens face challenges that hinder their longevity, thereby reducing the likelihood of the support they might provide for environmentally sustainable food production and decreased food insecurity for community members. A behavioral systems analysis was combined with ethnographic research methods, matrix analysis, and a literature review regarding best practices for community gardens to study the cultural practices of three established community gardens in the southwest region of the US. The results of the analyses conducted are presented in terms of recommendations to support each target community garden’s sustainability. Recommendations regarding future research include environmental manipulations to identify functional relations and potential outcome measures for improving the longevity of community gardens are provided. |
|
|
62. Bringing Behavior Analysis to High School: A Pilot Program Designed to Foster Social Responsibility and Citizenship |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
TOMAS URBINA (University of North Texas), Michaela Smith (University of North Texas), Rob J Goodhue (University of North Texas), Gabriela Arias (University of North Texas), Aecio De Borba Vasconcelos Neto (Universidade Federal do Para), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Many argue that behavior analysis is a science that can be used to address the most pressing issues facing society (Skinner, 1981; Glenn 2004). Unfortunately, many aspiring behavior analysts do not have the opportunity to learn how to approach such a daunting task. We describe how researchers with backgrounds in behavior analysis and education developed a one-semester curriculum for high school students. The pilot program had two overarching goals: 1) to establish a collaborative relationship with the high school faculty and students and 2) to develop students’ engagement with their community from a (more) behavioral perspective. In collaboration with a local high school teacher (Fawcett, 1991), we developed units focused on perspective taking, problem solving, conversation skills, ethical dilemmas, basic behavioral principles, and identifying interdepencies across systems involved in social issues. The pilot program culminated in students’ production of their own matrix analysis (Mattaini, 2004) focused on a social problem of their choice. The results are presented in the context of the rationale for the inclusion of each topic, strategies for content delivery, practice activities, and instructional decision making process along with examples of students’ final projects. As the team was invited back to conduct a year-long program, future directions for expanding the curriculum and program evaluation are explored. |
|
|
|
|
OBM Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
63. Behavior-Based Safety: The Difference Between Immediate and Delayed Feedback on Safe Performances |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA GATTI (Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis), Gianluca Aldo Ghezzi (Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis), Anna Losi (AARBA), Giuliana Spirito (AARBA) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: One of the main steps of the Behaviour-Based Safety protocol is feedback delivery. Although the effectiveness of feedback in improving performances is widely supported, there are only a few studies regarding the importance of timing in feedback delivery processes. Is there a difference based on the temporal placement of feedback on workers’ performances? What’s the effectiveness of different temporal locations of feedback? In order to answer these questions, an experimental research was conducted in a manufactural factory: operational lines and warehouses of 2 different plants of Mitsubishi located in Pavia (Italy) were subjected to immediate feedback (i.e. post performance) or delayed feedback (i.e. during the weekly safety meeting). The results showed that both immediate and delayed feedback increased the percentage of safe performances carried out by workers. However, weekly feedback was more effective as it led to a higher number of safe operations than immediate feedback and in a shorter time. |
|
|
64. A New Safety Measure for Workers: Location Identification Using Information and Communication Techonology Devices |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SHOKEN SHIMIZU (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Japan), Koichi Ono (Komazawa University), Christoph F. Bördlein (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt), Rieko Hojo (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: We have examined the effectiveness of a safety support system with different dimensions. The system was newly established in our laboratory and was named the Safeguarding Supportive System (SSS). We focused on measurement of locations of workers and machines at a few industrial sites in Japan. In the present study, the location between single worker and single machine was identified, measured, compared and analyzed with different kinds of ICT devices. In experiments 1, 2 and 3, location identifications between a single worker and a single machine, between several workers and a single machine, and several workers and several machines were accomplished, respectively. All results showed that ICT devices contribute to support workers’ safety behavior. The results of the present study suggested that optimal usage of adequate ICT devices would help collaborative safety with workers and machines. Now we are planning to use laser camera in three-dimensional work spaces. |
|
|
66. An Analysis of Treatment Integrity Reporting in Behavior Analysis in Practice |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
ERIK SWANSON GODINEZ (California State University, Sacramento), Galan Falakfarsa (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento), Lea Jones (California State University, Sacramento), Deborah Christine Richardson (California State University, Sacramento), Colin Wills (California State University, Sacramento) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: Treatment integrity (TI) is the extent to which procedures are implemented in a manner consistent with their prescribed protocols and is important for drawing accurate conclusions about functional relations between treatments and changes in behavior. Despite its importance, behavior analytic journals rarely report TI data. The purpose of this review was to investigate how often the behavior analytic journal Behavior Analysis in Practice (BAP) report TI data. We reviewed all studies published in BAP from 2008 through 2018 (n = 367). Studies included in the review had to be experimental and have a method section. One hundred and forty eight studies (40.3%) were included for analysis. Of the 148 studies included, 65 (43.9%) reported TI data despite all studies operationally defining the independent variables. Conversely, 91.9% (n = 136) of studies reported interobserver agreement scores. The results showed that the percentage of studies reporting TI in BAP is consistent with findings from similar reviews across different journals. More research is needed to determine the exact reasons why TI data are not more frequently reported across behavior analytic journals. |
|
|
68. The Effects of Performance Feedback on Organizational Citizenship Behavior: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
MARCO TAGLIABUE (OsloMet), Sigridur Soffia Sigurjonsdottir (Oslo Metropolitan University), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo Metropolitan University/ OsloMet) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: In an increasingly complex organizational scenario, performance feedback represents a requisite for retention and development. The aim of this systematic review and meta-analysis is to explore the direct relationship between feedback and organizational citizenship behaviour (OCB). Job satisfaction is one of the antecedents to OCB and discretionary effort is central to the definitions of OCB. Searches were conducted in relevant databases, collecting and consolidating results from peer-reviewed studies that reported measures of feedback and OCB of full-time workers. 15 studies, containing 21 measurement instances, met the inclusion criteria and the quality appraisal. The results are presented both as general findings from the meta-analysis and descriptive results. The average effect size of the measures of correlation between performance feedback and OCB was weak (radj = .28, CI = .21 - .34). Notably, studies reporting feedback properties featured weaker correlations to OCB than studies reporting feedback frequencies. Findings are discussed in light of a perspective of complexity: namely, the role of feedback on determining and sustaining functional extra-role organisational behaviour. Further research is needed to explore what type of feedback (positive or negative), how often (frequency), and in which way (properties) feedback is most effective in order to positively affect OCB levels. |
|
|
69. Prolific Authors in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management: Where Else Do They Publish? |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
DAVIS SIMMONS (University of Florida), Nicholas Matey (University of Florida), Andressa Sleiman (Univeristy of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: Sleiman et al. (under review) identified the top 20 most published authors in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. The goal of the current paper is to extend these findings to identify other publication outlets where prolific organizational behavior management (OBM) researchers publish. This information can be used to inform OBM researchers and practitioners of other journals to read and other publication avenues for OBM articles. Journals within behavior analysis (e.g., Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis) and outside of behavior analysis (e.g., Safety Science) are included. |
|
|
|
|
CBM Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
71. Emotional Responding During Escape Extinction of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER ENGLER (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Escape extinction is a well-established treatment for increasing acceptance and decreasing inappropriate mealtime behavior of children with feeding disorders (Volkert & Piazza, 2012), but some researchers have characterized escape extinction as intrusive because of potential negative side effects. One potential negative side effect is an increase in emotional responding (Lerman & Iwata, 1996). Woods and Borrero (2019) found that extinction-induced negative vocalizations occurred in three of 10 data sets (30%). In the current study, we assessed whether negative vocalizations occurred during extinction of inappropriate mealtime behavior for children diagnosed with a pediatric feeding disorder. We analyzed data of 79 children with food refusal, liquid refusal, or both, resulting in 121 data sets (67 and 54 data sets for solid and liquid intake, respectively). We observed an initial increase in negative vocalizations following extinction implementation in 70% of the data sets. However, we also observed that negative vocalizations decreased to zero within an average of six treatment sessions or after approximately 70 min of exposure to extinction. We discuss these findings as they relate to caregiver preference for escape extinction over other interventions as well as treatments that could be added to escape extinction to reduce negative vocalizations (e.g., noncontingent attention). |
|
|
73. The Use of a Levels System to Treat an Adolescent Exhibiting Food Refusal |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
HAILEY RIPPLE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rita Druffner (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Hallie Smith (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: A levels system is typically comprised of differential reinforcement, a response cost, and punishment (Hagopian, 2002). Specifically, levels systems involve the manipulation of a participant’s access to/ restriction of reinforcement based upon a specific behavioral criterion. While levels systems have been used to intervene on various problem behaviors (Grace, Thompson, & Fisher, 1996; Hagopian et al., 1996) and to increase independence and self-feeding during meals (Gonzalez, Taylor, Borrero, & Sangkavasi, 2013), current literature has not yet documented their use in treating food refusal - specifically with the goal of increasing volume and overall meal completion. The current study examined the effectiveness of a levels system to treat food refusal in a 12-year-old female with a mild intellectual disability, fetal alcohol syndrome, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, and a history of being significantly underweight (body mass index below the 1st percentile). Results indicated that a levels system was successful in increasing the volume of food consumed at each meal and decreasing refusal during the meal. Specifically, by the end of treatment the participant was consuming an age appropriate volume and variety of food at each meal within an appropriate mealtime duration. |
|
|
75. Increasing Parent Compliance With In-Session Practice by Altering Child's Criteria for Reinforcement to Include Accuracy of Parental Implementation |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
NICOLE HIGGINS (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins Medical School) |
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Behavior problems are prominent in children with developmental delays. Common concerns often include, but are not limited to, noncompliance, hyperactivity, inattention, and disruptive or unsafe behaviors. Parent training is a common behavioral intervention for parents of children with problem behaviors in which clinicians teach parents to accurately define, assess, and implement behavior management techniques based on concepts of behavior modification. While previous research has shown parent training to be effective, challenges related to accurate implementation of treatment recommendations may still arise in clinical practice. The present case study aims to explore increasing parent compliance within session practice by altering child’s reinforcement (e.g., treasure box) to include accurate parent implementation of treatment recommendations. The target skill identified is parent ability to deliver effective demands. To date, the study includes one parent-child dyad receiving treatment to address tantrums, noncompliance, and elopement. At baseline, parent delivery of effective instructions was not observed. Accurate implementation of intervention by the parent was not observed following education, modeling, and parent practice despite corrective feedback provided. Immediately following altering the child’s reinforcement for session dependent on parent’s accurate implementation of recommendation, percentage of correct implementation of effective demands increased and generalization effects were observed. |
|
|
76. A Comparison of a Food Chaining Approach to an Applied Behavior Analytic Approach in the Treatment of Food Selectivity in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CONNOR SHEEHAN (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health), Melanie H. Bachmeyer-Lee (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health, University of North Carolina Wilmington), Emily G. Doane (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Applied behavior-analytic (ABA) interventions are the most empirically supported approach to the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders (Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Despite the effectiveness of behavior-analytic interventions, interventions with limited empirical support are often the first-line treatments for feeding difficulties (Peterson, Piazza, & Volkert, 2017). Food chaining is a sensory-integration approach often recommended by occupational and speech and language therapists that introduces new foods into a child’s diet by building off the child’s past successful eating history. The current study used a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline design to compare a food chaining approach to an ABA approach, that consistent of noncontingent attention and escape extinction, for the treatment of food selectivity for 3 children with feeding disorders. We observed an increase in acceptance of target foods and a decrease in inappropriate mealtime behavior only after exposure to the ABA treatment. Results are consistent with previous research supporting the use of behavior-analytic interventions over sensory-based interventions in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders (Addison et al., 2012; Peterson, Piazza, & Volkert, 2017). We discuss implications for creating and implementing empirically supported treatments for children with feeding difficulties. |
|
|
80. The Use of Behavioral Principles to Address Infant Feeding Problems |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Amy Drayton (University of Michigan Medical School), RACHEL KNIGHT (University of Michigan Medical School), Melissa Andersen (University of Michigan Medical School) |
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Currently, 40-70% of infants born prematurely or with significant medical conditions have a severe feeding disorder, and studies have shown that 70% of children who refused to eat during infancy will continue to experience feeding problems at the age of four years. Infants quickly learn to associate formula, breast milk, and bottles with pain and danger because of the way that infants are fed in most neonatal intensive care units. This project will describe how the application of principles from classical and operant conditioning can be applied to address feeding issues during infancy. We will also present data demonstrating that behavioral treatment during infancy can prevent severe feeding disorders that require costly and intensive treatment later in childhood. |
|
|
81. Rumination Syndrome: Review of Historical Trends and Ethical Considerations |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
KRISTYN PETERSON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Rumination syndrome, where an individual regurgitates recently ingested food and then typically reingests it, presents many unique challenges for treatment. Rumination syndrome has deleterious medical side effects, including cardiovascular problems, dental concerns, endocrine dysfunction, and up to death. This indicates a large need for effective treatment. Characteristics of rumination syndrome, including incidence, comorbidities, and medical features are reviewed. Historical and current research in the behavioral intervention on rumination syndrome are examined, including occurrence in non-human analogs. Historical trends illuminate the use of intrusive punishment procedures, including taste aversion and contingent electric shock procedures. Additional historical trends include the use of Freudian explanations to drive treatment and the lack of provision of objective data. More recent research has trended toward the development and use of assessment procedures to identify when rumination is more likely to occur to inform the use of antecedent interventions, primarily in the form of manipulating aspects of food and liquid delivery, which have shown minimal to moderate success. Ethical concerns related to treatments for rumination are considered. Discussion, and finally, suggestions for future research and intervention development are presented. |
|
|
|
|
DEV Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
83. The Effects of Fluency Training of Word Problems on the Fluent Responding to Math Facts |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
YIFEI SUN (Teachers College, Columbia University), Mary-Genevieve White (Teachers College, Columbia) |
Discussant: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We conducted an experiment using a multiple probe design across participants to test the effect of the mastery and fluent responding of word problems on fluent and accurate responding to math facts and the use of counting strategies (i.e. counting fingers, drawing pictures, using tally marks) for 8 middle school students. We found a functional relation between the mastery of operants and fluent responding of word problems and the fluent and accurate responding to math facts. All participants demonstrated an increase in the level of responding in their rate of accurate responding to math facts and a decrease in their rate of incorrect responding to math facts post-mastery and post-fluency training of word problems. Participants that demonstrated Transformation of Stimulus Function (TSF) across saying and writing demonstrated greater gains that their peers without TSF. This experiment extends findings from previous research that demonstrated a functional relation between the mastery of operants and fluent responding of math facts and the fluent and accurate responding to word problems for participants who demonstrated TSF. Results suggest changes in curriculum design and teaching practices for teaching math fluency and word problems for all students. |
|
|
84. A Parametric Analysis of Auditory Match-to-Sample Protocol on Inducing Accurate Echoics |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
TANYA BAJWA (Teachers College, Columbia University), Rebecca Hotchkiss (Evergreen Center), Kristina Wong (Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Previous research has indicated that the auditory matching (AM) protocol has been effective in increasing accurate echoics. The AM protocol teaches children a generalized repertoire of discriminating auditory stimuli across 21 phases that increase in complexity. While effective, the AM protocol is labor and time intensive. The researchers conducted a parametric analysis to evaluate and compare the effects of 2 conditions of the AM protocol. In the full condition, participants completed 20-trial sessions and moved between phases when accuracy was 90% in 1 session. In the accelerated condition, participants completed up to 20-trials per session and moved between phases when responding correctly to 5 consecutive trials. Researchers used a multiple probe design across participants to evaluate the effective of each condition and a between-subjects comparison to evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of the respective conditions. The results indicated that both conditions produced the intended effects on echoics and the accelerated AM protocol was more efficient in producing this outcome. |
|
|
86. The Effects of Social-Listener Reinforcement Protocol on Increasing Vocal Verbal Operants |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
RUBY SARA GIBSON (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Horton (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Social behavior exchanges of children begins to develop naturally at a young age. However, often times children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have a delayed response in acquiring the necessary skills to function in a social exchange. The listener component, as well as the speaker component, within a social exchange is necessary in order to acquire more complex social skills (Skinner, 1957). Social Listener Reinforcement (SLR), is a protocol used to increase vocal verbal operants of children with ASD. The study evaluated the effects of an SLR procedure, using activities that required the participants to rotate between the roles of the listener and speaker, in increasing vocal verbal operants (i.e., tacts, intraverbals, and conversational units). The SLR procedure included four different phases with a building phase, scavenger hunt, and two peer-tutoring phases. The researchers used a pre-post design, with a time lag, across all six participants to test the effects of the SLR protocol on both social behaviors. The results of the study suggest that the SLR protocol varied in effectiveness across all participants, but the results did display an overall increase in vocal verbal operants for four of the participants. The researchers discuss on expansion of this study, as well as limitations within the experiment.
social listener reinforcement, vocal verbal operants, observational learning |
|
|
87. The Effects of Peer Tutor Using Multiple Exemplar Instruction to Induce Bidirectional Naming |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Brittany Chiasson (Teachers College Columbia University), MANINDER VIRK (Teachers College Columbia University), Patricia Elizabeth Cahill (Teachers College Columbia University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Naming is a capability in which speaker and listener responses join together so the student can learn incidentally from naturally occurring environment experiences without direct instruction. This is an important capability because an individual is not truly verbal until listener and speaker responses join and it allows students to learn at an accelerated rate in the classroom, but some students do not have Naming. In this study, the researchers used a delayed multiple probe across participants design to evaluate the effects of peer tutors implementing multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) with listener and speaker responses to induce Naming across 4 participants. The researchers selected 2 confederate participants and trained them to peer tutor by delivering learn units and 4 target participants who received the MEI intervention from the confederate participants. The peer tutors implemented the intervention by rotating match, point- to, tact, and intraverbal response for a set of unknown stimuli for a total of 40 learn units per session. The dependent variable is the number of correct responses to point-to, tact and intraverbal responses. The preliminary findings showed that Naming for unfamiliar stimuli was induced for Participant 1 and Participant 4 with one intervention phase. The study is ongoing, and the researcher will evaluate the effects of the curriculum upon the completion of the study. |
|
|
88. The Effects of an Accelerated Auditory Matching Procedure on the Echoic Responding of Preschool Students |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY KATHLEEN SHORT (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica SangEun Yoon (Gotham Children), Enhea Oh (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We studied the effects of an accelerated auditory matching (AM) procedure on the echoic responding of 2 preschool students. We utilized a delayed multiple probe across participants design to measure the number of full, partial, and incorrect echoics emitted by the participants, as well as the number of correct syllables the participants emitted. We implemented the AM procedure using the “Sounds the same: an app to target listening and speaking clearly” iPad app to target the participants’ advanced phonemic discrimination. Our AM procedure was an accelerated version, compared to the original AM procedure, that required fewer responses in order for the participants to advance to the following phase of the intervention. The participants completed the advanced version of the app that increased in the length, complexity, and similarity of words, phrases, and sentences throughout the phases. We found that after implementing the AM procedure, the number of correct echoics (partial and full echoics) and the number of correct syllables emitted increased for both participants. These findings demonstrated a functional relationship between the implementation of the AM procedure and the number of correct echoics (partial and full) and correct syllables the participants emitted. |
|
|
|
|
VRB Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
89. The Impact of an Intraverbal Webbing Procedure on the Emergence of Advanced Intraverbal Skills in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
NOUF ALZRAYER (King Saud University) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
Abstract: The current study investigated the effects of an intraverbal webbing procedure on the development of divergent and convergent intraverbal responses in three children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) between the ages of 4 and 7 years old, using a multiple probe across participants design. The results demonstrated that the intraverbal webbing procedure was effective in the acquisition of trained verbal responses to fill-in-the blank statements regarding the function, feature, and class of several items. In addition, emergence of convergent and divergent intraverbal responses was observed across untrained categories. |
|
|
90. Comparing the Effects of Category Tact and Match-to-Sample Training on the Emergence of Untrained Intraverbals |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
NOUF ALZRAYER (King Saud University) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
Abstract: A common strategy for developing emergent intraverbals is teaching other related skills (e.g., tact, listener responding, and matching-to-sample); however, there is little to know about the effects of tact, listener responding, and match-to-sample training when they are conducted individually. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to determine if category tact training was more efficient than matching-to-sample training for the development of emergent intraverbals. We used an adapted alternative treatment design embedded in a multiple-probe design across three participants with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) between the ages of 3 and 5 years old. Two different sets of stimuli were selected, one for each treatment condition. For each set, there were 12 stimuli, 4 for each category (vegetables, animals, and clothes). The participants were expected to label the category in the tact condition and sort 12 pictures into three groups. We conducted an intraverbal probe where the participants were asked to list four items in each category. The participants demonstrated greater emergent intraverbals in the category tact condition than in the matching-to-sample condition. |
|
|
91. The Effects of an Accelerated Auditory Match-to-Sample Procedure on Echoic Responses |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
WENHUI ZHANG (Teacher College, Columbia University), Lenah Alshowaiman (Teacher's College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
Abstract: Researches have defined subsequences of verbal developmental cusps to help the children with language delay emit verbal behavior as speaker-as-own-listener. Auditory discrimination is one of listener cusps that plays essential roles for children’s verbal behavior. In this study, we used a multiple probe across participants experimental design to evaluate the effects of the accelerated auditory Match-to-Sample (AMTS) procedure on the accuracy of echoic responses of three preschoolers with language delay. The AMTS procedure consisted 8 basic phases and 13 advanced phases that increased in difficulty with each subsequent phase, and it required participants to match exemplar to target sounds. We measured the accuracy of echoic responses by calculating the number of words emitted with point-to-point correspondence from a list of 100 English words emitted by the participants. A functional relation was demonstrated as all three participants showed an increase in the number of full echoic responses after the completion of the AMTS procedure. The results of the study were aligned with results shown by Choi, Greer and Keohane (2015). The auditory matching provided opportunities for children with language delays to discriminate sounds and words. |
|
|
92. Effects of a Peer-Editing Package on Producing Effective Math Problem Solving |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
SONG CHOI (Teachers College, Columbia University), Daria Kaczorowska (Teachers College, Columbia University), Dallal Bayan (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
Abstract: Teaching the function of math is critical for students to explain the mathematical reasoning. We tested the effects of peer-editing package on producing effective problem solving algorithms with four fourth grade students using a multiple probe across participants design. The dependent variables of the experiment consisted of components of a math algorithm solved by a naive adult reader, verbally governed responses of writing correct steps to produce a math algorithm, and the emergence of explanations of the function ("why") of math problem. The independent variable of the experiment was the implementation of peer-editing package that included a written dialogue between a writer and an editor to solve a multi-step math problem. During the intervention, the writer solved the math problem and described the steps to solve the math problem in written forms for the editor to solve the written algorithm without ever looking at the problem. The editor wrote questions to the writer to deliver feedback until the writer met criterion. These findings have further implications on peer-yoked contingencies and development of problem-solving skills. |
|
|
93. Effects of Peer-Editing With a Script on Emergence of Read-Do Correspondence in Fourth Graders |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
DALLAL BAYAN (Teacher's College, Columbia University), Song Choi (Teachers College, Columbia University), Daria Kaczorowska (Teacher's College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Development Theory identifies necessary cusps for individuals to be independent learners. Students with read-do correspondence have reading governs responding, allowing them to follow written directions without requiring vocal antecedents or mediation from instructors. The purpose of this experiment was to test for the effects of a procedure with peer-editing with a script on the acquisition of read-do correspondence across fourth graders, using a multiple probe across participants design. The independent variable was peer-editing with a script procedure, with a peer confederate following a checklist to provide feedback on the functional and structural components of a peer’s technical writing essay. The primary dependent variable measured the emergence of read-do correspondence. Secondary dependent variables were the percentage of correct responses to functional and structural components in written instructional and informational essays. We paired participants into two dyads, with one participant as the editor and the other participant as the writer. Results across participants demonstrated the emergence of read-do correspondence and an increase in accuracy for structural and functional components of writing. These data suggest that a peer-editing procedure is an effective procedure in inducing read-do correspondence and future studies should test the implications of the procedure on other cusps. |
|
|
94. Teaching Mands for Removal of Blocked Access to Preferred Stimuli
Using Progressive Time Delay Procedures |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
George Sullivan (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, DC Campus; SPARKS, LLC), Genevieve Marshall (SPARKS, LLC; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, DC Campus), Mary Caruso-Anderson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), BARBARA J. KAMINSKI (Green Box ABA, PLLC; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, DC Campus) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
Abstract: Teaching mands maintained by negative reinforcement can establish an appropriate means of removing, refusing, or delaying non-preferred or aversive stimuli. The current study extended a procedure reported by Shillingsburg, Powell and Bowen (2013) for training a mand for the removal of a stimulus blocking access to an item or activity. A delayed multiple-baseline design was used to evaluate the effects of progressively increasing the delay from presentation of the SD (blocking of the stimulus) to prompted response (i.e., a progressive-time-delay procedure). Four children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder were presented trials in which an establishing/motivating operation (EO) was created by blocking access to an item or activity within the natural environment. Initially, a prompt was delivered immediately (0-s delay). The delay was progressively increased across conditions to 5 s. To demonstrate differential responding, trials in which an establishing/motivating operation was absent were conducted. Acquisition of the mand for the removal of blocked access to a preferred item was demonstrated in three of the four children and generalization to different items and with different people occurred. The results contribute to a growing body of research on teaching self-advocacy skills to individuals with developmental and intellectual disabilities. |
|
|
95. An Analysis of Faded Prompting Procedures on the Rate of Tact Acquisition |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Ginger Harms (Teachers College, Columbia University), Susan Buttigieg (Teachers College, Columbia University, Manhattanville College), NANA ISHIKAWA (Teachers College Columbia University) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
Abstract: This study investigated two faded prompting procedures on the rate of tact acquisition. There were 4 male participants who attended an Early Intervention program for children with developmental delays that were selected to participate in this study. All participants were between the ages of 17 months to 3 years old and functioned as a listener and a speaker. An ABAB design counterbalanced across participants and tact sets were used to conduct this study. There were two variations of a faded echoic to independent tact prompting procedure. The “all sessions” condition presented echoics to the participants at the beginning of all sessions. In contrast, the “first session” condition presented echoics at the beginning of the first session only and were re-presented based on moment-to-moment decision making according to data. For both conditions, the 3 echoic to independent tact procedure was used as a tactic, where experimenters returned to presenting additional echoics if there were 3 consecutive incorrect responses during the independent level. The dependent variable was the rate of learning which was measured by calculating the number of learn units to criterion. Results showed that participants acquired tacts at a faster rate when echoics were presented based on moment-to-moment decision-making according to data rather than at the beginning of each session. These results suggest that 3 out of the 4 participants learned with less instruction when receiving the correction procedure instead of the echoic prompts. |
|
|
96. The Effects of Asian Immigrant Parent Implemented Training on Mand Acquisition of Children With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
XIAOHAN CHEN (Duquesne University) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
Abstract: Asian population is the fastest-growing ethnic group in the United States and Asian parents often hold different opinions on family functioning and childrearing. However, there has been no research conducted to examine how to best train parents from Asian immigrant backgrounds to teach manding to their child with autism at home. A behavioral skills training (BST) package was utilized to teach three Asian parents to train their children with autism aged between 6-12 to mand for preferred items. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the effects of parent training on parent participants’ implementation of mand training task analysis and the effects of the intervention on the acquisition of independent mands of their children. All three parents demonstrated improvement in implementing mand training procedures following the parent training delivered by BST. In addition, all three children demonstrated increased independent mands after receiving mand training from their parents and two demonstrated criterion performance. Maintenance and generalization probes were conducted with two parent-child dyads and showed positive results. Implications of the findings and characteristics of supporting Asian immigrants with children with autism are discussed. |
|
|
97. Examining the Increase in Functional Communication in Children With Developmental Concerns in Comparison With Other Children in Clinical Treatment: Part Two |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE NORTHINGTON (PACES, LLC), Helen Christine Shelton (Chancelight), Cassandra Hammonds, MS, BCBA (PACES, LLC) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
Abstract: Background: Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) has demonstrated significant increase in functional language and communication for all types of children with autism spectrum disorders (Koegel et al., 1999; Koegel, 2000; Koegel et al., 2003). Typically, utilization of PRT occurs with children diagnosed with ASD, either verbal or nonverbal. Over the past several years, generalization of PRT techniques beyond ASD has been examined, with increased functional verbal output demonstrated not only in ASD, but also in children with other developmental concerns, including global developmental delay, speech delay, and Down syndrome (Northington, et al., 2018&2016; Northington & Shelton, 2015). Not only are results of PRT generalizable among children with a variety of developmental concerns, but with adults with cognitive impairments as well (LeBlanc, et al., 2007). Treatments that utilize neurotypical peers also demonstrate significant improvements in the social skills of neuroatypical individuals (Maich et al., 2015). It seems that by increasing the functional communication in neuroatypical children, their verbal output will begin to match that of their neurotypical peers. Objectives: To demonstrate the efficacy of PRT and to examine if differences in functional output exists between the two groups after treatment. Methods: Data from three children were analyzed. All three children were aged 4-years when data were collected as part of ongoing treatment. One girl was diagnosed with Down syndrome; the second with ASD; and the third was neurotypical. Data were collected utilizing ten-minute video segments and were analyzed to examine increase in verbal measures for all children. Results: All three children demonstrated increases in functional communication after intervention. A two-tailed independent samples t-test will be utilized to compare the best functional verbal utterances. When results were analyzed for boys, there was no significant difference in words uttered (t(1) = 0.038, p = 0.976). A two-tailed independent samples t-test will be utilized to compare best mean length of utterance. When results were analyzed for boys, there was no significant difference in the length of utterance (t(1) = 0.772, p = 0.602). Conclusions: PRT is an effective method for achieving significant improvement in functional communication and can be utilized with neurotypical and neuroatypical individuals with great success. |
|
|
|
|
DDA Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
98. The Application of Applied Behavior Analysis to the Treatment of Trauma |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
LEAH FLANAGAN (Allambi Care, NSW Australia), Alayna T. Haberlin (Paperbark Solutions; University of New England Australia) |
Discussant: Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Children and young people who reside in out of home care have regularly experienced traumatic events such as child abuse, neglect and domestic violence (Holstead & Dalton, 2013). There are several evidence-based programs and clinical interventions that are specific to addressing trauma symptoms such as trauma informed cognitive behavior therapy (TF-CBT) and eye movement desensitisation reprocessing (EMDR) (Wigham & Emerson, 2015) yet the application of applied behavior analysis (ABA) has historically been absent in this cohort. This poster will present a case discussion of a non-vocal adolescent male with intellectual disability and significant violent behaviours, who has experienced trauma. Specifically, how we can recognise our client’s trauma, how trauma has influenced their learning history and it’s impact on their current presentation will be discussed as will our own competency to work as clinicians in this area. This poster highlights that expanding ABA into areas traditionally occupied by psychologists and social workers is not only possible, but essential to streamline what can be multifaceted complex service delivery, for the benefit of our clients. |
|
|
99. An Evaluation of a More-Adaptive Treatment of Elopement Using Modern Technology for Children With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
EHREN J WERNTZ (Arizona Autism United; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Morgan Chipley (Arizona Autism United), Shannon Weller (Arizona Autism United; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kaitlin Winter (Arizona Autism United) |
Discussant: Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Elopement is an extremely dangerous behavior that can and does lead to serious harm and death. Moreover, elopement has a high incidence among individuals with developmental disabilities. Although previous research has demonstrated effective interventions to reduce elopement in individuals with developmental disabilities, the strategies have been effortful, cumbersome, inappropriate for some settings, and inaccessible to caregivers with mobility challenges. The present research advances the body of empirically supported treatments for elopement among individuals with developmental disabilities by integrating remote signaling devices with operant training procedures. The results of this research support the use of modern technology as a way to treat elopement in a way that allows for greater ranges of distance from caregivers than previously published treatments and provides an option for caregivers physically incapable of administering other protocols. The present research also includes data on treatment acceptability and parental self-efficacy that supports the social validity of this procedure. |
|
|
100. Increasing Lip Closure and Spoon Acceptance in a Child with a Pediatric Feeding Disorder |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARGARET BERNHEIM POWELL (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Mississippi State University), Hallie Smith (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Children with feeding difficulties often present with abnormal or immature oral motor skills, and food refusal perpetuates these delays due to limited practice. Oral motor deficits make eating and drinking less efficient, more effortful, and significantly increase the likelihood of inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB). The current study examined a 5-year-old male with Autism, low facial tone, and an open mouth posture who was referred to an intensive pediatric feeding disorders program for limited food variety and IMB. Due to limited experience and oral motor weakness, the study participant did not have the ability to appropriately close his lips on a spoon upon admission. Additionally, the participant engaged in significant IMB when presented with non-preferred foods. Therefore, the participant’s skill deficits and performance deficits both needed to be addressed through intervention to increase acceptance of foods from a spoon. Treatment was implemented in the form of physical guidance, escape extinction, and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior. Results indicated that as acceptance from the spoon became more stable, so did the participant’s ability to independently close his lips on the spoon. However, as acceptance became more variable, the participant’s ability to appropriately close his lips on the spoon did as well. |
|
|
102. Assessing the Social Acceptability of Similar Competing Response and Those Designed to be Less Conspicuous |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KISSEL JOSEPH GOLDMAN (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Competing-response (CR) training is a critical component of comprehensive behavioral intervention for tics in which an individual is taught to engage in an alternative response instead of a tic. CRs are recommended to be less conspicuous than the tic to reduce social stigma, which may increase their use. Although several studies have examined the conspicuity or social acceptability of tics (e.g., Finney, Rapoff, Hall, & Christophersen, 1983; Woods et al., 1996), none have evaluated these measures with CRs. Therefore, we asked 60 undergraduate students to watch video recordings of several individuals with tics using either a) no CR, b) a CR which was incompatible with a tic, or c) CRs which were designed to be both compatible with tics and inconspicuous and evaluate the relative unusualness, social acceptability, and distractibility of both tics and CRs. Participants were divided pseudo-randomly into groups that received information regarding tics and CRs or no information. We observed that all CRs were generally rated as less unusual than tics. At least one CR designed to be inconspicuous and compatible with tics was rated more favorably than the incompatible CRs for most participants, especially among participants provided information regarding tics and CRs. |
|
|
103. Promotion of the Preparation Behavior in Kindergarten Using Visual Timer: Application to Neurodevelopmental Disorders and Typical Developmental Children |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
YUMIKO SASADA (Academy of Behavioral Coaching), Kenji Okuda (Educational Foundation of Nishi Karuizawa Gakuen) |
Discussant: Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Study objective: To evaluate the effect of using Visual Timer to children with neurodevelopmental disabilities and typical development who often have stagnation and deviation in order to promote their behavior in kindergarten. Design: A combination of multiple baseline across subjects and a changing criterion design was used. Setting: Preparation after arriving and before leaving in kindergarten Participant: A girl (4 years old) with neurodevelopmental disorders and a boy (4 years old) with typical development Measure: The required times of preparation after arriving and before leaving in kindergarten were measured. Intervention: Based on the baseline data, each Visual Time was set at the time when the target child succeeded 50% or more, and placed in the preparation area. When the child could finish within the time limit, gave a sticker or confection. With steady success, the criterion time was reduced based on the last 10 days. Results: In both children, after using of the Visual Timer, the preparation times were reduced. Conclusion: Indicating the time with the Visual Timer and changing the criteria based on the data was effective in promoting the preparation behavior of both children with neurodevelopmental disabilities and typical development. |
|
|
105. Multiple-Exemplar Training in the Generalization of Self-Control Choice: A Pilot Study |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALMA LUISA LÓPEZ FUENTES (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Train generalization of self-control choice is necessary when providing services to children with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). Although some studies have shown increments in self-control choice, few studies had examined its generalization. The purpose of the study was to evaluate multiple-exemplar training in the generalization of self-control choice in two 5-year-old children with ADHD. Multiple baseline across settings design were used. Settings changed by reinforcers, discriminative stimuli, researchers, and alternative activity. Conditions were directly trained in three settings and in a fourth setting, probes without direct training were conducted. In baseline, participants chose between sooner-immediate reinforcer or larger-delayed reinforcer. Training consisted of delay fading, an alternative activity during the delay, and signal the delay. Relative to baseline, self-control choice increased during all training settings, from <50% to >80% for one participant and for the other participant from <4% to >60%. Multiple-exemplar training resulted in the generalization of self-control choice across settings, behaviors and time. During probe setting, for a participant, self-control choice increased from 0% to 80% after training, and 100% in the follow-up. Further research is needed to show that generalization has to be directly trained and the clinic implications of self-control generalized choice for ADHD children. |
|
|
106. An Example of an Analytical Progression to Identify and Treat Multiply Controlled Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLY ALEXANDRA BENHART (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The literature shows that challenging behavior is maintained by multiple reinforcers in 16.9% of cases. Multiply controlled behavior can be identified via functional analyses consisting of varying test and control conditions. In the present study, we evaluated the effects of escape from academic demands, access to teacher attention, and access to tangible items on the rates of aggressive behavior for a 20-year-old man with autism spectrum disorder. Next, we implemented a treatment contingency addressing a single response class, which failed to suppress responding. Finally, we demonstrated that a combination treatment, which consisted of differential reinforcement of mands for both maintaining variables, was necessary to eliminate aggression and increase appropriate behavior. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected in 47% of functional analysis sessions and averaged 96% agreement. IOA data were collected in 43% of treatment sessions and averaged 98% agreement. Currently, we are expanding treatment to include gaining attention, emitting the appropriate functional communication response (FCR), and tolerating delays and denial to reinforcement. Preliminary data for the complex FCR exchange are included. |
|
|
107. Video Preferences and Their Relative Reinforcing Effects |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
HUGO CURIEL (The University of Texas Rio Grande Valley), Emily Curiel (The University of Texas Rio Grande Valley) |
Abstract: A web-based multiple-stimulus-without-replacement preference assessment and a concurrent-operants reinforcer assessment were implemented to identify video preference hierarchies and their reinforcing status. Assessments were conducted with four middle school students with intellectual disabilities. Three participants allocated longer durations of behavior to access their high-preferred stimulus, as compared to the lowest-preferred and control option. One participant engaged in switching responses between the stimuli. Findings and future considerations are discussed. |
|
|
108. A Meta-Analysis of School-Based Challenging Behavior Interventions for Adolescents With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIE DAVID (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), John Davis (University of Utah), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago), Qingli Lei (Purdue University), Danni Wang (Purdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Challenging behavior tends to increase in levels during adolescence for individuals with developmental disabilities (DD). If not addressed, this may lead to negative post-school outcomes for adolescents with DD. The purposes of this meta-analysis are to examine the effects of behavioral intervention in reducing challenging behaviors of adolescents with DD and identify the variables that could potentially moderate these effects. This meta-analysis included twenty-six single-case design studies that met standards for methodological rigor and experimental control. Overall, behavioral interventions were found to yield moderate effects for adolescents with DD (overall Tau-U = .73, SD = .04, [.67, .79]) across settings and types of challenging behaviors. With regards to participant and setting characteristics, verbal ability and classroom setting were found to moderate the effects of intervention outcomes with statistical significance. No other variables produced similar findings. Furthermore, statistically significant differences were found between interventions that included or did not include planned reinforcement as an intervention component. Several implications for research and practice are discussed. |
|
|
109. Investigation on the Function of Problems Behavior of Children in After-School Daycare |
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research |
MAKO ITO (Meisei University), Koji Takeuchi (Meisei University) |
Abstract: Study objective: The purpose of this study was to investigate the function of problems behavior in users such as after school daycare, by conducting MAS on staff involved with the same children and verifying the results of functional analysis of problems behavior.
Questionnaire: The Motivation Assessment Scale (MAS), which is widely used as a means to identify the function of target behavior, was used.
Participant: Four staff members working in after-school daycare were asked to answer 17 men and women aged 7 to 18 years’ old who used the after-school daycare.
Procedures: In order to assess the functional analysis of problems behavior during the group activities of the target children, we evaluated them using the Motivation Assessment Scale (MAS).
Results: As a result of comparing the functions of problems behavior, the Tangible was highest in the problem behavior functions of such as after-school daycare. In terms of Attention, there was great variation among staff. |
|
|
110. Get Pref-ed in a Hurry: An Examination of aSynthesized Preference Assessment |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY E ARNOLD (The Faison Center), Aimee Decker (The Faison Center), John Adam Wright (The Faison School for Autism) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to determine the efficacy of a modified preference assessment for edible items. The assessment took place in an adult day support setting, where 1:1 time with a client and the data collection skills of staff members are limited. Researchers combined Free Operant and Multiple Stimulus with Replacement strategies to test the latency of approach to food items as well as the rate of consumption. This twelve-item assessment was completed in 45 minutes (15 minute chunks across three days). The resulting hierarchy was compared to that of a paired stimulus assessment to examine reliability. |
|
|
111. Daily Behavior Report Cards for Students With Developmental Disabilities in Extended School Year Classrooms |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JONTE TAYLOR (Pennsylvania State University), Doris Adams Hill (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Daily Behavior Report Cards (DBRCs) have shown to be a successful intervention for improving classroom behavior for students considered to display challenging behaviors. DBRCs have mostly been used for students with emotional/behavioral disorder (EBD) in an effort to improve academic and social outcomes. Few studies have examined the use of DBRCs for students with developmental disabilities (DD). Even fewer studies have examined the intersection of young (i.e., early childhood) students with DD in extended school year settings (ESY). The authors examined the effectiveness of DBRCs for young students with DD in ESY settings. Four elementary students (ages 6-7) with DD and behavior challenges who were receiving ESY services as mandated by their respective Individualized Education Plan (IEP) participated in the current study. The researchers used a changing criterion single case research design with visual analyses and Tau-U statistical analyses to determine the impact of the intervention. Each student demonstrated progress as a result of intervention. |
|
|
112. A Brief Descriptive Assessment of Screaming Behavior in the Presence and Absence of Other Individuals |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
KELSEY WEBSTER (Western Michigan University), Audrey Renee Conrad (Western Michigan University), Jessica Detrick (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The present study assessed the impact of two antecedent conditions on screaming behavior presented by a 56-year-old male diagnosed with severe ID. Results from previous FBAs yielded inconsistent results. However, previous descriptive assessments suggested screaming may occur more often in the presence of other individuals. Therefore, the current study was conducted to confirm the previous hypothesis. The assessment was conducted in the home and served as an alternative to a traditional FBA. During the assessment, the client naturally transitioned himself between being alone in his bedroom and being around residents and staff members in other rooms, creating varying condition durations. Two conditions were established: (a) when he was alone and, (b) when he was around other individuals. Ten-second partial interval data was collected on screaming behavior during each condition. Screaming behavior occurred during 0% of intervals when the client was alone and ranged from 30% to 80% of intervals when the client was near other individuals. Results suggest the client is more likely to scream when residents and staff members are present compared to when alone. Future assessments will aim to decipher whether specific residents and staff members are more likely to evoke screaming. |
|
|
113. Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior Maintained by Escape from Interruption of Play |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CARMEN CARUTHERS (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Aila K. Dommestrup (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), George Miller (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Traditional functional analyses typically result in clear results for the majority of cases. However, a percentage of cases yield undifferentiated or unclear results. In such cases, modifications are made to traditional conditions, or, new conditions are created altogether. In the present case study, researchers conducted multielement and pairwise functional analyses to identify an idiosyncratic function for problem behavior exhibited by a 17-year-old male with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Additionally, due to context variables (problem behavior not observed in clinic based sessions), an automatic function for destructive behavior was hypothesized and targeted for intervention. Following the identification of a clear function within a modified Parent Directed Toy Play condition (e.g., parent led or parallel play where problem behavior resulted in return to child led or child only play), researchers evaluated a function based intervention consisting of Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior within a chained schedule. Researchers incorporated an alternative to the property destruction within the same treatment package. Target problem behaviors were reduced to near zero rates across extended durations of time and generalization contexts (i.e., home visits). Caregiver acceptability of the treatment package was high. Future research should examine parent-child dynamics within the context of play that may evoke problem behavior. |
|
|
114. Using a Comprehensive Assessment Procedure to Evaluate Learner Preferences for Sensory Categories |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA AUSTIN (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center; Rutgers Graduate School of Applied and Professional Psychology), Daniela Silva (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Prior research supports that several stimuli within the same highly preferred sensory category (e.g., visual, auditory) can serve as reinforcers for a learner, even when some stimuli are not highly preferred. The current study builds on this literature by comparing which of four putative reinforcer classes (i.e., tactile, visual, auditory/visual, gross motor) are preferred and whether a novel stimulus within highly preferred categories can serve as reinforcement, without assessing preference of the stimulus. This procedure can eliminate the need to frequently assess student preferences, which can be time-consuming and laborious. Participants include 3 children ages 6-18 who attend a center-based school program for individuals with developmental disabilities. Paired choice and/or single stimulus preference assessments were conducted with 8 items from each category chosen by students’ parents and teachers. A combined preference assessment of the top 4 items from each category was then conducted to evaluate categorical preferences before testing reinforcing value of known and novel items from high and low preference categories in a multiple-schedule assessment. Current results show clear categorical preference hierarchies for each student. A measure assessing this assessment’s social validity will be administered to therapists and students’ classroom teachers. |
|
|
115. Dysphagia in Brain Injury:
Promoting Safe Eating Through Differential Reinforcement and Self-Management |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CHRIS M. SCHAUB (ReMed), Rayan Alqunaysi (Temple University) |
Abstract: Brain injury (BI) can result in physical, cognitive and behavioral sequelae, severe combinations of which challenge the rehabilitation process. The subject sustained a BI when their work truck struck a utility pole, resulting in hemiparesis, visual and communication deficits, executive dysfunction and dysphagia. Feeding was prioritized due to safety issues, and an intervention was developed in collaboration with speech therapy. Using a multiple baseline across behaviors design, rapid eating and mouth self-checks were identified as target behaviors. Following a preference assessment, a token economy (TE) was utilized to implement differential reinforcement (DR). Initially, a DRL reduced rapid eating, but this behavior increased following the introduction of a mirror for mouth self-checks. Subsequently, a DRI was used to successfully establish a behavior chain, and ultimately the TE was discontinued while rapid eating and mouth self-checks maintained at low and high rates, respectively. At one point, an antispasmodic medication unexpectedly affected swallowing, and data from the study assisted in determining when to resume the feeding protocol. Behavior analysts are not established members of interdisciplinary teams in rehabilitation settings, but this study demonstrates how our science can enhance the efficacy of traditional therapies and expand application beyond what are considered typical problem behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
AUT Sunday Poster Session |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
|
116. What Should We Do? A Problem Solving Approach to Identify Skill-Acquisition Procedures to Resolve Persistent Errors |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
VALERIA LADDAGA GAVIDIA (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Many procedures based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) increase skills for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Despite empirical support, issues can arise during ABA intervention, which can be difficult to resolve. Decisions about modifications to intervention may be based on the individual learner’s history or repertoire, the behavior analyst’s repertoire, and resources in the literature. In the current project, a problem solving approach was used to identify potential modifications after constant-prompt delay with represent-until-independent error correction and non-differential reinforcement did not increase correct responses for a six-year-old boy with ASD. We conducted a detailed error analysis, a brief literature review, and multiple brief assessments using strategies identified in the literature. The error analysis suggested prompt dependence and potential sources of faulty stimulus control. Based on the extant literature, we evaluated differential observing responses, prompt fading, blocked trials, and differential reinforcement. Several procedures required multiple teaching steps that were inefficacious or slow to produce change. Ultimately, differential reinforcement with enthusiastic praise increased independent responding. A description of our problem solving approach coupled with supporting data will be presented. Recommendations for the adoption of a similar approach to identify individualized interventions for persistent errors and prompt dependence will be discussed. |
|
|
117. An Evaluation of Stimulus Preference Using a Progressive Response Effort Assessment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AVISHA PATEL (Rider University), Robert W. Isenhower (Rider University), Frances A. Perrin (Rider University), Cynthia Bott-Tomarchio (Eden Autism Services), Rachel Tait (Eden Autism Services), Kelly Dunn (Eden Autism Services) |
Discussant: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Formal stimulus preference assessments are widely used to help determine which stimuli are likely to function as reinforcers during intervention. In the current study, a procedural variation of the multiple stimulus with replacement (Windsor, Piché, & Locke, 1994) preference assessment was conducted where the distance to the most preferred item was manipulated parametrically in order to assess the relationship between stimulus preference and response effort. Three children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) participated. Five stimuli identified as preferred using a paired choice preference assessment (Fisher et al., 1992) were presented on a line about 4 inches in front of the learner and about 3 inches apart from each other. During the first minute all stimuli remained on the 4-inch line. Each stimulus was immediately replaced when selected, and the stimulus with the most selections became the target. Target distances were 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22, and 25 inches. In the ascending sequence the target stimulus was moved to the next line further from the learner each subsequent minute. In the descending sequence the target was moved to the furthest line after the initial minute and was then moved one line closer each subsequent minute. Data were collected on the number of selections to each stimulus at each target distance. Results suggest that participants engaged in more response effort to select target stimuli. Implications for preference and reinforcer assessments will be discussed. |
|
|
118. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Diurnal Bruxism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Savannah Tate (University of Florida), KYLE HAMILTON (University of Missouri Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders), Rachel LeeAnn Schmidli (University of Missouri Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders), Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri) |
Discussant: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Diurnal bruxism is the grinding of upper and lower teeth indicated by an audible sound. The diurnal distinction is due to the individual engaging in bruxism while awake. Previous literature evaluated the use of a prompting procedure that consists of a vocal and physical prompt called a combined cue (Barnoy et al., 2009 & Armstrong et al., 2014). Armstrong and colleagues (2014) also conducted a functional analysis to identify the function of bruxism in one participant. In the current study, we extended the literature in two ways. First, we conducted an extended ignore condition (Querim et al., 2013) to ensure the behavior was not socially mediated. Next, we evaluated the use of a bite band with the combined cue prompting procedure using an ABAB reversal design. We measured the frequency of bruxism and independent mouthing and converted the measures to response per minute. We also measured the duration of independent mouthing following the first iteration of baseline and treatment. Results for a five-year old child with autism indicate that the combined cue and presentation of the bite band decreased rates of bruxism while increasing rates of independent mouthing. However, more participants are needed to determine the effectiveness of this treatment. |
|
|
119. Implementation of a Social Emotional Learning Program: Modified and Adapted to Meet the Learning Needs of Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Other Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SHARON R. GAINFORTH (Stepping Stones Centre) |
Discussant: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Robust research links positive educational and well-being outcomes with students’ participation in SEL programs. Outcomes for students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), however are not as favourable. The purpose of this study was to identify the outcomes of students with ASD and their NT peers following their participation in a SEL program that was modified to meet the needs of students with ASD. Ninety-seven students participated in this mixed method action research design study. Quantitative data were gained from the pre-post administration of the Social Emotional Intelligence–Youth Version (SEI-YV). Qualitative data were obtained through teacher and student questionnaires. NT students significantly increased their scores of the Apply Consequential Thinking competency. The effect size for three other competencies exceeded Cohen’s (1988) convention for a small effect. The students with ASD achieved a medium effect size for two competencies, and a small effect size for one competency. Qualitative data corroborated the results, showing a reduction in challenging behaviours, generalization of learned targets, and an increase in empathy. When an SEL program is taught in a manner that meets the learning needs of students with ASD, students with ASD and their NT peers can obtain improved outcomes. |
|
|
120. Teaching Children With Autism to Make Empathetic Statements in Presence of Non-Verbal Affective Stimuli |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GUIDO DANGELO (DALLA LUNA - BARI, ITALY), Claudio Radogna (DALLA LUNA - BARI, ITALY), Maria Graziano (DALLA LUNA - BARI, ITALY) |
Discussant: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Empathy is the ability to identify verbal and non-verbal stimuli associated with different affective states and to respond to them appropriately. The deficit in showing empathy, commonly found in people with autism, can significantly compromise the ability to establish, maintain and develop social relationships. The purpose of this study is to increase the ability of people with autism to identify nonverbal affective stimuli and respond to them with empathic responses. The present research included two participants, aged 7 to 9 years, with autism spectrum disorder. Across multiple exemplars training, nonverbal affective stimuli were presented, commonly associated with various private events, such as physical pain, sadness and fatigue. The therapist (a) provided a rule, (b) presented the non-verbal stimulus, (c) suggested leading questions in order to lead participants to identify non-verbal stimuli associated with other people's private events and to respond with empathic statements. The results indicated that both participants acquired the ability to respond with empathic statements and generalized the ability to novel situations, on which training had never been conducted before. These data show that children with autism can learn to detect non-verbal affective stimuli and provide empathic responses as a result of behavioral interventions. |
|
|
122. Task Analysis of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JOHN BUDDE (California State University, Los Angeles), Anna Lopez (California State University, Los Angeles), Phillip Romero (California State University, Los Angeles), Amanda Small (California State University, Los Angeles), Ya-Chih Chang (California State University, Los Angeles), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Discussant: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
Abstract: A number of disciplines and professions provide support to individuals with autism spectrum disorders. Consistent with this, many intervention packages have been developed and researched to support individuals with ASD specifically. Often times these intervention packages have unique names, which may result in confusion for both practitioners and researchers in the field. The present poster aims to consider a number of interventions that fall under the umbrella term of naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions, with the aim of clarifying their specific components and mechanisms to behavior analytic practitioners. Examples of interventions to be considered include Pivotal Response Training, Joint Attention Symbolic Play Engagement Regulation, Early Start Denver Model, and Reciprocal Imitation Training (among others). Commonalities among these various packages will be highlighted, and opportunities for integration and collaboration will be reviewed. This will be accomplished by developing task analyses of each of the interventions we explored. The strengths and weaknesses of the various intervention packages will be laid out for conference participants to consider. |
|
|
125. Mirror Protocol to Increase Observing and Imitation Skills in Adolescents With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CLAUDIA PUCHETTI (VitaLab Educational Centre), Gianluca Amato (VitaLab Educational Centre), Elena Vaccari (VitaLab Educational Centre), Chiara Leuci (Errepiù), Fabiola Casarini (Errepiù) |
Discussant: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Generalized Motor Imitation is a fundamental evolutionary cusp, we could say that autistic children often have difficulties acquiring it. We collected the results of the "Mirror Protocol" (Greer & Ross, 2008) on 5 teenagers aged 11 to 18 without the verbal repertoire of generalized imitation, all with autism and multiple disabilities. The dependent variables were the number of imitative responses issued and the duration of their observational responses to the instructor's poses during a Yoga class before and after the intervention. The independent variables were implemented using the Learn Units with an individual intensive gross-motor imitation training at the mirror. The experimental design for this study is Multiple Probe Across Subiect. Post-survey data showed a significant increase in attention skills in all participants, while generalized imitation improved for a single subject. The probes were conducted during yoga classes due to the social meaning of inclusion. Furthermore, we should continue to use the imitation skills protocol implementation and improve the efficiency of the intervention. The limitations of this study are due to the short duration of the protocol implementation. The study shows positive results in inducing basic verbal skills and improving participation in group activities in this age group. |
|
|
126. Practical Functional Assessment and Skill-Based Treatment Process for an 8-Year Old Student With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL JOHN SHERIDAN (The New England Center for Children), Shannon Ward (FTF Behavioral Consulting), Katherine Rousseau (The New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
Abstract: An omnibus mand is sometimes taught when a functional analysis suggests that problem behavior is maintained by a synthesized contingency. However, specifying mands may be a desired outcome. Ward, Hanley, Warner, and Gage (under review) recently differentiated an omnibus mand into specific mands for three learners, but treatment stopped after functional communication training. The present study replicated the methods described by Ward et al. and extended the study to include a skill-based treatment that taught a tolerance response, compliance with academic work, and extension to a second caregiver (e.g., Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014). First, a functional analysis was conducted and suggested the client’s problem behavior was sensitive to escape from demands to tangibles and attention. An omnibus mand was initially taught and then differentiated into specific FCRs (“I want a break”). Next, the learner was taught a tolerance response (“okay”) when reinforcers were denied. Academic tasks were then progressively introduced until the client completed a maximum of 18 demands. Last, treatment was extended to a second caregiver; problem behavior remained low, and communication and completion of academic tasks remained at optimal and desirable levels. A social validity questionnaire indicated that classroom teachers were satisfied with the outcomes of treatment. |
|
|
127. A Match-to-Sample Teaching Procedure to Facilitate Independent Page Navigation and Stimulus Class Formation for Augmentative and Alternative Communication Users |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CATHY J. BOOTH (Simmons University
Autism Bridges) |
Discussant: Leslie Ann Bross (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to determine whether it was possible to teach Speech Generating Device (SGD) page navigation in response to wh-questions using a fading match to sample procedure and would this procedure lead to emergence of stimulus classes? Specifically, would this teaching method facilitate transfer of stimulus control from vocal and symbol to vocal only for: (1) Initial acquisition, (2) Generalization to new stimuli, (3) Interspersed wh-questions with known stimuli, and (4) Interspersed wh-questions with novel stimuli. This study used an errorless, match-to-sample response prompt faded by distance, and then time to teach navigation to the expected stimulus class page (i.e., wh-question) on the SGD. The two participants demonstrated successful acquisition of navigation on their SGD to respond to wh-questions as well as generalization to novel stimuli and mixed wh-question presentation, following the implementation of an errorless match-to-sample teaching procedure. Results support previous studies demonstrating: (1) Stimulus class formation using multiple exemplar and match to sample procedures (Fields, et al,. 2002) and (2) Multiple exemplar training to teach wh-question responding (Doggett, et al., 2013; Jahr, 2001). One participant demonstrated improvements in a sorting task designed to test for emergence of stimulus class formation (Fields, et al., 2014). |
|
|
128. The Effects of Material Choice on On-Task Behavior During Art Activities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRENNA R GRIFFEN (University of Arkansas), Jessica Miller (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas) |
Discussant: Leslie Ann Bross (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: An emerging database of research suggests that making choices between or within tasks can increase task engagement and decrease challenging behaviors in children with disabilities. Providing choices within tasks may be more acceptable and feasible to teachers in school settings or for children with limited task repertoires. The current study examined the effects of material choice on on-task behavior during arts and crafts activities for three preschool children with autism. This study included a yoked choice phase designed to differentiate between the effects of choice and preference. This intervention was moderately effective for one participant, who showed the highest level of on-task behavior during the choice condition and similar lower levels during baseline and yoked conditions. This result is consistent with previous research, which suggests that choice and not preference alone can increase task engagement. One participant showed consistently low levels of on-task behavior throughout all phases of the study. The last participant showed highly variable rates within all phases. Possible interpretations of these results, limitations and suggestions for future research are examined. |
|
|
130. Augmentative Communication Screening Tool for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA L. GIBSON (BlueSprig Pediatrics), Elizabeth J. Preas (UNMC), Leslie VanWinkle (UNMC), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Leslie Ann Bross (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: One in 59 children in the general US population has a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), and approximately 30% of those children are unable to function in everyday activities due to lack of appropriate verbal communication (CDC, 2019). Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC; picture exchange, manual sign, or a dynamic speech-generating device) are alternatives to verbal speech, which enables children with ASD to successfully participate in their homes and community. However, no known research-based communication-screening tool is currently available to providers when selecting an AAC. In Study 1, an online communication screener for families of non-verbal children with ASD was developed to identify an effective alternative modality of communication along with a direct observation tool to verify caregivers’ report of child skills. Study 2 determined the potential efficacy and efficiency of four different augmentative communication modalities for teaching requests to four children with ASD within an adapted alternating treatments design. The results of Study 1 and 2 were compared to determine if the screener recommendations resulted in the selection of the most efficient and appropriate modality of communication for each child. Implications of these findings will be discussed. |
|
|
131. Reducing Stereotypy Using a Differential Reinforcement Procedure With an Adult With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
COURTNEY BUTLER (Rutgers University), Ashley Kobylarz (Rutgers University), Christeen Scarpa (Rutgers University), Doug Stacquadanio (Caldwell-West Caldwell School District), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Leslie Ann Bross (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Motor and vocal stereotypy are topographies of behavior common among individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Such maladaptive behavior may impede and interfere in learning new skills and decrease work performance in a vocational setting. Previous research has evaluated different intervention strategies to decrease these topographies of behavior. Most commonly, there is a focus on interventions, which have been conducted with children, and less common, with adults, in controlled settings. We evaluated the practicality of implementing a simple differential reinforcement procedure with an adult with ASD in multiple, dynamic environments. A differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) was used to reduce vocal and motor stereotypy in which positive reinforcement was delivered in the absence of the target behavior for a systematic period of time. Results indicate rapid decreases in motor and vocal stereotypy upon implementation of the intervention and maintenance of low levels of behavior. |
|
|
132. Practical Functional Assessment and Skill-Based Treatment With Non-Verbal Adolescents With Severe Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MARA VANDERZELL (Upstate Cerebral Palsy), Allison Kim (Upstate Cerebral Palsy), Erika Rose DiNatale (Upstate Cerebral Palsy), Jessica Lynn Hanson (Upstate Cerebral Palsy) |
Discussant: Leslie Ann Bross (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Many researchers have replicated Practical Functional Assessment and Skill-based Treatment procedures with individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder; however, this has typically involved younger children, often who are language able (e.g., Hanley, et al., (2014); Strand et al., (2016); Herman et al. (2018)). Currently, there is a gap in the literature involving adolescents with severe disabilities attending a residential school. This study aimed to conduct a Practical Functional Assessment and implement Skill-based Treatment with two non-verbal adolescents with severe problem behavior and no functional communication. In addition to conducting this treatment with this profile of student, unique synthesized reinforcers were identified and treatment design deviated from what is outlined in the existing literature. The results showed that a novel, omnibus mand and waiting (toleration) response were acquired without evoking problem behavior. In addition, several chains of contextually appropriate behavior were successfully developed for each adolescent. |
|
|
133. Assessing the Effectiveness of Three Treatment Packages to Treat Echolalia in a Boy With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Guido Dangelo (DALLA LUNA - BARI), Stefania Natale (DALLA LUNA - BARI, ITALY), Consiglia Trentadue (DALLA LUNA - BARI , ITALY), MARIANGELA ACQUAVIVA (Dalla Luna) |
Discussant: Leslie Ann Bross (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Echolalia is a stereotypical behavior usually maintained by its sensory consequences. Previous research has shown how difficult it is to reduce problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. For this reason, it is necessary to identify the specific treatment options for each student. The present study investigates the application of 3 different treatment packages to reduce echolalia in a boy with autism, using a multi-element design: (a) response interruption and redirection (RIRD), (b) listening to music, (c) DRO and contingency contract. The participant showed a reduction in echolalia when a DRO and contingency contract were used. After the identification of the most effective treatment, the duration of the treatment sessions was gradually increased and the reinforcement schedule was thinned. In fact, in the initial assessment in the contingency contract and DRO condition, reinforcement was provided each 30 seconds, for the absence of problem behavior. During treatment, the duration of the treatment sessions was systematically increased, amounting at 5, 7 and 10 minutes and reinforcement was provided every 60 seconds. Echolalia continued to decrease in these conditions as well. The present research contributes to identify effective and individualized treatment packages for behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. |
|
|
134. Systematic Identification of Video Preferences and Reinforcing Effects |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Hugo Curiel (The University of Texas Rio Grande Valley), EMILY CURIEL (The University of Texas Rio Grande Valley), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Leslie Ann Bross (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Video preferences and their reinforcing effects were identified for four children diagnosed with autism. Staff and parents identified and rank-ordered the videos that were used in the assessments. Multiple-stimulus-without-replacement preference assessments were conducted using multiple computerized tablets. Concurrent-operants reinforcer assessments were subsequently conducted with the participants’ high-preferred, low-preferred, and control videos. Access to high-preferred videos was shown to sustain higher levels of target responses, as compared to alternatives, on sorting and puzzle completion tasks. Nominated stimuli and presumed ranks, video preferences, and the predictive validity of the preference assessment are discussed. |
|
|
135. Tolerating Denials to Purchase Preferred Items in aCommunity Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY E ARNOLD (The Faison Center) |
Discussant: Leslie Ann Bross (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to teach an adult male with Autism to tolerate occasional denied access to purchasing a preferred item at a retail location. Shaping was utilized to increase (a) the length of time in a retail location, (b) the length of time the client waited to receive his preferred item, and (c) the number of peers accompanying the client in the retail location. In addition, the client was provided with noncontingent access to an alternate preferred item. Through this intervention, the client's rates of problem behavior and repeated mands decreased to levels manageable enough to transition him from being a 1:1 client to joining a 3:1 group. |
|
|
137. An Approach to Increase Eye Contact in Children With Autism Using an Elicited Orienting Response |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
BASAK TOPCUOGLU (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment and Research), Nicole Adriaenssens (Florida Institute of Technology), Stephanie Brand (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; Florida Institute of Technology), Ada Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Cheyenne Dong (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment and Research), Tiara Putri (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Leslie Ann Bross (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: One of the earliest and most noticeable characteristics of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is impaired eye contact. Currently published research on increasing responding to name with eye contact has primarily involved separate and combined procedures such as physical prompting, visual prompting, differential reinforcement, and overcorrection. The current study evaluated the effects of an auditory orienting response using a variety of short, non-social sounds to elicit eye contact. When eye contact occurred following presentation of the non-social auditory stimulus, the experimenter used conditioning procedures to pair the presentation of the participant’s name with a highly preferred stimulus. This procedure was used as a supplement to differential reinforcement to increase eye contact in four young children with ASD. Results suggest the current procedure may be an effective way to teach young children with ASD to make eye contact in response to a name call. |
|
|
138. Treatment Outcomes for a Sibling Identified as Symptomatic for Autism at Eight Weeks Old |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
VICTORIA WEISSER (New England Center for Children), Kathryn Couger (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Infant siblings of children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have an 18% recurrence risk at 3 years old (Osnoff et al., 2011). Graupner and Sallows (2017) reported symptoms in children under 3 months of age. The purpose of the current investigation was to document early emergence of symptomatology in a sibling and the outcomes of early treatment. Early markers were first noted at eight weeks and included: flat affect, no response to sound out of sight, no response to name/voice, eye contact avoidance, and inconsistent tracking of visual stimuli. At three months, parent-implemented treatment was initiated with little change in symptoms. At six months, 15 hours of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) began with greater gains in skills. However, the participant continued to perform below age level by 12 months of age. At 12 months, 30 hours of ABA began and at 22 months, the participant no longer met the requirements for an ASD diagnosis. Interobserver agreement was assessed with an average of 82.9% across sessions. The attached graph shows the participant’s age equivalent scores on the Mullen Scales of Early Learning Assessment over time. |
|
|
139. A Within-Subjects Comparison of Functional Analyses With Brief and Extended Session Durations |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ROBERT BENJAMIN CORNAGLIA (Western New England University; The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Lee Griffith (Western New England University) |
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: According to recent surveys, clinicians rarely conduct a functional analysis (FA) prior to intervention due to time constraints. A solution that has been evaluated and found to be promising is to conduct a 5-min session FA. However, the relative utility of independent 5-min and 10-min session FAs has not yet been evaluated. The purpose of the current study was to compare two independently conducted FAs of 5- and 10-min sessions, for the problem behavior of six individuals with autism spectrum disorder. For each participant, the same function of problem behavior (escape) was identified across 5- and 10-min session FA. In addition, the 5-min session FA averaged 67 min (range, 45-100 min), whereas the 10-min session FA averaged 125 min (90-150 min), showing that the 5-min session FA resulted in an average time savings of 45%. A subsequent treatment analysis that included differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) was conducted to assess FA outcome validity. DRA was effective in decreasing problem behavior and increasing appropriate communication for all participants. The 5-min session FA and DRA treatment analysis combined averaged 122 min (range, 100-155 min), suggesting that an effective function-based treatment could be identified in under 3 hours, without compromising validity. |
|
|
140. Decreasing Challenging Behavior for an Individual With Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder and Autism Using a Collaborative Interdisciplinary Approach |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN LEFEVRE (Melmark), Erin Way (Melmark), Sharon Lausch Onda (Melmark), Kelly Mieczkowski (Melmark) |
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) may also be diagnosed with other disorders which may impact effective treatment. Current research finds between 30%-50% of individuals diagnosed with ASD also present with characteristics of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD), yet prior to the DSM-V, this dual diagnosis was not possible, as an ASD diagnosis was an exclusionary criterion for ADHD (Leitner, 2014). With the change in the DSM-V criteria for diagnoses, a dual diagnosis of ASD and ADHD became possible, and research regarding comorbidity of ASD and ADHD became more prevalent. Leitner (2014) suggests that when comparing individuals with both diagnoses versus individuals with a single diagnosis, individuals with co-occurring symptoms experience greater symptomology, are more difficult to treat, and may be less responsive to standard treatments for either disorder. A collaborative interdisciplinary team may be one solution in effectively treating individuals dually diagnosed with ASD and ADHD. The present data are the result of collaboration between a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) and a Mental Health Nurse Practitioner (MHNP) to reduce aggression and darting, and increase on task behavior for a 14-year old female diagnosed with ASD and ADHD. Here, the behavior Analyst was able to provide frequency data and temporal relations for multiple behaviors, which were analyzed by the BCBA and MHNP together. From there, medication changes in the form of introducing a stimulant were prescribed, and data were collected pre and post treatment change for analysis by the BCBA and MHNP. The addition of the medication resulted in a significant decrease in aggression and darting, and an increase in on task behavior. |
|
|
141. Interventions to Increase Compliance With Medication Administration: A Literature Review |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
FINLEY CRUGER (The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Failure to adhere to medical regimens is associated with negative health outcomes and increased mortality rate (CDC, 2017). However, individuals may struggle with swallowing pills, resulting in noncompliance and disruption during medication administration. As a result, medication administration techniques such as crushing medication or allowing pills to be chewed may be used. However, crushing or chewing some medications can cause patients to overdose or can render the drug ineffective. Past research has investigated the use of behavioral interventions such as differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) and stimulus fading as well as other interventions including modeling and visual aids to increase compliance with pill swallowing. The purpose of this literature review is to outline the efficacy and behavioral basis of interventions used to increase compliance with pill swallowing and discuss directions for future research. The keywords pill swallowing and compliance were used to identify relevant research. |
|
|
142. A Comparison of Methods for Presenting Tasks to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders: Systematic Replication |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NATSUMI FUJIMOTO (university of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba), Soichiro Matsuda (University of Tsukuba) |
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that the method of presenting a variety of tasks(varied task condition) is more efficient than the method of presenting a single task(constant task condition) to children with autism spectrum disorders (Dunlap & Koegel, 1980). The current study systematically replicated the earlier study by comparing the two approach with 2 boys with ASD. Specifically, we used mastered tasks and an adapted alternating treatments design was implemented to compare the correct responses, response latencies, and affects. The results showed that varied task condition was similar to constant task condition for correct responses and response latencies. Observers judged the Child 1 to be more enthusiastic, interested, happier, and better behaved during the varied task condition. The results suggest that the method of variety of tasks produced superior to the method of presenting a single task for the affect of Child1, the relative effectiveness of the varied task versus constant task conditions during correct responses and response latencies is less clear. The results were discussed for the differences between mastered tasks and target tasks. |
|
|
144. Modality-Based Fluency Instruction of Pivotal Responsesand Advanced Skills Emergence on Non-Verbal Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MADOKA OCHI (NOVA LUNA Education & Consulting Center, LLC), Ayuko Kondo (Elche Co., Ltd.), Ginga Sasaki (University of Tsukuba) |
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: This study purports to provide procedural extension to Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBI: Schreibman, et al. 2015) by addressing over-selectivity of certain stimulus modality often documented (e.g., Liss, Saulnier, Fein, & Kinsbourne, 2006) in children on autism spectrum disorders (ASD). The goals of the intervention were to establish practical procedures for a child who functions on his/her interests to become more receptive to other people’s interests, and to demonstrate how ensuring core skills such as toy play, engagement, or joint attention would lead to instruction of more advanced skills. Based on a hypothesis that unique pattern of stimulus processing over-selectivity is preventing a child from registering common social cues, we assessed the pattern of stimulus over-selectivity during a naturally occurring play on 3 preschool children with ASD and implemented a three-tier intervention on a condensed schedule (1.5 to 6 hours/week), examining the effects of increased and natural exposure to selected interactions that utilized the specific modality identified as less proficient. Results indicated an increase in the frequency per minute use of all modalities along with generalized quantitative and qualitative improvements in the functional use of untaught skills across setting and people, providing another set of data supporting generative learning (Johnson & Layng, 1994) in preschool children with ASD. |
|
|
145. Using a Self-Guided Training Package to Teach Implementation of Functional Analysis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIN THORVALDSDOTTIR (Western New England University; New England Center for Children), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: We used a self-guided study package to train 4 direct-care staff at a school for children with autism to implement functional analysis conditions. The performances of 2 teachers who participated in a live training provided by the school were also assessed. Accuracy on implementing the functional analysis conditions was evaluated during baseline sessions and post-training sessions with the experimenter playing the role of the student. The self-guided study package consisted of a PowerPoint® package with 4 brief functional analysis video examples, embedded pop quizzes and slides with voice over. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants design was used. To reach mastery criteria, participants must have performed in the competency role plays at 90% average accuracy or greater across all 3 conditions. Three out of 4 participants who went through the self-guided study package reached mastery criteria. One participant needed feedback to meet mastery criteria. One participant from the live training group met mastery criteria after the training, the other participant needed feedback to meet the criteria. Interobserver reliability was calculated in 30% of sessions with a mean of 98.5% and a range of 86 - 100%. |
|
|
146. Efficiently Teaching Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder in a Virtual Reality Environment to Safely Navigate Pedestrian Street Crossing |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTEEN SCARPA (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), Cecilia Feeley (Rutgers University), Whitney Pubylski-Yanofchick (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), Dillon Reitmeyer (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: One of the most important and influential activities of daily living for assimilating into the community is the ability to safely navigate unfamiliar settings. Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) typically have difficulty with this (Goldsmith, 2009), and in particular street safety is a major concern and may have severe consequences such as injury and possible death. Pedestrian street crossing training is recognized as an integral life skill and is a fundamental step in the development of independence, increasing safety awareness, mobility, and safely integrating into society. The current evaluation utilizes a virtual reality (VR) procedure to facilitate training in a safe, controlled environment to acquire the necessary skills to independently cross the street. Along with VR, behavior skills training was used to examine whether skills would generalize in a natural setting. Results showed four of five participants mastered VR conditions and generalized skills in a natural setting. This study provides a model for efficiently and safely teaching pedestrian street crossing to adults with ASD. |
|
|
147. A Review of Research on Physical Activity |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
CHELSEA HEDQUIST (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: The Centers for Disease Control and prevention (CDC) recommends 60 min of daily moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA; jogging, brisk walking, swimming laps, etc.). Regular exercise has many health benefits including weight control, decreased risk of cardiovascular disease, and muscle strengthening. However, few individuals meet this recommendation, particularly those with intellectual disabilities or autism. This poster summarizes current literature on physical activity, fitness, and exercise, with a focus on areas that could benefit from additional research (e.g., appropriate forms of measurement, treatment components for increasing physical activity in individuals with intellectual disabilities or autism, procedures for facilitating maintenance, and assessing social validity). In the current review, 30 articles that included data on physical activity or discussed it as the primary focus of a literature review were included. The experimenter reviewed each study to identify participant diagnoses and communication skills, physical activity tasks that were included, and the dependent variables and forms of measurement used to quantify physical activity engagement. Implications and future research directions will be discussed, including a need for increased focus on individuals with intellectual disabilities and autism, refined measurement systems, and interventions aimed at increasing and measuring exercise intensity to meet the CDC recommendations. |
|
|
148. Treating Pica Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement using Competing Stimulus Items |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW HARRINGTON (University of Maryland Baltimore County, Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher M Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Javron Keene (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Marissa Lewis (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland Baltimore County), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Pica is a dangerous behavior and can lead to frequent hospitalizations and death. In the current study, a 10-year-old male with autism was admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior, including pica. A functional analysis for pica determined the behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. An augmented competing stimulus assessment (A-CSA) was conducted where a variety of stimuli combinations were assessed to determine which combination was associated with increases in item engagement and substantial decreases in the frequency of pica. The A-CSA identified a combination of four effective competing stimuli (defined by an 80% decrease in the rate of pica and an 80% increase of engagement) to use in treatment. A treatment consisting of noncontingent access to the effective competing stimuli was initiated to evaluate whether access to the competing items resulted in reduction in pica in a room baited with edible items that resembled non-edible items. Initially a moderate decrease in the rate of pica during treatment was observed as compared to baseline. Prompted engagement, redirection, and blocking were added as additional components to obtain a clinically significant reduction in the rate of pica. The reduction in pica maintained in novel settings. |
|
|
149. A Systematic Review of Single Case Experimental Design Studies in Parent Training for Problem Behaviour |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
PAIGE O'NEILL (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University), Meghan Dunnet (Kalyana Support Systems), Claire Shingleton-Smith (Brock University), Alyssa Treszl (Brock University) |
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that parent training can effectively teach parents of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to use applied behaviour analytic (ABA) interventions, including interventions designed to reduce problem behaviour. Several systematic reviews have explored the literature in this area; however, none provide a comprehensive review of research quality, the nature of ABA interventions parents are trained to implement, or approaches to ensure parent implementation fidelity, generalization, and maintenance. The current study follows the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines to review single-case experimental design research for parent training in ABA interventions to reduce problem behaviour in children with ASD. Quality ratings and risk of bias assessments of included articles are being completed using the Scientific Merit Rating Scale (National Autism Centre, 2009) and the Risk of Bias Tool (Reichow, Barton, & Maggin, 2018), respectively. A descriptive analysis is also in progress to outline the current state of the literature, and to examine participant demographics, the nature of parent training and parent-implemented interventions, the nature of child problem behaviour targeted by interventions, and approaches to maintenance, generalization, and social validity assessment. In the future, a quantitative analysis of study outcomes will be conducted. |
|
|
150. A Review of Variations in Social Preference Assessments |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KALEY KNAPP (Western New England University; New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Researchers often utilize preference assessments to identify preferred edible and leisure items for individuals with developmental disabilities. However, some concerns with edibles are satiation and dietary restrictions, and some limitations of leisure items are restricted interest patterns (exclusively engaging with only one item for extended durations). In addition, both edibles and leisure items may not be appropriate for consumption in certain settings. Therefore, it may be helpful to evaluate other classes of potential reinforcers, such as preferred topographies of attention. Use of attention as a reinforcer is advantageous because it is cost-effective, readily available, and a typical consequence provided in many settings, which may facilitate maintenance of targeted skills. The purpose of this poster was to provide a summary of the literature on social preference assessments. Nine articles were identified that included a preference assessment of only social stimuli and a subsequent reinforcer assessment. Several variations across studies were found, including the type of preference assessment format conducted, the pre-assessments used to identify the stimulus array, the stimulus representations included, and how outcome validity was assessed. The clinical implication of the findings and future research directions will be discussed. |
|
|
151. Pyramidal Behavioral Skills Training for Staff Providing Applied Behavior Analytic Services to Adults With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
IAN PHILIP BOBER (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services: Rutgers University), James Maraventano (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services; Rutgers University), Whitney Pubylski-Yanofchick (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services; Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The training of human services staff in behavior change methods is often a labor-intensive function of the supervising behavior analyst. The pyramidal application of behavioral skills training (BST) has been demonstrated an effective means for promoting the acquisition of skills related to behavior analytic treatment, while increasing the efficiency of the individual behavior analyst’s training efforts. As BST has potential for broad application, we extended a pyramidal BST approach toward job skills training for service recipients enrolled in a program providing support for adults with autism in the community setting. During pre-training assessments, 10 staff members were instructed to role-play BST using given task analyses. Following BST-based instruction in the application of BST (a pyramidal paradigm), participants demonstrated improved performance of BST component skills in the role-play setting, with regard to baseline levels. High performance levels were also observed during subsequent on-the-job assessments of staff conducting BST with service recipients in the generalization setting. |
|
|
152. Disseminating Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention to Low Income Families |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ALLISON GERMANN (Michigan State University), Sarah M Avendano (Michigan State University), Brittany Hunter (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) is the most empirically supported treatment for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). However, the dissemination of EIBI to low income families has been limited in the extant literature. The present investigation evaluated EIBI outcomes for 19 low income children following one year of treatment. Children were enrolled in an EIBI center, affiliated with a University. Each center was housed within a local early childhood education center for typically developing children. All participants received 30 hr per week of EIBI services for the year. Measures included the Mullen Scales of Early Learning, Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scale, and the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Protocol. Outcomes for this sample were compared to a sample of 9 children who were not considered low income, based on the United States Housing and Urban Development standards for the geographic area. Results will be discussed within the context of delivering EIBI to economically diverse children and families. In addition, we’ll describe systems level procedures for disseminating EIBI to this subgroup. |
|
|
153. Functional Analysis and Treatment for a Child With Social Avoidance Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA SENN (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Destiny Davis (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kelly Rothrock (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Few studies have examined evaluation and treatment of social avoidance as a function of behavior in children with autism despite this characteristic being commonly associated with the disorder. A standard functional analysis of aggressive, self-injurious, and disruptive behavior was completed with a boy diagnosed with autism. A potential social avoidance function was indicated by elevated behavior in the toy play condition and low rates of behavior in the ignore condition. It was suspected that avoidance may be specifically sensitive to verbal attention. A modified functional analysis was conducted comparing responses during sessions with no verbal attention, continuous verbal attention, and a control of no interaction. Rates of behavior were elevated in both test conditions. After functional analysis, a modified 3-step prompting procedure consisting of a textual, gestural, and physical prompt hierarchy was utilized to teach the functional communication response (FCR) of asking for “time by myself” using an iPad application. Treatment was implemented in which only the FCR produced reinforcement and all problem behavior was placed on extinction. Signaled availability was also introduced to indicate when the FCR would result in reinforcement. This case demonstrates a method for successfully identifying a social avoidance function, leading to a successful function-based treatment. |
|
|
154. Recombinative Generalization of Tacting Noun Verb Combinations |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA MARIE LARSON (Verbal Beginnings), Dylan Rutter (Verbal Beginnings) |
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) produce less complex language than their peers (Eigsti et al., 2007). For example, only 5% of 30-month-old children with ASD combine words (Ellis Weismer et al., 2011). Procedures that minimize the need for direct teaching and increase generalization to other targets are paramount to address these deficits (Striefel et al., 1976). The combination of multiple known components into a previously untaught response has been described as recombinative generalization (Goldstein & Mousetis 1989). Recombinative generalization has been successfully used to teach a variety of different skills including tacting noun-verb combinations (Frampton et al., 2016). By replicating the methods of Frampton et al. (2016), the present taught responses with overlapping components with one 3-year-old boy with ASD. Mastered nouns were combined with mastered verbs and one example of both noun and verb were taught in combination. After teaching the first three targets the related six targets were mastered with no further teaching. Experimental control was established when the number baseline tact noun-verb combinations increased after each set was mastered. These findings support the use of recombinative generalization to teach tact noun-verb combinations and increase complex language in children with ASD.
References
Eigsti, I., Bennetto, L., & Dadlani, M. (2007). Beyond pragmatics: Morphosyntactic development in autism. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 37(6), 1007-1023.
Ellis Weismer, S., Gernsbacher, M., Stronach, S., Karasinski, C., Eernisse, E., Venker, C., & Sindberg, H. (2011). Lexical and grammatical skills in toddlers on the autism spectrum compared to late talking toddlers. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 41(8), 1065-75. doi:10.1007/s10803-010-1134-4
Frampton, S., Wymer, S., Hansen, B., & Shillingsburg, M. (2016). The use of matrix training to promote generative language with children with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 49(4), 869-883. doi:10.1002/jaba.340
Goldstein, H., & Mousetis, L. (1989). Generalized language learning by children with severe mental retardation: Effects of peers' expressive modeling. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 22(3), 245-259. doi:10.1901/jaba.1989.22-245
Striefel, S., Wetherby, B., & Karlan, G. (1976). Establishing generalized verb-noun instruction-following skills in retarded children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 22(2), 247-260. doi:10.1016/0022-0965(76)90005-9 |
|
|
155. A Treatment Comparison of the Effects of Reinforcement-Based Interventions on the Suppression of Pica |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH SLOCUM (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Lindsay Lloveras (University of Florida), Jacquelyn Caffera (Florida Autism Center) |
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Pica, the ingestion of nutritive substances, is a type of self-injury that is commonly observed in individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Pica can pose serious health risks for persons affected with this disorder including hospitalization, surgery, and even death. Previous researchers have concluded that pica can be maintained by social attention and automatic reinforcement. The most effective treatment for automatically reinforced pica to date has been non-contingent access to preferred foods plus blocking. In the present study, the participants included two children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The researchers used an alternating treatment design to determine the effects of reprimands, differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, and non-contingent reinforcement on rates of pica that were hypothesized to be maintained by automatic reinforcement. All sessions were conducted in a naturalistic environment. In the baseline sessions, the rate of pica per minute was displayed at high levels. Once treatment sessions were implemented, the rate of pica per minute significantly decreased to near zero levels, however, no differentiation between the treatment conditions was observed. The researchers will return to baseline conditions and attempt to demonstrate differentiation between the various treatment options to determine the most effective treatment for decreasing pica for future participants. |
|
|
156. Language Environments in Home and an Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention Classroom |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GREESHMA SANCHULA (Michigan State University), Sarah M Avendano (Michigan State University), Shelby Rosalik (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The favorable effects of exposing young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to language on the child’s adaptive, social communicative, language, and cognitive development are well established. Understanding how much language a child is exposed in their home and clinical environments has important clinical implications for clinical programming and parent training. The purpose of the present investigation was to preliminarily analyze the language experienced by seven children diagnosed with ASD between the ages of 2 and 5 years old in their home and early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) environments using observational research methods. A Language ENvironmental Analysis™ (LENA) device was used to automatically capture and analyze the number of adult words spoken in the presence of the child. Other measures including child vocalization count and conversation turn counts between the focal child and other adults and children will also be measured and analyzed in the child’s home and EIBI environments over the course of a day. Results and implications for clinicians and parents will be discussed. |
|
|
157. Assessing and Increasing Physical Activity for Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN RAE (Affiliation One: Western New England University; Affiliation Two: The New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Children should engage in at least 60 min of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) daily, per the recommendation by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). However, many children do not meet this requirement, and children with intellectual disabilities are less likely to do so. Therefore, it is important to evaluate strategies for increasing physical activity in this population. The purpose of this study was to conduct a treatment analysis in the context of a single activity duration-based preference assessment. Physical activities were identified via an indirect assessment and included treadmill, elliptical, stepping on a bosu ball, and a stationary bike. Intervention components included prompting alone, prompting plus noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), and prompting plus differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA). Dependent variables were appropriate activity engagement and heart rate. The two activities associated with the highest levels of physical activity were the treadmill (with prompting and NCR intervention components) and elliptical (with prompting and DRA intervention components). Once an effective treatment was identified for each form of physical activity, a modified paired-stimulus preference assessment was conducted both with and without intervention components to assess the effects of intervention on response allocation to each physical activity over a sedentary activity. |
|
|
158. Common Mistakes of Parent-Collected ABC Data |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CHRISTOPHER TUNG (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Parent-collected Antecedent-Behavior-Consequence (ABC) Data is a tool that can be utilized by therapists to determine potential functions of their clients’ problem behaviors and caregiver-delivered consequences that need to be altered. ABC data can also inform the therapist as to which conditions should be included in a more standardized assessment (e.g., Functional Analysis). However, mistakes are commonly made which may conflict with caregiver report, mislead therapists to assess for functions that are not present, or omit assessments for functions that are present. In the present review, ABC data from clients admitted to an outpatient program for the treatment of problem behavior were reviewed. The purpose was to identify common mistakes that caregivers make when collecting ABC data to inform therapists of how to prevent or correct future mistakes. Results indicate that ABC data mistakes fall within five categories: 1) not recording all instances of problem behavior, 2) collecting data on non-targeted behaviors, 3) not writing indicative antecedents, 4) not being able to recall data back to the therapist, 5) recording data at a later time. For one client, all mistakes were related to not writing indicative antecedents. At least 3 clients’ data will be presented. |
|
|
159. An Evaluation of Group-Level Interventions to Increase Vegetable Consumption: A School-Wide Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LINDSAY SEIDEN (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Lauren Davison (Hogan Learning Academy), Ben Bacon (Hogan Learning Academy), Brittney Miller (Hogan Learning Academy), Megan Gring (Hogan Learning Academy), Fred E. Carriles (Pennsylvania State University, Harrisburg), Keith E. Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg) |
Discussant: Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Studies have identified the estimated prevalence of selective feeding disorders in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) as approximately 70%. In addition, studies have shown children with special needs do not consume the recommended daily amount of vegetables leading to nutritional deficits. This study used a multiple treatment reversal design to examine and compare the effects of two interventions on the consumption of target vegetables in a private school setting. Participants included 39 children all diagnosed with ASD. During baseline, the participants were given five bites of two different vegetables along with their packed lunch with no programmed consequences for mealtime behavior. During the first intervention condition, pre-meal presentation, the participants were given access to the vegetables prior to the start of lunch with no programmed consequences for mealtime behavior. During the second intervention condition, modeling and prompt, the participants observed a researcher model the consumption of the food and the researcher provided a prompt to the student to try the food, with no programmed consequences for mealtime behavior. Preliminary analysis of the results shows that the intervention pre-meal presentation had not produced higher participant consumption of food items than that of the baseline condition. |
|
|
160. Classroom Staff as an Establishing Operation for Aggressive Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
COREY OLVERA (The Center for Discovery), Johanna F Lantz (The Center for Discovery) |
Discussant: Preetinder Narang (University of Toronto) |
Abstract: Functional analyses (FA) that do not evoke challenging behaviors, despite them being observed in the natural environment, suggest the presence of an EO that is not represented. This study investigated how classroom staff influenced operant responding during functional analysis conditions for an adolescent with autism spectrum disorder and aggressive behavior. No aggressive behaviors were observed during initial FA conditions. The FA was then conducted with staff member “Cindy” with whom the behavior was typically observed within the naturalistic environment. It was established that Cindy served as the EO for challenging behavior, with the highest rates of aggression occurring during demand and divided attention conditions, suggesting that the value of escape and access to attention was increased in her presence. Functional communication training (FCT) was initiated where the student requested “play” in the context of demands with Cindy. Thus, FCT resulted in both an escape from demands and access to a preferred play activity with Cindy. Preliminary results support the effectiveness of the FCT intervention. A reversal phase is planned to further test the intervention followed by denial tolerance. This study illustrates the benefits of manipulating additional antecedent variables when standard FA procedures are not informative. |
|
|
161. A Practioner's Guide to Teach for Generalization in ABA Treatment for Autism and Other Disabilities Using the R.E.AL. Model |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
BRENDA J. TERZICH-GARLAND GARLAND (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc. (ABC)), Mari R. Ueda-Tao (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc. (ABC)) |
Discussant: Preetinder Narang (University of Toronto) |
Abstract: This poster shows how practioners can plan and effectively train for generalized behavior change in the applied setting utilizing The R.E.AL. Model (Recreating Environments to Accelerate Learning). It teaches for generalization using a unique five step process, which systematically changes environmental antecedents and consequences in order to effectively increase skill acquisition within any existing ABA program. The structure of each level allows for observable, measurable accountability as to how a concept, verbal operant, skill, or repertoire was acquired based on the environmental conditions present. Each level provides the practitioner with a behavior analytic structure by which treatment plans are evaluated and targets to teach for generalization are identified. The R.E.AL. Model begins the behavioral process to teach for generalization during stimulus discrimination training of concepts and the teaching of skill acquisition taught in a highly structured environment. The process continues when systematically introducing stimuli and contingencies within the natural environment. Special emphasis in bridging concepts and skills in order to teach complex repertoires follows, establishing multiple-control, and generalized social behavior to the verbal community. Data indicate skill acquisition across all ABA program areas. The R.E.AL. Model systematically trains for generalization so practitioners can increase skill acquisition across all applied settings. |
|
|
162. The Treatment of Food Selectivity in anAdult With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
WHITNEY PUBYLSKI-YANOFCHICK (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Center, Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Preetinder Narang (University of Toronto) |
Abstract: Up to 89% of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have some type of feeding difficulties (Ledford & Gast, 2006). Food selectivity, while common in young children typically resolves in the neurotypical population. However, it may persist into adulthood in individuals with ASD if left untreated (Birch, 1999). Kuschner et. al. (2015) found, using self-report, that young adults with ASD were more likely to report food selectivity than in the neurotypical comparison group. While effective treatments for food selectivity have been identified for young children and the school-aged population, little research has been conducted on treatments with the adult population. This is important because adults have a longer history of food selectivity, which may make it more resistant to treatment. In this study, we used a combined changing criterion and alternating treatment design to compare positive and negative reinforcement contingencies to increase consumption of a variety of novel foods by an 26-year-old adult with ASD. We found that both contingencies increased consumption of novel foods. Additionally, he preferred the positive reinforcement contingency. Finally, treatment effects generalized to non-treated foods. The current protocol represents a novel strategy for addressing food selectivity in adults with ASD. |
|
|
164. Pretest/Post-Test Evaluation of Language Measures After a Year of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHELBY ROSALIK (Michigan State University), Sarah M Avendano (Michigan State University), Greeshma Sanchula (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Discussant: Preetinder Narang (University of Toronto) |
Abstract: Early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) has been shown to have positive effects on the language outcomes of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Child language outcomes are often measured using standardized assessments. Some biases that are can be associated with standardized assessments that threaten their internal validity can be associated with the assessor’s presence, the assessor’s ability to implement the assessment, the and the contrived nature of many assessments. Many of these biases can be addressed when automated data collection procedures are implemented to capture and asses a child’s language ability. The purpose of the present investigation was to capture the language outcomes of children with ASD one year after beginning EIBI. A pre-test post-test design will be used to analyze the changes observed in the child’s language. The children’s language was measured using Language ENvironmental Analysis (LENA) software and affiliated devices to collect and analyze data on the child’s language throughout one full treatment day. The primary language measure of interest is the child’s vocalization count per hour. Clinical results and implications will be discussed. |
|
|
165. Establishing Tangible Conditioned Reinforcers for Children With Autism using a Discrimination Training Procedure |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL YOSICK (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Preetinder Narang (University of Toronto) |
Abstract: A core deficit in Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is restricted interests, which for children with ASD often manifests as few items with which they engage with in a leisure context. When children have few leisure items that function as reinforcers during intervention, progress can be limited. This study used a discrimination training procedure to condition non-preferred leisure items as reinforcers for two children with ASD. Neutral tangible items were established as discriminative stimuli by reinforcing a specific engagement response in the presence of the item. Free-operant preference assessment probes of item engagement were conducted prior to conditioning, during conditioning, and post-conditioning. Following an observed treatment effect during free-operant probes, the conditioned item was then tested for reinforcing efficacy while teaching a new skill. Results indicated the discrimination training procedure led to greater levels of engagement during free-operant probes with each item that was conditioned for both participants. During the test for reinforcing efficacy, the conditioned item demonstrated some reinforcing properties, though not as strong as the participants’ primary reinforcers. |
|
|
166. Evaluation of the Latency-Based, Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMINA NOOR WONG (Queens College, CUNY), Theresa Fiani (City University of New York - The Graduate Center), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Discussant: Preetinder Narang (University of Toronto) |
Abstract: Functional analysis is a general process that identifies potential antecedents and consequences influencing problem behavior, which in turn informs effective intervention. The interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) is a recently developed functional analysis format that evaluates an individualized, synthesized contingency in a single test condition compared to a matched control. Problem behavior is typically measured as a rate during the IISCA; however, the safety of the analysis period could be improved by reducing sessions to a single response using latency as a measure of response strength. We conducted this study in two parts with 10 participants diagnosed with autism who exhibited problem behavior. First, the data from five rate-based IISCAs were reanalyzed to determine if the outcomes of a latency based measure would correspond to that of rate. Second, five latency-based IISCAs were conducted to validate the results of the reanalysis. Overall, differentiated outcomes implicating socially mediated functions were obtained using latency as a measure of response strength while reducing (a) the participants’ exposure to problem behavior and (b) time required to conduct the analysis. |
|
|
167. Defining the Functions of Sarcasm and its Practical Implications for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSHUA GARNER (Hopebridge Pediatrics; Behavioral Education Research Initiative), Tom Wierzbinski (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Adam Peal (Behavioral Education Research Initiative) |
Discussant: Preetinder Narang (University of Toronto) |
Abstract: Within this poster, we behavior-analytically defined the functions of sarcasm and provided practical implications for individuals with autism. By understanding the contextual cues contributing to a sarcastic statement individuals with developmental disabilities can contact more reinforcement by interacting with another person or group of people. Additionally, a study was conducted in which individuals with autism were taught to detect the literal meaning of sarcastic comments and their contextual cues. The results of this study supported the assertion of Persicke, Tarbox, Ranick, and St. Clair (2013) that non-literal language deficits can be reconciled using teaching procedures such as the delivery of rules, clear immediate feedback, and multiple exemplar training. |
|
|
168. Behavioral Assessment and Early Intervention Protocol for Autistic Risk Babies: Increasing the Generality of Previous Results |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
PAULA GIOIA (Pontifical Catholic University of São Paulo), Simone Assunção Keiner (Pontifical Catholic University of São Paulo), Flavia Maria Mascarenhas veras Morais (Pontifical Catholic University of São Paulo) |
Discussant: Preetinder Narang (University of Toronto) |
Abstract: This research has been carried out for several years to identify ASD risk in siblings of children diagnosed with ASD and its design is a longitudinal prospective one. We pretend to identify early risk signs in siblings aged 7 to 36 months old. Thirteen tasks were developed to evaluate siblings target behaviors by therapists or parent: turning the body to sounds, following instructions, pointing, making eye contacting, babbling, social smiling, imitating, understanding signs looking to an object pointed by others, pretend play. Evaluations of every infant are taken monthly and each new year new infants are included. This study was developed in 2019 and its aim was to verify if new results obtained by application of the protocol on five infants aged 8 to 36 months old would increase the generality of previous results. Four infants had speech language impairment and referral for speech therapist assessment. Only one of the siblings showed severe impairment in different areas of development and referral to ASD specialists indicated agreement with our evaluation. External specialist evaluations agreed with our assessment showing with new participants protocol´s generality. Additional results were related to protocol improvement. |
|
|
|
|
International Task Force on Education in Behavior Science and Application |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D. |
Panelists: ILANA GERSCHLOWITZ (Star Academy), AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana), GLADYS WILLIAMS (Centro CIEL; LearnMore, Inc.), MARTHA HUBNER (University of São Paulo), JENNA MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
Abstract: The ABAI Task Force on International Education has been working since January to create a model to improve educational opportunities and develop formal recognition of behavior analysts that could be adapted for individual countries. Constituents from Brazil, Italy, Mexico, South Africa, and Spain will provide an update on the task force’s progress.We welcome the attendance of all those interested in this effort. |
ILANA GERSCHLOWITZ (Star Academy) |
 Ilana Gerschlowitz lives in Johannesburg, South Africa, and is the mother of three boys. She completed her B.Com (LLB) (commerce and law degree) in 1998 at the University of the Witwatersrand and was subsequently admitted and practiced as an attorney. In 2004 when her oldest son, David, was diagnosed with autism at the age of 20 months, she immersed herself in research to find solutions.
In 2009 she hosted the landmark Challenging Children Conference, which successfully provided a platform for the introduction of ABA to South African parents and professionals.
Ms. Gerschlowitz is the founding director of the Star Academy (Star), an affiliate of the US-based Center for Autism and Related Disorders. Now 10 years old, Star has provided access to ABA programs to more than 230 children around the country with autism or related disorders, as well as to children in Ghana, Zimbabwe, Rwanda, Mauritius, and Zambia. Other Star projects include providing ABA instruction to underprivileged children in Johannesburg and a program called Catch Up Kids, which helps children overcome learning challenges, including those with ADHD.
In 2015 Ms. Gerschlowitz was recognized for her work in education with the CEO Global Award for Africa’s Most Influential Woman in Business and Government in the Education and Private Sector for Region, Country, and Continent. In 2018 she was a finalist for the Europcar Jewish Women in Leadership Award. She is the author of Saving My Sons: A Journey With Autism, published in 2019 and which helps light the way for many parents coping with autism or learning difficulties in Africa. |
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana) |
 Dr. Agustín Daniel Gómez Fuentes has a degree in psychology from Universidad Veracruzana, a master’s in psychology (behavior analysis) from Western Michigan University, and a doctorate in behavioral science from the University of Guadalajara. Dr. Gómez Fuentes has been recognized as a National Level I Investigator by the Mexican National System of Investigators of the National Council of Science and Technology. In addition, he has a PROMEP profile and has been director of more than 80 theses on psychology and education, as well as published more than 16 articles in specialized scientific journals on those same topics. Additionally, he has published 10 book chapters and 3 specialized books on behavioral science and education. His research interests are mainly focused on linguistic modes and their relationships, as well as historical and philosophical analysis of psychological concepts.
Dr. Gómez Fuentes was a member of the program committee for the 2013 ABAI International Conference in Mérida, Mexico, and truly instrumental to its success and subsequent positive effects encouraging the growth of behavior analysis in Mexico. He promoted the conference and its call for papers among his colleagues at Universidad Veracruzana, gave a talk as part of a symposium, and chaired two other sessions. |
GLADYS WILLIAMS (Centro CIEL; LearnMore, Inc.) |
 Gladys Williams leads the program on autism and verbal behavior at David Gregory School in New Jersey. She is the founder and director of Centro CIEL in Barcelona and Oviedo, Spain, and of LearnMore, Inc., an institution that promotes effective teaching strategies. She earned her doctoral degree in special education and behavior analysis from Teachers College, Columbia University, where she was a recipient of the Fred S. Keller Research Grant to study language development and autism. She has won several awards for her contributions to the field of applied behavior analysis. Dr. Williams has published 18 articles in peer-reviewed journals such as the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, the American Journal on Mental Retardation, Teaching Exceptional Children, and others. She has been a guest reviewer for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior and Social Issues, and The Behavior Analyst. She is a frequent guest speaker in Europe and South America. Dr. Williams’s main objective is to implement effective strategies to teach functional verbal language to nonverbal children and to investigate strategies and techniques to facilitate social skills and functional language acquisition. Her quest is to use behavioral technology to benefit children around the world. |
MARTHA HUBNER (University of São Paulo) |
Dr. Hubner is a full professor of experimental psychology at the Institute of Psychology, University of São Paulo, Brazil. She was coordinator of the graduate program in the experimental department from 2004 to 2010. She is also past president of the Brazilian Association of Psychology (2002 to 2005), of the Brazilian Association of Behavioral Medicine and Psychology (2008 to 2011), and past president of the Association of Behavior Analysis International (2015 to 2017), serving also as International Representative at ABAI (2009 to 2014). She conducts research at the Institute for Science and Technology (INCT) on learning and conducts research at the Laboratory for the Study of Verbal Operants (LEOV) involving processes in the acquisition of symbolic behaviors such as reading, writing, and verbal episodes. She is currently invited professor at the Psychiatry Institute of USP, Chair of Psychology Section at the University Hospital at USP and she is immersed in three areas of research, teaching and application: empirical relations between verbal and nonverbal behavior, control by minimal units in reading, and verbal behavior programs for children with autism spectrum disorders. |
JENNA MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
Jenna Mrljak earned her Ph.D. in psychology (behavior analysis) along with her MA and BS degrees from Western Michigan University, under the advising of Dr. Richard Malott. Throughout her graduate career she taught and supervised numerous undergraduate and graduate psychology courses. She trained and supervised over 65 graduate student instructors. She also has experience with OBM and helped develop extensive systems for performance management and continuous-quality improvements within those courses. She has several years of experience in early intervention for children with autism and has provided BCBA supervision for four years in early childhood special education classrooms. Additionally, her research included teaching critical prerequisite skills for children with autism and improving staff training systems in the classrooms. Her interests spread across many areas including early intervention, instructional design, technology, social justice, and behavioral systems at the cultural level. She is dedicated to researching and delivering high-quality educational programs for all learners. Dr. Mrljak is currently the Education Manager for the Association for Behavior Analysis International. |
|
|
|
|
Implementing Behavior Skills Training With Pediatricians: Managing Adolescent Depression in Primary Care Settings |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Teryn Bruni (University of Michigan Medical Center) |
|
Implementing Behavior Skills Training With Pediatricians: Managing Adolescent Depression in Primary Care Settings |
Domain: Service Delivery |
TERYN BRUNI (University of Michigan Medical Center), Leah Rose LaLonde (Eastern Michigan University), Alexandros Maragakis (Eastern Michigan University), Blake M. Lancaster (University of Michigan), Luke Turnier (University of Michigan) |
|
Abstract: In response to the increasing demand on pediatricians to screen and treat depression in primary care, a 90-minute curriculum was developed to train pediatricians to conduct a suicide risk assessment and deliver a brief behavior activation (BA) protocol to adolescents who screen positive for depression in primary care. Prior research demonstrates increased confidence among professionals who receive active, hands-on training (Fallucco, Conlon, Gale, Constantino, & Glowinski, 2012). Thus, the curriculum was developed using Behavioral Skills Training (BST), involving instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback to promote mastery (Ward-Horner & Sturmey, 2012). A total of 54 providers participated in the training and completed pre-training and post-training surveys. Results from paired sample t-tests indicated significant increases in provider-reported comfort managing depression (t (53) = -5.40, p<.001), perceptions of feasibility in managing depression during medical visits (t (53) = -4.50, p<.001), and knowledge about depression management (t (53) = -6.31, p<.001). Providers strongly agreed the training provided information they will apply to patient care (M = 5.52, SD = .64) and that feedback during roleplays was helpful (M = 5.48, SD = .75). BST was found to be an effective and acceptable strategy for training medical professionals in primary care. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Effects of Multiple Conditioning Treatments on the Increase of Appropriate Play With Leisure Items for Adolescents With Autism |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DEV |
Chair: Ashley B. Greer (The Faison Center) |
|
The Effects of Multiple Conditioning Treatments on the Increase of Appropriate Play With Leisure Items for Adolescents With Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
Katherine M. Matthews (The Faison Center), ASHLEY B. GREER (The Faison Center), Amy Coleman (The Faison Center) |
|
Abstract: We conducted a study on increasing engagement of appropriate play with leisure items for 5 adolescents diagnosed with autism. Using a multiple baseline design, pre-intervention free operant probes were conducted to assess if participants engaged in appropriate play with leisure items, stereotypy, or passivity across 5-min free-play sessions. Participants who demonstrated a steady state of engagement with leisure items during free operant pre-probe sessions were selected for the intervention. The intervention included up to 3 levels of conditioning treatments to increase appropriate engagement with leisure items. Levels 1-3 ranged from least to most intrusive interventions, respectively. Level 1 intervention utilized operant conditioning procedures to teach appropriate play across a variety of leisure items. Level 2 intervention applied the stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure to condition the items as reinforcers. Level 3 intervention allowed contingent access to a pre-identified reinforcer during engagement of an unconditioned leisure item. The next level of intervention was implemented if the participant did not meet criteria of independently engaging with leisure items in free operant post-probe sessions. Emission of stereotypy was allowed across all intervention levels if the behavior did not interfere with the appropriate engagement of leisure items. Results for the study are ongoing. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Dog’s Life: Using Behavior Analysis to Investigate the Human-Dog Relationship and Address Behavioral Issues |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AAB |
Chair: Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University) |
CE Instructor: Nathaniel Hall, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: ERICA FEUERBACHER (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Dogs are described as “man’s best friend” and dog ownership is at an all-time high. Nevertheless, the nature of the human-dog bond has only recently been explored and much work in this field focuses on the structure of the relationship. While this might describe what the relationship looks like, it does not address what maintains the relationship nor does it identify the variables we can manipulate to produce, maintain, or enhance that relationship. Taking a behavior analytic approach, our research has sought to identify the functions maintaining human-dog interactions from the dog’s perspective. This talk will highlight our work investigating dogs’ preference for different human interactions, what stimuli typically function as reinforcers for dog behavior, and how we can use those to address behavioral issues, such as separation-related problem behavior in owned dogs and kennel reactivity in shelter dogs. Audience members will learn about the current state of knowledge of dog social behavior, how behavioral science can help enhance the human-dog relationship by taking the dogs’ perspective through preference and reinforcer efficacy tests, and how that knowledge can be applied to solve common behavioral issues in companion and shelter dogs. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts, applied animal behaviorists, graduate students, dog owners and enthusiasts. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify typically preferred human interaction in dogs, and the effect of population, context, and familiarity on preference; (2) identify common, effective reinforcers in dogs; (3) discuss how a behavior analytic approach to the human-dog relationship can help us enhance it; (4) discuss how identifying effective reinforcers is essential for addressing behavioral concerns in domestic dogs. |
|
ERICA FEUERBACHER (Virginia Tech) |
Dr. Feuerbacher is an Assistant Professor of Companion Animal Behavior and Welfare at Virginia Tech and director of the Applied Animal Behavior & Welfare Lab in the Department of Animal & Poultry Science. She earned her Ph.D. in Psychology at the University of Florida in the UF Canine Cognition and Behavior Lab and her Masters in Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas in the Organization for Reinforcement Contingencies with Animals. Prior to joining Virginia Tech, she was an Assistant Professor at Carroll College in Helena, MT, where she led the canine program in which students trained foster dogs during the academic year. She has worked as a shelter behavior consultant, offered group dog training classes and private behavior consultations, and is co-founder of the Shelter Dog Institute. She is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst and a Certified Professional Dog Trainer. Her research at Virginia Tech focuses on understanding dog behavior and learning from a behavior analytic perspective, using applied behavior analysis to solve behavioral issues, and identifying interventions that improve shelter dog welfare. She has earned several awards for her behavior analytic research and her dedication to the theoretical foundations of behavior analysis. She is passionate about humane, effective animal training, and working with owners, trainers, and shelter staff to improve our interactions with animals through behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Sensor Technology and the Scope and Precision of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Brennan Patrick Armshaw (UNT) |
Abstract: In its broadest sense, Applied Behavior Analysis involves the management of behavior-environment relations or contingencies of reinforcement in the interest of producing socially-relevant behavior change. These contingencies of reinforcement, then, are the tools by which applied behavior analysts effect meaningful change. Developments in sensor technology have the potential to increase the precision, scope, and temporal resolution of our measurement of both behavior and environment. As such, these technologies can aid in expanding the scope and precision of applied behavior analysis. The presentations that comprise this symposium highlight the utility of technology in the implementation of contingency management techniques to produce health related behavior change. The first presentation will describe how camera and sensor technology enhances the feasibility and scalability of a smoking cessation program. The second examines the efficacy of different schedules of reinforcement on the properties of muscle flexion responses as measured by a surface electromyograph. The final presentation will present data from laboratory analyses and clinical protocols designed to improve the timeline and efficacy of physical rehabilitation. |
|
mMotiv8: A Smart Phone Based Incentive Intervention to Promote Smoking Cessation |
LESLEIGH ANN STINSON (University of Florida), Hypatia A Bolivar (University of Florida), Mendoza Tonatiuh (UF), Francois Modave (Loyola University Chicago), Pulkit Rohilla (UF), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Tobacco use is the greatest preventable cause of death, cancer and illness in the United States. We tested the feasibility, acceptability, and efficacy of a mobile phone-based contingency management treatment to promote cessation. Participants (n=14) provided breath carbon monoxide samples by using an inexpensive CO meter that was connected to the user’s smartphone. We developed an app, mMotiv8, to automatically capture pictures of the CO sampling procedure to validate the end user’s identity. If the participant was abstinent for three consecutive weeks, the monitoring schedule decreased to once per day, and reset to twice per day if they missed a sample or lapsed. Samples were prompted twice (or once) per day by the mMotiv8 software. A relatively large $10 incentive was available for daily abstinence. We used a non-concurrent multiple-baseline design. Results show that the program generated high rates of abstinence for most participants (9 out of 14). Adherence was high, and participants reported that the procedures were acceptable. A mobile phone intervention could be highly scalable and reduce the health consequences and costs associated with cigarette smoking, particularly in rural and low-income populations. |
|
Using Conjugate Reinforcement to Improve the Activity of the Vastus Medialis Oblique Muscle |
ROB J GOODHUE (UNT), Brennan Patrick Armshaw (UNT), Russell Silguero (UNT), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Over 30 million adults are diagnosed with osteoarthritis yearly, a disease known for intense pain and limitation of movement. Knee osteoarthritis is one of the most common variants, frequently leading to total knee replacement surgery. Recovery from total knee replacement is difficult and often unsuccessful. Physical therapy is sometimes effective, but many patients still experience quality of life deficits years later. In such clinical settings, contingent feedback can be impossible to deliver due to miniscule muscular responses being imperceptible to the eye. Using surface electromyography technology, contingency management, and schedules of reinforcement, applied behavior analysts could greatly benefit patients recovering from total knee replacement. While behavior change is typically based on frequency, it is magnitude and duration, or work, of muscle flexion that are important for clinical outcomes. As such, conjugate schedules of reinforcement were experimentally tested. These schedules may be crucial to understanding magnitude and/or duration behavior change. Various modalities of feedback were compared, such as a game, numerical readouts, and auditory tones, across conjugate and discrete schedules. Smartphone applications were used with college students as participants. Results indicate that higher response magnitudes over time were observed on schedules of reinforcement with a conjugate component. |
|
Contingency Management and Technology: Tackling Problems in Behavioral Medicine and Moving Beyond the Status Quo |
BRENNAN PATRICK ARMSHAW (UNT), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), Russell Silguero (UNT) |
Abstract: In the United States nearly 3.5 million adults, annually, are electing to receive total knee arthroplasty (TKA) (Kutz et al, 2007). TKA addresses the damage and pain caused by knee osteoarthritis (KOA). However, it also creates the need for effective physical rehabilitation without which patients will not regain full functional utility of the knee. Unfortunately, despite receiving physical therapy, notable functional deficits remain for nearly 50% of patients up to a year following TKA. Work in our lab has begun to address this problem by investigating and developing contingency management procedures that are supplemented with technology. The current work presents data from several completed and ongoing projects from our lab and describes the process of bringing behavior analytic techniques and technology to bear on medical problems such as recovery from TKA. The data described represent methodological exploration with 19 healthy undergraduate students (figure 1 & 2) and clinical work with 3 patients recovering from TKA. The findings from our current research support the utility of technology infused contingency management as a means of supplementing patient feedback and optimizing recovery outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
Utilizing the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedurein Designing Interventions Related to Motivation and Cooperation in Organizations |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is a behavioral assessment tool introduced into the literature by Barnes-Holmes, et al. in 2006. It is a computer task that taps into a learner’s relational responding history by pitting established verbal relations against those that are deemed inconsistent with that history of responding. Of significant interest to behavior scientists is validation of the IRAP’s effectiveness in identifying institutional stimuli which may be incorporated into applied behavioral technology interventions in organizations. This symposium will provide an overview of recent research exploring the utility of the IRAP in identifying institutional stimuli for use in designing organizational interventions. |
|
Examining the Additive Effects of Individually-Assessed Verbal Stimuli on Cooperative Responding in an Analog Work Task |
KENNETH BURLEIGH (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Language plays a formative role in how cultural practices are established and maintained. Furthermore, the effect of language on workforce responding originates in a statements’ shared stimulus function(s). For organizational messages to be effective, they must correspond to a shared response from a group. One product of language that may reflect a shared stimulus function is the motivative augmental -verbal stimuli which momentarily increase the effectiveness of an established reinforcer or punisher. To isolate and analyze the concept of the motivative augmental, we have assessed the additive effect of systematically selected verbal stimuli on cooperative responding in the context of different pay contingencies. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) was used to individually-assess the top four cooperative stimuli selected via a survey of 355 students. These 4 stimuli were then introduced into an analog work task. The relationship between the IRAP measures and cooperative responding in response to the cooperative stimuli versus neutral stimuli will be discussed, as well as Tobii eye-tracking data analysis. Results suggest differential cooperative responding to IRAP selected motivational statements in the analog work task across both neutral and competing pay contingencies Eye tracking data suggests a correlation between eye gaze, fixation count, and cooperative responding across both pay contingencies. |
|
That’s Funny!: An Examination of the Effects of Humorous Stimuli on Cooperative Responding |
CHELSEA J. WILHITE (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The benefits of the humor─producing it (telling jokes, creating satire) and responding to it (smiling, laughing)─are numerous and well documented at many levels, including physical, psychological, social, and societal. Much of human communication involves humorous stimuli, including rules, or communication specifying contingencies. Statements functioning as motivative augmentals temporarily change values of reinforcers and associated behaviors. We created 29 humorous stimuli encouraging cooperative behaviors. In Study 1, undergraduate students experienced stimuli in one of three modalities─audio-only, text-only, audio-plus-text─and rated them on how funny and how likely to prompt cooperation they were using four-point Likert scales. The top stimuli of the highest-scoring modality (audio-plus-text) were used in Study 2. Study 2 participants took the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP)─allowing us to identify pre-existing derived relations among verbal stimuli─then contacted the selected humorous stimuli before engaging in analogue medical data entry tasks. We assessed what effect exposure to humorous stimuli had on task behaviors, including an evaluation of potential augmental effects in relation to IRAP results. Results suggest humor may acquire augmental function , given certain participant histories. |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior Development in the CABAS® Accelerated Independent Learner Model |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Several years of research in the Accelerated Independent Learner Model (AIL) have resulted in the identification of key verbal behavior development cusps that are critical for success in the inclusive educational setting. The first paper addresses Bidirectional Naming (BiN), or the joining of the listener and speaker across students in grades K-5 with and without disabilities. In the second paper, the authors outline different assessment procedures associated with best practice to determine the presence of observational learning. In the final paper, the authors present research on both the assessment and corresponding protocol to induce joint stimulus control across saying and writing. Collectively, the authors will address the importance of the establishment of theses cusps in the general education setting and how it relates to effective teaching practices and student outcomes. |
Target Audience: Teachers and professionals |
Learning Objectives: Define observational learning, transformation of stimulus function across saying and writing and observational learning. Identify assessment procedures for observational learning, transformation of stimulus function across saying and writing and observational learning. Define verbal behavior development cusps that are optimal for inclusion settings. |
|
Bidirectional Naming in the Accelerated Independent Learner Model |
YIFEI SUN (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) required school districts to place students in the least restrictive environment for both academic and social purposes. Identification of a placement that balances students’ academic success and the development of social repertoires requires extensive information and collaboration among students, parents and school staff. Unlike performance behaviors that can be observed and evaluated directly, it is more challenging to predict students’ academic success in less restrictive or inclusion settings. Data from the strategic science of teaching coupled with the verbal behavior development research base suggest that the presence of Unidirectional Naming (UniN) or Bidirectional Naming (BiN) is associated with students’ success in inclusion settings. Researchers found that with BiN, students learn from instructional demonstration learn units (IDLUs) and acquire new academic skills at an accelerated rate, which closely resemble academic experiences in general education settings that rely extensively on teacher modeling. We assessed the presence or absence of BiN for 128 students with or without disabilities, who attended one of the 7 Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) inclusion model or 2 special education CABAS® classrooms that ranged from grades Pre-K to 5. We conducted statistical analyses to examine the potential correlation among students’ ages, classroom settings, presence of UniN or BiN, and their academic gains during a school year. |
|
Comparing Operant Acquisition and Procedural Efficacy for Three Observational Acquisition Assessments Across Kindergarten Students with and without Bidirectional Naming |
GABRIELA PEDRERO-DAVILA (Morris School District), Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), Leanna Mellon (SUNY New Paltz), Esther Bakaev (Teachers College) |
Abstract: Greer, Singer-Dudek, and Gautreaux (2006) argued that observational learning is a vital capability for student success, especially in settings where there is large student to teacher ratio. The acquisition of observational learning is important in classrooms that use the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) education model and the Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) education model because consistent with the research base, observational learning accelerates the student’s rate of learning. Students with observational learning no longer require direct instruction to alter performance behaviors, acquire new conditioned reinforcers and learn new operants. With numerous ways to conduct probes for observational learning it can be difficult to select the most appropriate method because students vary in age, rate of learning, and degrees of bidirectional naming. The current study compared 3 different probe measures for observational learning of new operants: (a) 5-trial probe (Singer-Dudek, Choi, & Lyons), (b) 40-trial probe (Delgado & Greer, 2018), and (c) peer mastery probe (Stolfi, 2005). All 3 probe measures were conducted with kindergarten students in a general education setting with and without bidirectional naming to investigate if there is a difference in outcomes across probe measures and if there is 1 probe procedure that is more efficient for kindergarten students. |
|
Transformation of Stimulus Function Across Written and Vocal Spelling Responses as a Function of Multiple Exemplar Instruction in the Accelerated Independent Learner Setting |
JI YOUNG KIM (Teachers College), Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: Students in the Accelerated Independent Learning (AIL) classroom benefit most when transformation of stimulus function (TSF) is present in their repertoire. A student has TSF once he/she acquires joint stimulus control and emits an untaught response to a stimulus that previously evoked only a single taught response. Past studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of the multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) procedure in bringing separate verbal operants under joint stimulus control. Thus, we tested the effectiveness of the MEI procedure on the induction of TSF across written and vocal spelling responses. We studied the effects of MEI across written and vocal spelling responses on the acquisition of untaught spelling responses using a delayed multiple probe design across 3 first-grade participants with and without disabilities. The experimenters selected students who demonstrated absence of joint stimulus control across written and vocal spelling responses based on the pre-intervention probes. The experimenters implemented MEI across written and vocal spelling topographies for grade level spelling words. Results demonstrated increases in untaught spelling responses following the mastery of one phase of the MEI intervention, indicating that MEI was effective in joining written and spoken spelling responses across all three participants. We will discuss these findings in relation to the verbal development theory and associated best teaching practices in the general education setting. |
|
|
|
|
SUSTAINABILITY: Of Immediate Consequence: A Strategic Plan for Expanding Behavioral Science Research on Climate Change and Multi-Level Community Action |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Criss Wilhite (California State University Fresno ) |
CE Instructor: Julia Fiebig, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: JULIA FIEBIG (Ball State University; ABA Global Initiatives LLC) |
Abstract: The role of human behavior in climate change is well established—as is the core mission of behavior analysis—to impact behavior of social significance. Despite overwhelming evidence, an exhaustive review of the literature has shown that only a small portion of the published research topically related to climate change included an experimental evaluation of strategies to reduce emissions-producing behavior. Even if, “we reduce GHG emissions...consequences for people and their livelihoods will still be challenging but potentially more manageable…” (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, 2019 p.1). These findings call for effective, scalable strategies for impacting climate-relevant policy and behavior at all levels of community and organization. The promise of behavior analysis can be realized through unified mobilization of our efforts. This talk will provide overview of a strategic plan for greatly increasing collaborative efforts within and across behavioral science organizations. Actions that ABAI members can take as researchers, practitioners, and citizens will be pinpointed and listeners can identify how they might contribute to these efforts in collaboration with the task force. A subsequent symposium and panels will give additional insight into the efforts of the Climate Change Task Force for a coalition of behavior science organizations. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe a proposed strategic plan on increasing behavior science research to reduce carbon emissions; (2) identify behavioral strategies for changing behavior related to climate change; (3) identify strategies for conducting interdisciplinary research and application related to climate change; (4) to identify and commit to an action that they will take to increase the research and application of behavior science to the reduction of carbon emissions. |
|
JULIA FIEBIG (Ball State University; ABA Global Initiatives LLC) |
Dr. Fiebig has been applying the science of behavior analysis to optimize school, community, and organizational environments and improve individual well-being for two decades. Though initially convinced she would change the world with music, incidentally, it was her music composition studies at the University of Florida that paved the road to behavior analysis. She completed her graduate training in behavior analysis at The Florida State University and her PhD in Organizational Leadership at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, with emphasis on organizational behavior management and relational frame theory applied to climate change communication. Her work has taken her across the US and Europe and is focused on impacting organizational sustainability, leadership development and team performance, and prosocial, consensus-based community practices. She is an Assistant Teaching Professor in the Department of Applied Behavior Analysis at Ball State University, co-founder of ABA Global Initiatives Consulting Group, and a director of LPC International. She is a founding member and chair of ABAI’s Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) SIG and serves on the Coalition for Behavior Science Organization’s Climate Change Task Force. |
|
|
|
|
PDS: How to Develop a Research Idea |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ingrid Morales (California State University, Los Angeles) |
MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles) |
THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University) |
SARAH E. BLOOM (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This panel will address how to develop a research idea. Three experts with a research background in clinical and educational environments will provide their perspective in the process of developing a thesis or dissertation. They will identify potential challenges and will discuss strategies to overcome them. The purpose of the panel topic is to provide the audience with steps required to develop research project at a masters and doctoral level in the field of applied behavior analysis as well as strategies to overcome challenges in this process. All three panelists will be available to answer questions related to the topic |
|
|
|
|
How Children Learn Early Communicative Gestures |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: VBC |
Chair: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
CE Instructor: Einar T. Ingvarsson, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: ELENA NICOLADIS (University of Alberta) |
Abstract: Children can communicate through gestures (like pick-me-up or pointing) even before they begin to speak. Some gestures likely develop through social learning (like waving hello). Researchers have argued that other early gestures, like the pick-me-up gesture, cannot be learned through social learning (since adults do not gesture to be picked up). They have therefore proposed that these gestures are learned through ontogenetic ritualization, a kind of learning that critically involves role and dyad specificity. Ontogenetic ritualization is thought to differ from operant conditioning. In this presentation, on the basis of videotaped interactions between parents and children between six and twelve months of age, I argue that these early communicative gestures are likely learned through operant conditioning. I also discuss the possible developmental origins of pointing, ranging from operant conditioning to species-typical behavior. It is important to entertain the possibility that simple and well-established learning mechanisms account for children’s early gestures. |
Target Audience: Anyone interested in the early communication of typically developing infants and toddlers as well as practitioners interested in designing interventions with clinical communication-disordered populations. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) review the different developmental origins of communicative gestures most commonly considered among researchers; (2) articulate the differences between ontogenetic ritualization and operant conditioning; (3) explain why particular communicative gestures might have particular developmental origins. |
|
ELENA NICOLADIS (University of Alberta) |
Elena Nicoladis is a professor of psychology at the University of Alberta. Her research interests include first language acquisition (both among bilinguals and monolinguals), language and thought, and gestures in communication. |
|
|
|
|
Applications of Choice Arrangements in Assessment and Treatment |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College) |
CE Instructor: Kara L. Wunderlich, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Practitioners utilize choice arrangements to identify relative preference for various stimuli. In this symposium, we will review indirect and direct assessments of choice in the treatment for individuals with developmental disabilities and/or autism spectrum disorder. In the first evaluation, Kissenberth and colleagues evaluated relative preference for edibles alone and high-tech items alone and then in combination to assess for possible displacement. They also evaluated the impact of varying magnitudes of both stimulus classes on relative preference. In the second presentation, Van Arsdale and colleagues evaluated the effect of choice on the efficacy of edible reinforcers (healthy and less preferred vs. unhealthy and more preferred). In the third study, Somervell and Simmons generated preference hierarchies for types of attention via indirect assessment (e.g., caregiver interview) and direct assessment (e.g., paired stimulus preference) and validated relative preference in a reinforcer efficacy assessment using a concurrent operants arrangement. In the final study, Leung-VanHassel and colleagues used indirect and direct assessments to identify relative hierarchies of aversiveness for demands hypothesized to evoke problem behavior. They compared hierarchies obtained through caregiver interview and demand latency assessment by including demands identified as most and least likely to evoke escaped-maintained within the negative reinforcement test condition of the functional analysis. A discussion of concurrent choice arrangements in assessment and treatment, implications for clinical practice, and future directions for research will be discussed. |
Target Audience: The target audience includes graduate level students or masters level practitioners in the field of applied behavior analysis. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Magnitude on Preferences for Edible and High-Tech Stimuli in Children With Autism |
MORGAN TAYLOR KISSENBERTH (Rollins College), Angie Van Arsdale (Interventions Unlimited), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College), Michele Williams (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated individuals with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorder typically prefer edible items over leisure items when the two are presented together in stimulus preference assessments. However, how the inclusion of high-tech items affect preferences when compared to edible items is limited in this body of research. More recently, Conine and Vollmer (2019) demonstrated high-tech items might displace edible items; due to the recent influx of high-tech tangible items used as reinforcers in clinical settings, such as iPads, additional research is warranted. In the current evaluation, we compared the preferences for edible items and high-tech items in an assessment to determine if a displacement effect exists. Next, we manipulated the magnitude of both stimulus classes to assess how greater magnitude increases preferences. Implications of the findings as well as future research ideas will be discussed in detail. |
|
Validity of a Caregiver and Child Attention Preference Assessment Using a Concurrent Operants Arrangement |
SHERAH SOMERVELL (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University) |
Abstract: A structured caregiver attention preference assessment interview was developed to assess and rank attention across 9 categories. Twenty caregivers of children with autism (range, 3-11 years) identified a mean of 7.67 forms of preferred attention across 5.77 categories. A paired-stimulus preference assessment was conducted with child participants using images of caregiver-identified attention types. The mean rank order correlation between caregiver and child preference assessments was 0.55 (moderate correlation). A reinforcer efficacy assessment using a concurrent operants arrangement was conducted with each child. The floor was marked with 3 squares (1.52m x 1.52m) with attention picture icons in two squares and the third square serving as a control. In-square behavior resulted in delivery of the designated attention type. Caregiver and child-high, moderate, and low attention types were analyzed. Results of 4 participants indicated that caregiver-high and moderate attention types resulted in greater in-square behavior than the low, with two participants having a clear distinction between the high and moderate types. Results from the child attention types demonstrated that reinforcer efficacy for high, moderate, and low matched the preference assessment for all participants. Results demonstrate the validity of conducting a child attention preference assessment using the types of attention identified by caregivers. |
|
An Evaluation of the Accuracy of Caregiver Identification of Demands for
Children with Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior |
HEATHER LEUNG-VANHASSEL (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), Reema Sethi (Rowan University) |
Abstract: This study evaluated caregiver accuracy at identifying demands most likely to evoke escape-maintained problem behavior for 4 children with autism or developmental disabilities using the Demand Assessment for Individuals with Severe Disabilities (DAISD). After a demand aversiveness hierarchy was established with the DAISD, a corresponding demand latency assessment (DLA) was conducted with each child. A functional analysis (FA) was conducted using demands identified by both the DAISD and DLA as most and least likely to evoke problem behavior. Correlations between caregiver-ranked demands and DLA rankings were variable. FA results indicated that DAISD rankings were not a reliable measure to determine highly aversive demands and practitioners should not rely on caregiver report alone. Although all caregivers identified at least 8 demands and created an aversiveness hierarchy, caregiver demand hierarchies did not correspond with demands most and least likely to yield an escape function. For 50% of participants, the caregiver-nominated demand resulted in a false-negative outcome, whereas the least-aversive DLA demand resulted in an escape-function for all participants. Rates of problem behavior and percent compliance between demand conditions further confirmed that aversiveness was inaccurately determined. Practitioners should use caregiver report to identify aversive demands and follow up with direct child demand assessments. |
|
|
|
|
Reinforcement Variables That Impact Skill Acquisition and Performance in Individuals With Autism |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amanda Guld Fisher (Temple University) |
CE Instructor: Chata A. Dickson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The authors of the three studies presented in this symposium evaluated effects of consequence manipulations on skill acquisition in children and adults with autism. Valencia and her colleagues investigated effects of various combinations of differential reinforcement magnitude for prompted and unprompted correct responses and found that in some cases, acquisition was more rapid with differential reinforcement. Breeman and her colleagues observed that clinicians commonly made errors of omission of prescribed consequences, and compared effects of low-integrity and high-integrity treatment conditions on skill acquisition. These researchers found that acquisition was almost twice as rapid when teaching procedures were implemented as programmed. Finally, Paranczak and Fisher compared rate of independent manding and acquisition of novel mands across two conditions: with and without a lag schedule requirement. The lag schedule led to the acquisition of novel mands with both participants. Each of these studies addressed practical considerations that should be made by those designing and managing programs of instruction for individuals with autism. |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts involved in the education of individuals with autism and developmental disabilities. |
Learning Objectives: Following attendance at this symposium, if asked, participant will accurately: 1. describe differential reinforcement, and name a situation (in the context of skill acquisition) in which its use would be recommended; 2. discuss recent findings in the effects of reliable implementation of consequences (reinforcement and error correction) when teaching auditory-visuation conditonal discriminations; and 3. describe a lag schedule requirement and discuss its effects on response variability. |
|
Further Evaluation of the Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude on Skill Acquisition |
ANDREA VALENCIA (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Yanelis Arias (Florida Institute of Technology), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (University of Miami), Elaine Espanola (University of Miami), Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that several parameters of reinforcement (i.e., delay, quality) may influence the rate of skill acquisition during discrete trial instruction. Further, manipulating reinforcement parameters may be one method to promote independent responding and decrease prompt dependence (Karsten & Carr, 2009). The effects of magnitude have not been well-investigated in this context and findings have thus far been mixed (Paden & Kodak, 2015). This study evaluated the effects of differential reinforcer magnitude on the rate of skill acquisition for young children with ASD participating in early intensive behavioral intervention. We evaluated the following three contexts: equal magnitude (for prompted and unprompted), differential magnitude for independent responses, and differential magnitude for “better” (i.e., more independent) responses. Three of five applications showed that differential reinforcement in the form of higher magnitude produced quicker acquisition relative to equal magnitude. However, there was no difference between the two differential reinforcement conditions assessed. |
|
The Effects of Procedural-Integrity Errors during Auditory-Visual Conditional Discrimination Training |
SAMANTHA BREEMAN (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy) |
Abstract: Procedural integrity errors have widespread implications for the success or failure of behavior analytic interventions. However, previous research has not examined the effects of procedural integrity errors during auditory-visual conditional discrimination with clinical populations. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend the work of Carroll, Kodak, and Fisher (2013) by evaluating the effects of procedural integrity errors compared to perfect integrity during auditory-visual conditional discrimination training with an adolescent with autism spectrum disorder. The errors examined were selected through a descriptive assessment, which identified omission of reinforcement and omission of error correction as the most common clinician errors. The participant required approximately twice as many sessions to master targets taught under low-integrity conditions compared to those taught under high-integrity conditions. These results suggest that procedural integrity errors hinder skill acquisition and affect teaching efficiency. Future researchers should evaluate the effects of errors during auditory-visual conditional discrimination training across task arrangements. |
|
An Evaluation of a Lag Schedule of Reinforcement and Progressive Time Delay on Mand Variability |
KRISTA NICOLE PARANCZAK (Temple University), Amanda Guld Fisher (Temple University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may mand repetitively, using the same topography for preferred items. This could affect their ability to get their wants and needs met as well as affect social relationships. Previous research suggests that lag schedules of reinforcement can increase the variability of vocal mands. The current study evaluated the effects of a lag schedule of reinforcement and progressive time delay (TD) on the rate of vocal mands through a multiple baseline across behaviors with embedded reversal design with two adults with ASD. Two conditions were used to assess variable responding when variability was (Lag 1 + TD) and was not (Lag 0) required to produce reinforcement. During Lag 0, reinforcement was contingent on instances of independent manding (of any topography). During Lag 1 +TD, reinforcement was contingent on instances of independent and prompted variant responses. A progressive TD was used to transfer stimulus control from an echoic prompt to the establishing operation. Results indicated that a Lag 1 schedule of reinforcement with progressive TD promoted acquisition of novel vocal mand topographies for all participants, with varying effects on rates of independent variant mands. |
|
|
|
|
Training Caregivers, Part II: Enhancing Treatment Integrity |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Lindsay Maffei-Almodovar (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)) |
Discussant: Lindsay Maffei-Almodovar (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)) |
CE Instructor: Lindsay Maffei-Almodovar, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Delivering effective ABA services requires caregivers to deliver interventions with sufficient integrity to result in socially meaningful changes in client behavior. Yet, many services often struggle to maintain the integrity of applied behavior analytic interventions in applied settings. Thus, practitioners must have behavioral technologies available to them to assess, and increase treatment integrity and evaluate interventions to do so. This symposium presents three papers addressing this important issue. These papers include a systematic review of training natural change agents implementing functional analytic procedures, a telehealth intervention error analysis and identify to remedy the implementation errors and an intervention study to improve treatment integrity during functional communication training |
Target Audience: Advanced graduate students, Masters and Doctoral practitioners, research students, instructors and professors teaching ABA classes, and psychologists including school psychologists. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will describe (1) current developments in behavioral skills training; (2) current developments in pyramidal training; and (3) the effects of BST and pyramidal training on client behavior . |
|
Natural Change Agent Implemented Functional Analysis: A Systematic Review and Quality Appraisal |
EMILY GREGORI (University of Illinois at Chicago), Christine Drew (University of Oregon), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) is the most accurate method for identifying the operant function of challenging behavior. Although trained therapists typically implement FAs, previous research has shown that variables, including the assessment agent, may impact the results of a FA. Given that the assessment agent can impact FA results, there is a need to determine the impact of natural change agent training on fidelity of FA implementation. The purpose of this review was to (a) summarize the available literature on natural change agent implemented FA, (b) determine methods for training natural change agents to implement FAs, and (c) determine the effects of training on change agent implementation fidelity of FA. Thirty-seven studies were identified and evaluated against the What Works Clearinghouse Quality and Evidence standards. Most of the included studies were found to have strong methodological rigor and moderate or strong evidence of effectiveness. Common training components across studies including instructions, modeling, role play, feedback, and coaching. Results suggest these components can be effectively utilized to train parents, teachers, residential staff, and students to implement FA in a variety of applied settings. Recommendations for practitioners and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
An Error Analysis of a Telehealth Intervention for Teaching Behaviour Technicians Common Behavioural Protocols |
JOEY ROBERTSON (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Mary Hume (ONTABA), Carly Magnacca (Brock University), Amanda Marcinkiewicz (Brock University) |
Abstract: The relation between treatment integrity and client outcome has been empirically supported. Further evaluation of whether types of integrity errors (omission/commission) affect client outcomes is needed. We evaluated the efficacy of behavioural skills training delivered through telecommunication for teaching three behaviour technicians how to implement an errorless learning protocol to an actor role playing a child with autism spectrum disorder. Additionally, we assessed generalization to teaching an untrained skill, a child, and assessed corresponding effects on the child’s skill acquisition. We conducted a follow-up analysis of the behaviour technicians’ rate of errors of commission (ECoM; i.e., behaviours not prescribed by the protocol) and errors of omission (EOM; i.e., excluding components of a protocol). Participant 1 demonstrated more ECoM with the actor and the child than EoM. Both types of errors decreased post-training and in follow-up. We are currently analyzing the remaining behaviour technicians’ performance to assess whether the same pattern exists. Implications of the effect of BST training on the rate of EOM and ECoM and the relation to child responding will be discussed in relation to training. |
|
Effects of Treatment Integrity Errors during Functional Communication Training |
MARIE DAVID (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is an evidence-based practice for reducing challenging behavior and increasing communication skills of individuals with developmental disabilities. However, due to the procedural complexity of the intervention, practitioners may find difficulty in implementing the intervention with high integrity. Practitioners express the need for evidenced-based practices to be modified in such that it addresses the complexities of the natural environment and barriers to implementation. Fortunately, recent research on treatment integrity has indicated a potential tolerance for implementing behavioral interventions with lower integrity. Further research is needed to determine the threshold in which reinforcement can be delivered to challenging behavior but still lead to a meaningful outcome. For this study, we are evaluating the effects of systematic changes in treatment integrity by altering errors of commission during reinforcement delivery procedures as part of FCT. We utilized an alternating treatments design to compare varying levels of reinforcement delivered to challenging behavior. Preliminary results of the study, implications for practice, and recommendations for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
From the Lab to the Clinic: Assessing and Treating Challenging Behavior in Applied Settings |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
CE Instructor: Cody Morris, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Procedures used to assess and treat challenging behavior in research do not always translate to practice because they do not address the idiosyncratic variables typically found in applied settings. This symposium reviews variables related to assessment and treatment of challenging behavior as well as byproducts that result from these challenges. The first study describes an evaluation of data collection integrity of caregivers who were tasked with collecting data for assessment purposes and provides recommendations for behavior analysts relying on others to collect data. The second study describes an evaluation of a method for assessing elopement during transitions. The third study describes an evaluation of alternative treatments, specifically programs based on concurrent operants, for escape-maintained challenging behavior in applied settings. Finally, the last presentation focuses on issues related to the use of restrictive procedures and describes a method for evaluating and reducing their use in applied settings. Taken together, the information provided in these presentations will give practitioners of behavior analysis tools to increase the ecological validity of their practice. |
Target Audience: Practitioners of behavior analysis who work in applied settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify idiosyncratic variables that are likely to effect assessment and treatment in applied settings, describe methods for increasing the ecological validity of assessment and treatment, and describe recent research-based extensions of function-based assessment and treatment. |
|
A Component Analysis of an Electronic Data Collection Package |
CODY MORRIS (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Data collection is essential to the practice of applied behavior analysis, but human error in collection can lead to inaccuracies. Because inaccuracies in measurement may adversely affect treatment decisions, procedures to increase data collection fidelity are necessary. This is especially important in settings wherein behavior analysts rely on others to report data. Procedures for training and directly supervising data collectors do exist; however, few resources exist for data collectors working with limited supervisor presence. Electronic data collection (EDC) systems are uniquely positioned to help address this need, but little research exists to identify components of EDC systems that might contribute to their utility for maintaining data collection fidelity. The purpose of this study was to systematically evaluate the individual components of an EDC system on data collection fidelity of caregivers in a home setting in the absence of a supervisor. The results of the study indicated that each individual component assessed improved data collection over baseline with at least some participants by varying degrees. The component that had the largest effect on data collection was automated specific interval feedback, especially when paired with automated prompts. Therefore, researchers and practitioners relying on human data collection should consider the utilization of systems that can provide specific interval feedback and prompts. |
|
Functional Assessment and Treatment of Elopement Occasioned by Transitions |
DENICE RIOS MOJICA (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Elopement during transitions is a dangerous behavior in children with developmental disabilities because it greatly increases the risk of accidents that lead to serious injury or death. Despite its severity, assessment methodologies that specifically evaluate the contextual variables found during transitions are not available. Continued research on effective and efficient means for the assessment and treatment of elopement during transitions is needed. The current study consisted of three phases. In Phase 1, we conducted a trial-based transition functional analysis (TBTFA) to identify the function of elopement during transitions. In Phase 2, we used an ABAB reversal design to evaluate the effects of the intervention on elopement and appropriate transitions and evaluated the generality of effects in outside settings. Finally, in Phase 3, we evaluated whether a stimulus used during treatment set the occasion for appropriate transitions when treatment was terminated. The TBTFA successfully identified the function of elopement during transitions for all three participants. Additionally, elopement during transitions decreased and appropriate transitions increased for all three participants. Results of the stimulus control assessment indicated that we did not successfully establish a discriminative stimulus to occasion appropriate transitions. |
|
A Restriction/Intrusion Removal Process: A Guide for Fading Restrictive and Intrusive Procedures |
KELSEY WEBSTER (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Restrictive and intrusive procedures are used in the course of effective treatment to
protect the safety of clients and others. Nonetheless, behavior analysts have an ethical obligation to implement the least restrictive procedures possible that are still deemed effective. However, when fading procedures for restrictions and intrusions are not a mandatory component of behavior support plans, these procedures may be in place longer than necessary. Extended utilization of restrictive and intrusive procedures could be viewed as limiting the client’s rights, especially if less restrictive procedures would also produce successful outcomes. One reason that these procedures are overused may be that behavior analysts have limited guidance and knowledge in developing efficient fading procedures. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to propose a restriction removal process which may guide practitioners attempting to fade out intrusive and/or restrictive procedures. This critical thinking process will guide practitioners through identifying restrictive/intrusive procedures, relevant behaviors, a terminal goal, intermediate steps, and mastery criteria for restriction/intrusion removal. |
|
|
|
|
Theoretical and Experimental Aspects of Emergent Stimulus Relations |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Live Fay Braaten (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
CE Instructor: Kenneth F. Reeve, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The purpose of the present symposium is to present research which is going enlighten about emergent relations and equivalence classes in particular. In the first paper by Arntzen and Mensah present an experiment on observing matching-to-sample performance and stimulus sorting. The authors present two experiments to study how observing an MTS task performance will influence the formation of experimenter-defined classes in sorting tests, as well as the formation of equivalence classes in an MTS-based test for emergent relations. In the second paper, Aggio, Kruger, Nunes, and de Rose present an experiment on punishment of incorrect recognitions increased equivalence-based false memories. Aggio et al. have studied the effect of programmed consequences for incorrect responses in memory tests. The third paper by Vaidya presents on the relation between the definition and measurement of equivalence. The paper will discuss how the phenomenon of equivalence is defined influence a change in the way the phenomenon is measured. The last paper by Fields presents an experiment on how the neural correlates of decision making by various relations in equivalence classes. The paper shows that event related potentials recorded during the comparison stimuli measured neural correlates of decision making for each type of relation. |
Target Audience: Graduate, researchers, etc, |
Learning Objectives: The people who attend will be able 1. to define emergent stimulus classes and how such classes are measured 2. to understand how observing matching-to-sample performance by another person could influence sorting and test for stimulus equivalence 3. to provide an equivalence-based account of the phenomenon of false memories |
|
Observing Matching-to-Sample Performance and Stimulus Sorting |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Justice Mensah (n/a) |
Abstract: Several experiments have found a correlation between the outcome of the MTS test and the post-class formation sorting test. Based on these findings, it will be interesting to examine the extent to which observing an MTS task performance will influence the formation of experimenter-defined classes in sorting tests, as well as the formation of equivalence classes in an MTS-based test for emergent relations. In Experiment 1, thirty participants were randomly assigned to two groups. One group watched a video clip with 80% correct responding and 20% incorrect responding in MTS training (80% Correct Group), and the other group watched a video clip with 20% correct responding and 80% incorrect responding in MTS training (20% Correct Group). Following watching the video clip, both groups were exposed to two sorting tests and an MTS test. The results showed that the performance of the 80% Correct Group was significantly more in accordance with experimenter-defined classes than for the 20% Correct Group, and also a 100% correspondence between performance on the sorting and the MTS tests (Figure 3). Experiment 2 with 45 participants replicated and extended Experiment 1 by including a 50% Correct Group and exclusion of test trials in the video clip. The results showed superior performance for participants in 80CR relative to participants in 50CR and 20CR on the two sorting tests as well as the MTS test for emergent relations (Figure 6). |
|
Punishment of Incorrect Recognitions Increased Equivalence-Based False Memories |
Natalia Maria Aggio (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil), Gustavo Kruger (University of Sao Carlos), Winny Nunes (University of Sao Carlos), JULIO C. DE ROSE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Recent experimental studies attempted to provide an equivalence-based account of the phenomenon of false memories. In all these studies participants studied a list of stimuli. A later memory test later memory test presented stimuli from the list (targets), stimuli equivalent to targets (critical distracters) or unrelated to them (non-related distracters). Higher recall and/or recognition of critical than unrelated distracters documented equivalence-related false memories. The present study investigated the effect of feedback for incorrect responses in memory tests. In Phase 1 participants studied three patterns, each comprising two geometrical forms within a larger one. In Phase 2 one of the small geometric shapes and the larger form became equivalent to other shapes. The memory test (Phase 3) presented, for recognition, the patterns previously studied in Phase 1 (targets), patterns formed by some of the geometric shapes from targets and other shapes equivalent to them (critical distracters) and new patterns (unrelated distracters). The No Feedback Group had no differential consequences for responses in the test whereas the Feedback Group had a presumably aversive sound following errors. Both groups recognized significantly more critical than unrelated distractors, attesting equivalence-based false memories. Surprisingly, the Feedback Group showed significantly more equivalence-related false memories, insofar as this group recognized critical distractors nearly as frequently as targets. |
|
On the Relation Between the Definition and Measurement of Equivalence |
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Sidman and colleagues’ originally defined equivalence relations as the emergent interchangeability of conditional and discriminative stimulus functions. This definition was well aligned with the matrix of tasks and outcomes that defined stimulus equivalence classes. Tests for symmetry, transitivity, and equivalence, for example, were perfect and complete assays of this interchangeability. Sidman’s new formulation of equivalence relations, however, involves the inclusion of responses and the stimuli serving as reinforcers in the emergent relations. This new formulation also offers an expanded view of the kinds of contingencies that can produce emergent equivalence relations. This presentation will argue that the change in how the phenomenon of equivalence is defined also requires a change in the way the phenomenon is measured. The presentation will review data from non-typical preparations asking questions about equivalence relations in an effort to frame a discussion about the ways in which we measure and describe equivalence relations. The presentation will suggest an expansion of the tasks that measure equivalence and end with some directions for future research. |
|
Activity of Deep Point Source Generators That are the Neural Correlates of Decision Making by Various Relations in Equivalence Classes |
LANNY FIELDS (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Equivalence classes were formed using a trace stimulus pairing paradigm that isolated the presentation of the sample and comparison stimuli, and restricted responding to a separate time window presented after the comparison. Event related potentials recorded during the comparison stimuli measured neural correlates of decision making for each type of relation. xxx analysis was used to identify deep sources of neural activation that accounted the patterns of surface activation produced by baseline, symmetrical, transitive, and equivalence relations. The deep sources of activation were correlated closely with known cognitive processes |
|
|
|
|
Siegfried Engelmann’s Direct Instruction: Faultless Communication, Measurably Superior Learning, and the Quest for Widespread Adoption |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: William Heward (Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town) |
CE Instructor: Patrick C. Friman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Siegfried “Ziggy” Engelmann (1931-2019) dedicated his life to developing and refining Direct Instruction (DI), a powerful teaching system that combines logical selection and sequencing of examples and high rates of responding by students. Countless children and adults owe their literacy to teachers who skillfully presented DI programs developed by Engelmann and colleagues. This symposium will review Engelmann’s achievements as a pioneering scientist, examine the DI research base, show how DI's theory of instruction is harmonious with behavior analysis, and discuss factors that impede the widespread implementation of DI in schools. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe two examples of how Siegfried Engelmann was a pioneer in modern cognitive psychology and two examples of how he advanced the field of instructional design; (2) describe the overall findings of a recent meta-analysis of over 300 studies on Direct Instruction and two suggestions for extending and improving the research base; (3) describe three Direct Instruction components that combine to communicate one logical interpretation by the learner; (4) describe why modifying Direct Instruction programs often undermines its effectiveness; (5) describe three reasons why many educators find Direct Instruction aversive. |
|
Science in the Service of Humanity: The Astonishing Contributions of Siegfried Engelmann |
SHEPARD BARBASH (Author) |
Abstract: A pioneering scientist and educator for more than 50 years, Siegfried ‘Zig’ Engelmann was among the first to apply the scientific method to the design and delivery of instruction. He stood alone for his ability to create programs that accelerate learning in even the hardest to teach children and that most teachers can learn to use. He wrote more than 100 curricula, covering the major subjects from preschool to high school. As a professor of education at University of Oregon and founder of the National Institute for Direct Instruction, he attracted students from around the world. No one did more to help the underdog. Millions of poor children learned when taught by teachers trained in his methods, often when nothing else worked. He never gave up on a child or blamed children for the failings of adults. He lived by his motto: If the student hasn’t learned, the teacher hasn’t taught. More scientific evidence validates DI’s effectiveness than any other mode of teaching. I will present an overview of Zig’s life and achievements. |
|
Faultless Communication: The Heart and Soul of DI |
JANET TWYMAN (blast) |
Abstract: Engelmann and colleagues realized that a scientific analysis of learning needed to control for one of two variables: either the learner or the instruction. As no two learners are alike, they focused on controlling instruction—in the form of logical, “faultless communication.” For most novice learners, normal instruction is riddled with confusion and ambiguity. To reduce misinterpretation and maximize learning, DI's instructional components (such as content analysis, explicit teaching, judicious example selection, and structured sequencing) are designed communicate one logical interpretation. The effects on the learner's performance are then observed, and the communication redesigned until faultless. DI's “Theory of Instruction” is harmonious with behavior analysis and beneficial to anyone interested in the heart and soul of good instruction. |
|
What’s the Evidence for Direct Instruction? |
JEAN STOCKARD (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: More than fifty years and 300 studies document DI’s effectiveness. A recent meta-analysis found that the average effect size for DI was over .50, substantially larger than the level typically found in studies of other programs. Estimated effects were similar across time, methodologies, student characteristics, settings, outcome variables, and comparison programs. However, they were larger when students were exposed for longer periods of time and with greater fidelity, surpassing the effect associated with the average achievement gap between advantaged and disadvantaged students. Future research might most effectively focus on ways to improve implementation fidelity and understand resistance to the programs. |
|
Factors in Education and ABA That Work Against Adoption and Maintenance of Direct Instruction |
TIMOTHY SLOCUM (Utah State University) |
Abstract: A great deal of evidence demonstrates that Direct Instruction can be extremely effective for efficiently building academic repertoires in a wide variety of learners including those with disabilities. However, Direct Instruction is not widely implemented in schools or ABA service settings. This presentation explores the interaction of features of Direct Instruction and the resources and contingencies in potential implementation settings that account for the under-utilization of this powerful technology that addresses a high-priority need. First, Direct Instruction must be well-implemented to have the powerful effects it is capable of producing. Second, implementing Direct Instruction well requires a good deal of expertise, on-going support, and ongoing effort by educators. Third, few schools or ABA service providers understand how and why Direct Instruction is powerful; therefore, they often undermine its effectiveness when making modifications, fail to generalize its powerful features, and select less effective programs for reasons that are irrelevant to student achievement. Fourth, many educators find some features of Direct Instruction aversive because of verbal relations surrounding those features, in spite of the fact that Direct Instruction could help them achieve highly-valued outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Social Structures |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Kalliu Carvalho Couto (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Discussant: Tete Kobla Agbota (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: Developments in complexity science have highlighted the importance of social structures in explaining behavior. In network science, structures are understood as emergent webs of interactions within organizations and social groups. Different conceptual perspectives such as behavioral systems analysis and metacontingencies have attempted to bring a system perspective to behavior analysis. Although Skinner and Catania (in Catania & Harnad, 1988) recognized the value of considering structure when explaining behavior in the context of complex social interactions, such analysis is not often adopted in behavioral analysis. Understanding social structures opens for a behavior analytic investigation of variety of phenomena studied by complexity sciences (i.e., social contagion; how behavior spread in social groups as functions of webs of social reinforcement). On the other hand, complexity scientists may benefit from a better understanding of the behavioral processes taking place during social interactions (i.e., mutual reinforcement; contingencies in which two or more individuals behavior produce reinforces to each other). The present symposium invites for a reflection about conceptual models, experimental opportunities and applied interventions in network structures from a behavior analytic perspective. |
|
A Network Analytic Perspective to Safety Culture and Behavior Change in Shipyards |
FABIO BENTO (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: Shipyards are remarkably dangerous work environments where employees are at risk of severe injuries related to falls, contact with hazardous materials, and strenuous work conditions among other factors. There is a recognition that shipyard safety cannot be addressed only in the terms of technological developments, but also in the realm of organizational contingencies of safe behavior. In this regard, most organizational efforts have consisted of providing training programs and information about safety procedures. However, there is a recognition of the limitations of such approaches. The goal of this paper is to present results of an ongoing organizational intervention deriving from a network analytic perspective towards learning. The intervention aims at promoting “social contagion” (Centola, 2018) of safe behavior by altering the structure of interactions among shipyard workers. The intervention starts with a network analysis in order to understand the structural position of individuals in a complex system, followed by different initiatives aimed at facilitating interaction and information flow over a three-months period. This project provides the opportunity to investigate processes of social reinforcement related to the spread of behavior in complex systems. Understanding the structure of communications and interdependencies may contribute to a deeper understanding of underlying contingencies of reinforcement. |
|
Rules, Consequences, and Feedback Dynamics: Putting Principles of Behavioral Systems Analysis and Complexity to Work in Designing Adaptable Organizations |
JONATHAN KRISPIN (Valdosta State University) |
Abstract: The world is changing more rapidly than it ever has in the past, and the rate of change is accelerating. In business, the criteria that must be met in order to succeed are changing because of changing customer preferences, changing competitor practices, and changes in technologies available to address these criteria. Abernathy (2009) asserted that optimizing organizational performance requires optimization of organizational system contingencies and external metacontingencies. Couto (2019) observed that many organizations attempt to align their execution interlocking behavioral contingencies (eIBCs) with external metacontingent requirements with controlling interlocking behavioral contingencies (cIBCs) in a manner closely resembling Abernathy’s assertion. In the present paper, the dynamics that this governance approach may create are analyzed in terms of rule-governed behavior, specifically how pliance rules and consequences may create very different feedback dynamics within organizations than tracking rules and consequences. Inappropriate applications of rules and associated consequences may artificially limit the degrees of freedom available to – that is limit the complexity of – the organization, thus limiting its capacity to adapt to changing external system metacontingencies. Proper application of rules and associated consequences can have the opposite effect, increasing the capacity of an organization to adapt and respond, potentially creating a sustainable competitive advantage. |
|
Nested Interlocking Behavioral Contingencies |
INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo Metropolitan University/ OsloMet) |
Abstract: A behavioral approach to large scale behaviors must be compatible with other scientific efforts to describe and explain behavioral phenomena. Behavior analysis is about the functional relation between behaviors and the environment. When focusing on how large- scale behaviors are established, maintained or get extinct, the concept of metacontingencies (Glenn and Mallott) add value to operant behavior analysis. The behavioral processes, (interlocking behavioral contingencies IBCs), maintain the functional relation to the environment. The result of the joint effort may be called an aggregate product which may or may not be selected by the environment. Hence, we have a parallel to a generic systems approach with the exception of the evolving structure. To capture the lineage in a metacontingency we will add structure, or the way the IBCs are nested together; the nIBCs. The way IBCs are nested together may give important information about the position and hence the contingencies responsible for establishing, maintaining or extinct interaction among members of the system. |
|
Bridging Organizational Silos: A Scoping Review |
MARCO TAGLIABUE (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: The present study rests on a raising concern about the formation of organizational silos and structural barriers to communication across the formal and informal network structures of a system. In addition to structure, two additional properties characterize general systems theory (Von Bertalanffy, 1968): function and process. There are at least two approaches to organizational silos and network clusters. The first maintains that they represent structures that hinder collaboration among members or departments of an organization. Conversely, the second approach maintains that they are spaces of social reinforcement, from which new knowledge may emerge. They are usually regarded as a problem, inasmuch as they limit the sharing and transmission of knowledge and practices across people and business units. Thus, we performed a scoping review of interventions that bridge network clusters resorting to social network analysis. Structure is regarded as the independent variable of study. Function and process are regarded as the dependent variables. According to our hypothesis, structure, function and process may be mutually interdependent. The discussion explores these properties in a broader frame of behavioral systems analysis. Finally, tentative indications are provided to translate the present work into applied settings. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Interventions for Individuals With Serious Mental Illness: The Often-Forgotten History of Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:30 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Michael Jon Vriesman (Eastern Michigan University) |
|
Behavioral interventions for Individuals With Serious Mental Illness: The Often-Forgotten History of Behavior Analysis |
Domain: Theory |
MICHAEL JON VRIESMAN (Eastern Michigan University), Jessica Good (Eastern Michigan University), Alexandros Maragakis (Eastern Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: Individuals with serious mental illness (SMI) experience behavioral excesses and skills deficits that significantly impact their daily functioning. Individuals with SMI are in high need for receiving psychological treatment, making them frequent utilizers of healthcare. Interventions for this population are commonly being implemented within prison, emergency care, and underfunded community mental health settings. Interventions in these environments can be ineffective because providers in these locations may not have appropriate training or access to sufficient resources to provide treatment to this complex population. Due to the frequent and inappropriate utilization of these systems for psychological treatment, these settings incur a high cost for individuals for SMI and the healthcare system. To address this issue, we will discuss underutilized and often forgotten behavior analytic interventions that have a history of effectively reducing behavioral excesses and providing skills training for individuals with SMI. We suggest that by revisiting these interventions and considering newly developed behavioral treatments, behavior analysis may be the solution to effectively treating this population. |
|
|
|
|
|
Comparison of Words and Objects as Tools in Problem-Solving Tasks |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
3:30 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DEV |
Chair: Maria Elena Rodriguez Perez (University of GUadalajara) |
|
Comparison of Words and Objects as Tools in Problem-Solving Tasks |
Domain: Basic Research |
MARIA ELENA RODRIGUEZ PEREZ (University of GUadalajara), Gerardo A Ortiz Rueda Rueda (Universidad de Guadalajara-Mexico), Elizabeth Lozano (University of Guadalajara), Carmen Quintana (University of Guadalajara) |
|
Abstract: Objects and words can acquire a tool function in problem-solving tasks if their use meets three criteria: (1) it emphasizes stimulus properties, (2) it extends the organism skills, and (3) it mediates the solution to the problem. In order to compare the tool function of words and objects, a second-order matching to sample task was modified in such a way that a ruler could be used to stablish matching relations related to size (“similar width”, “different height”, etc.). In experiment 1, nine adults (university students) and nine 7-9 year-old-children participated. They were divided into three groups according to the order of training conditions: instrumental training using the ruler, instrumental training while receiving stimuli descriptions, or instrumental training. Results showed that neither the ruler nor the stimuli descriptions promoted correct responding. In experiment 2, a ruler was substituted by a set square. Verbal descriptions were also modified to promote relational responding (v.gr. “larger than”). Participants’ performance reached high percentages of correct responses especially when both, objects and words, were included in training. These results suggested that words and objects were equally efficient as tools. When children used them effectively, their performance resembled adult behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Effects of a Self-Management Treatment Package on Physical Activity in University Students With Depressive Symptoms |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
4:00 PM–4:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Reghann Munno (Brock University) |
|
The Effects of a Self-Management Treatment Package on Physical Activity in University Students With Depressive Symptoms |
Domain: Applied Research |
REGHANN MUNNO (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University) |
|
Abstract: Depression is a highly prevalent condition with proportionally higher rates shown among university students than the general population. Research supports that engaging in physical activity improves symptoms associated with depression. Self-management techniques offer an effective, economical approach to teaching individuals to engage in increased physical activity. This study evaluated the effects of a self-management treatment package (i.e., goal setting, self-monitoring, feedback) on walking behaviour for four adults with chronic depressive symptoms. The extent to which increased physical activity affects self-reported depressive symptoms and sleep duration and quality were examined. All data were collected using the Fitbit FlexTM. A changing-criterion design embedded within a concurrent multiple baseline across four participants design was used in which each successive criterion was increased above the mean performance frequency in the previous phase by a value between 5-15%. After a stable decrease in walking was observed during follow-up for one participant, the treatment package was re-implemented. Overall, the results demonstrate that the treatment package was efficacious at increasing walking across participants (i.e., 31% increase in average mean shift from baseline to treatment). Findings also suggest that increased walking may be associated with increased sleep duration. A blind clinician is analyzing collateral effects on depressive symptoms. |
|
|
|
|
|
Selection Sciences: A Five-Level Undergraduate Course in Selection by Consequences |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
4:00 PM–4:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: PCH |
Chair: Criss Wilhite (California State University Fresno ) |
|
Selection Sciences: A Five-Level Undergraduate Course in Selection by Consequences |
Domain: Theory |
CRISS WILHITE (California State University Fresno) |
|
Abstract: Skinner formally introduced selection by consequences to behavior analysis in 1981. Since then, behavior analysts and researchers from other disciplines have expanded our understanding of selection to include units of selection, variation of those units, unit-environment interaction, selection, and maintenance of the units. Many researchers now recognize five levels at which selection occurs: evolution, epigenetics, immunology, behavior, and cultural practices. The Department of Psychology at Fresno State has offered a topics course called “Selection Sciences” for four years. The main content is how these systems work in general, with detailed analyses at each level. Additional topics include the history of selectionist approaches, dynamical systems, complexity, emergence, and chaos theory. The course is open to all undergraduates, fulfills a Psychology major requirement, and has been well received. Classes such as this may help bridge gaps between behavior analysis and other sub-disciplines within psychology along with related sciences, as selection processes are inherently multidisciplinary. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evidence-Based Supervision and the Use of Technology as an Effective Tool for Training Values-Driven Professionals Across Cultures |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA |
Chair: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital) |
CE Instructor: Katerina Dounavi, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: KATERINA DOUNAVI (Queen's University Belfast) |
Abstract: Supervision of trainees and service providers is crucial in guaranteeing that clients receive quality services that match their needs and respect their wishes and preferences. This presentation will focus on evidence-based strategies for the effective training and supervision of service providers across cultures. Emphasis will be put on the importance of protecting supervisee’s well-being as a means to achieve optimal outcomes for the clients they serve. An outline of how technology can enhance the process of disseminating our science internationally, in particular in countries where there is a dearth of behaviour analysts and training opportunities, will be offered. |
Target Audience: Students and entry-level professionals who wish to improve their cultural competence and knowledge of how technology can improve client outcomes; clinicians and researchers with intermediate and advanced understanding of evidence-based practice who wish to increase their cultural awareness and knowledge of how technology can facilitate access to quality services. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define effective supervision; (2) name at least two evidence-based strategies that effective supervisors use with trainees; (3) describe why cultural competence is important; (4) incorporate the use of technology for the supervision of service provision. |
|
KATERINA DOUNAVI (Queen's University Belfast) |
Dr. Dounavi is a Senior Lecturer in Behaviour Analysis and Autism at Queen's University Belfast, where she serves as the MScABA Director (includes an ABAI VCS) and supervisor of Ph.D. students. Her research focuses on behaviour analysis, developmental delays including autism, values-driven professional training, verbal behaviour, evidence-based education and wider behavioural applications for improving health and well-being. Dr. Dounavi has extensive clinical experience across numerous countries overseeing services offered to children and their families, supervising professionals and conducting research with the aim to improve educational outcomes. She is the Founder and Clinical Director of Magiko Sympan (Greece), the Clinical Director of Melody Learning Centre (Germany), the Senior Supervisor of Futuroschool Centre (France) and the Coordinator and Associate Supervisor of at-distance practice for ABA Spain (Spain and Spanish speaking countries). Her overall aim, which she seeks to achieve through a number of activities internationally, is to improve the delivery of services offered to families of children with autism and other developmental or learning disorders internationally through the provision of highly trained professionals and empowered parents. |
|
|
|
|
Bullying Among Youth in the Digital Era |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA |
Chair: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa) |
CE Instructor: Kelly M. Schieltz, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: REBECCA ANG (National Institute of Education, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore) |
Abstract: The advancement of technology has inevitably shaped social interactions for a large majority of adolescents in urbanized cities. This digital age is a time of positive growth, but also a time of considerable challenge. Bullying has extended its reach from the physical to the cyberspace. Most of what we now know about traditional bullying and cyberbullying comes from research conducted in Western societies. There have been a number of studies from Asian Pacific Rim societies, though it is acknowledged that there is a comparative lack of studies from South-East Asian countries. This talk will review key issues in this field such as the similarities, differences, and relationship between cyberbullying and traditional bullying, measurement issues in cyberbullying research as it relates to prevalence rates, and crucial cross-cultural considerations. This talk will also examine the risk and protective factors, and outcomes including mental health outcomes of traditional/cyberbullying victims and perpetrators. Finally, this talk will also include a review of prevention and intervention strategies targeting multiple levels and contexts/systems (individual, relationships such as parent-adolescent, teacher-student, peer-peer, school, community) which will be needed to more effectively address traditional and cyberbullying in an integrated manner. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the similarities, differences, and relationship between cyberbullying and traditional bullying; (2) discuss measurement issues in cyberbullying research and how these issues influence prevalence rates; (3) review the risk and protective factors, and outcomes of cyberbullying/traditional victims and perpetrators; (4) promote prevention and intervention strategies targeting multiple levels and contexts/systems in order to more effectively address cyberbullying and traditional bullying in an integrated manner. |
|
REBECCA ANG (National Institute of Education, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore) |
Rebecca P. Ang is a Professor with the Psychological Studies Academic Group, National Institute of Education, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore (NIE NTU Singapore). She obtained her Ph.D. in School Psychology from Texas A&M University. She is a Nationally Certified School Psychologist in the USA, and a Registered Psychologist in Singapore. Dr. Ang’s research and professional interests include developmental child psychopathology, and in particular antisocial, aggressive behavior, and related prevention and intervention work. She is also interested in children’s relationships with their parents and teachers, and the impact these relationships have on children’s adjustment and functioning. Dr. Ang is a well-cited researcher whose scholarly work has been published in international peer reviewed journals. She serves on various advisory boards within NTU, government ministries, as well as voluntary welfare organizations. Some of her previous awards include the International Council of Psychologists Seisoh Sukemune/Bruce Bain Early Career Research Award, Japanese Chamber of Commerce and Industry Singapore Foundation Education Award, the NTU Nanyang Education Award (College), and the Singapore National Day Award - The Public Administration Medal (Bronze). |
|
|
|
|
PDS: Business Leaders in ABA |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: OBM/TBA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Megan Miller, Ph.D. |
Chair: Tangchen Li (The Ohio State University; DolFun Academy) |
MEGAN MILLER (#dobetter Pod) |
DAVID BICARD (Great Leaps Learning Center) |
STEPHEN FOREMAN (Clincial Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: The rapidly growing field of ABA offers a wide range of occupational opportunities for behavior analysts. One potential opportunity is operating a business that provides ABA services. In this panel discussion, three successful business owners who provide behavioral services will share their experiences and advice for starting and running a business that delivers ABA-based services. The three panelists are Dr. Megan Miller, Co-Founder of Navigation Behavioral Consulting, former CEO of PEAK ABA Solutions, and Founder of the Do Better Professional Development Movement; and Dr. David Bicard, CEO of Great Leaps Learning Center; Stephen Foreman, Vice-President/Chief Operating Officer of Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA), Chief Behavior Analyst of Lee Specialty Clinic, and Founding Member and Past President of the Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis. The three panelists will be address topics such as starting and maintaining a business, training and coaching staff, overcoming obstacles, and dealing with potential ethical issues. This panel is a 50 minutes Q&A panel discussion, in which you'll have the opportunity to ask any questions about the three different types of business in our ABA world. |
Target Audience: The target audience will be behavior analysts, undergraduates, and parents who want to know more about how to start and operating business that provides ABA services. |
Learning Objectives: N/A |
|
|
|
|
SUSTAINABILITY: Growing the Behavioral Biome: Putting a Strategic Plan into Action |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Domain: Translational |
Chair: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The first presentation will give an integrated analysis of behavioral science research on climate change and greenhouse gas emissions. The second presentation will provide an overview of the research programs, organizations providing funding, and community interventions that have been compiled by the Coalition of Behavioral Science Organizations Climate Change Task Force. The third presentation will provide an overview of the resources required to accomplish the goals of the task force and how to expand the efforts. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify types of research that have the potential to advance policy action related to climate change; (2) navigate the resources that have been created by the task force; (3) identify effective methods for recruiting and coordinating volunteer participation. |
|
Identifying the Need for Expansion of Behavioral Research on Climate Change |
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute) |
Abstract: This paper will present a thorough and integrated analysis of existing behavioral science research on climate change and greenhouse gas emissions. It will begin by contrasting the amount of money being invested in physical science research relevant to climate change with the much smaller amount being invested in behavioral science research, despite the fact that addressing the problem is almost entirely a matter of changing human behavior. This discrepancy in funding that supports behavioral science research translates to a gap in policy solutions based in behavioral science. Additionally, we will provide a review of the extent to which research is identifying effective and scalable strategies for affecting climate-relevant policy and behavior. We will then describe the kind of experimental research that is most likely to result in scalable change. Finally, we will present a strategic plan for greatly increasing funding for large-interdisciplinary programs of experimental analysis of strategies for affecting climate-relevant policy and behavior. |
|
We’re All in This Together: The Road to Research Collaboration, Funding, and Community Interventions |
HOLLY SENIUK (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: Since 2018, the Coalition of Behavioral Science Organizations Climate Change Task Force (BSC-CCTF) has been reviewing the behavioral research on climate change, as described in the previous paper. In addition to reviewing the literature the task force is working to create resources that will aid in pushing the needle forward on behavior science research related to greenhouse gas emissions and policy change. Through a network of volunteers, the task force’s committees have assembled an evolving collection of research institutions, funding sources, and examples of community interventions addressing the development of policies and strategies to reduce carbon emissions. The goal of these collections is to establish a database that will help propel the work of the task force forward by identifying potential funding sources, collaborators, and community intervention models that could benefit from experimental evaluation. This paper will provide audience members with a roadmap of the work thus far and an overview of the research programs, foundations/institutions providing funding, and the community level interventions that have been compiled in this process. |
|
Building a Network: What It Takes to Make It Happen |
ANDREW BONNER (University of Florida) |
Abstract: One of the greatest challenges in moving forward the work on behavioral science research on climate change and related community interventions and policy involves coordinating efforts in an efficient and systematic way without losing momentum. This presentation will provide an overview of the resources and effort required to accomplish the goals of the task force by sharing the model that has been developed and implemented. This includes recruitment of volunteers to support research endeavors, as well as, committee work related to the development of searchable databases for research institutions, funding agencies, and community interventions that aim to address issues related to greenhouse gas emissions. The BSC-CCTF has made significant progress in the last two years that would not be possible without the collective effort of many. We will share the process for recruiting, training, and retaining volunteers. Finally, next steps for expanding and scaling up this work will be explored |
|
|
|
|
Advances in Increasing Verbal Behavior Across Children With and Without Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: VBC/DEV; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Natalia Baires (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Ruth Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Ruth Rehfeldt, M.S. |
Abstract: Much research has been conducted on increasing verbal behavior of individuals with and without developmental disabilities; however, there remains several unaddressed empirical questions. For instance, there is a paucity of literature on pre-requisite skills needed to increase the effectiveness of procedures, the efficacy of automatic reinforcement to increase infant vocalizations, if pairing procedures can increase textual behavior, and whether particular procedures are more effective to increase intraverbals. The current symposium will attempt to narrow these gaps in research. The first presentation will discuss findings on which skills may enhance the effectiveness of a Stimulus Pairing Observation Procedure in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Following, the second presentation will present results on the effects of a Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing procedure on the rate of vocalizations of a typically developing infant. Next, the third presentation will review outcomes of a word-picture pairing procedure to produce emergent textual behavior in children with reading deficits. Finally, the fourth presentation will discuss the effects of an echoic prompt plus error correction procedure and a Differential Observing Response procedure on the acquisition of convergent intraverbals in children with ASD. A discussion highlighting and integrating the aforementioned presentations will then be conducted by Dr. Ruth Anne Rehfeldt. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts |
|
Effects of the Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing Procedure on the Rate of Vocalizations of an Infant |
SEBASTIAN GARCIA-ZAMBRANO (Southern Illinois University), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Southern Illinois University), Michelle Britwum (Morningstar Behavioral Associates), Ruth Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The development of vocal verbal behavior begins with the emission of vowel sounds and babbling, which are influenced by the contingent and non-contingent speech sounds of caregivers. Automatic reinforcement seems to have an important role in increasing the babbling rate in the first months of life; however, there are a limited number of studies that evaluate this phenomenon. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effects of the stimulus-stimulus pairing (SSP) procedure on the rate of vocalizations in a three-month-old typically developed infant. A multiple baseline across behaviors design was used. During baseline, the participant was placed in her play area with toys and occasional non-contingent auditory interactions from the mother for 5 minutes (Miliotis et al., 2012). During the SSP condition, the mother repeated the target sound (S +) for approximately 2s paired with the simultaneous presentation of varied preferred stimuli. The rate of pairings was 10 pairings per minute. The subsequent trial was delayed by 20-s when the participant emitted target sounds (S +) during the modeling and delivery of preferred stimuli during pairing. Finally, during post-pairing, the participant was returned to the play area and all vocalizations made by the participant were recorded. |
|
Evaluation of a Skills Assessment for the Stimulus Pairing Observation Procedure |
Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), KRISTINE TRAPANI (University of Massachusetts Lowell; PrideStar Center for Applied Learning), Emily Bergman (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to assess skills that may enhance the effectiveness of a stimulus pairing observation procedure (SPOP) for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). SPOP incorporates observational learning to teach stimulus relations via contiguous presentation of stimuli. Previous studies that have examined the use of SPOP with children with ASD have reported mixed results (Byrne et al., 2014; Rosales et al., 2012; Vallinger-Brown & Rosales, 2014). In this study, we first conducted a brief skills assessment of the following: identity matching, imitation, auditory discrimination, visual discrimination, echoic, and tacting. Following the skills assessment, participants were exposed to SPOP across three stimulus sets using a multiple baseline design. Subsequent probes for tact and listener responding were then conducted. The results of the assessment and corresponding performance on tact and listener probes will be reviewed. Discussion will be focused on the implications of these results for practitioners. |
|
Can a Word-Picture Pairing With Orientation Response Generate Emergent Reading? |
GIOVAN WILLIAN RIBEIRO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Letícia Regina Fava Menzori (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Hindira Naomi Kawasaki (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Micah Amd (National University of Ireland Maynooth) |
Abstract: Textual behavior requires learning relations between dictated and printed words. Teaching printed words and pictures relations to individuals that already relates dictated words and pictures can establish equivalence classes that characterize reading with comprehension. We verified whether word-picture pairings produce emergent textual behavior (reading). Participants were three children (6-7 years) with reading deficits. Stimuli were printed words and their corresponding pictures, divided in three sets of three pairs. Pairing trials started with the presentation of a fixation cross in one corner of the screen. Clicking on the cross produced the presentation of a word followed by its corresponding picture. Three sessions were conducted for each stimulus set, and each word-picture pair was presented 12 times per session. Multiple probes evaluated the reading of all nine target words before and after teaching each set. Within sessions, pre- and post-tests assessed the reading of the three words. The probes showed emergence of reading after each set. Post-tests revealed an increase in reading within sessions. Participants did not read non-target words used only in probes. This study replicated, with a more rigorous experimental control, previous findings of our laboratory. We will discuss implications of these results for establishing reading with larger stimulus sets. |
|
|
|
|
Machine Learning and Behavior Analysis: Can Artificial Intelligence Reduce Bias in the Functional Behavior Assessment Process? |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
4:30 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: PCH |
Chair: Temple S Lovelace (Duquesne University) |
|
Machine Learning and Behavior Analysis: Can Artificial Intelligence Reduce Bias in the Functional Behavior Assessment Process? |
Domain: Theory |
TEMPLE S LOVELACE (Duquesne University) |
|
Abstract: Artificial Intelligence has become a central part of understanding the teaching and learning processes in education (Nafea, 2017). In education, machine learning has been touted as a way for educators to improve efficiency and to personalize the learning that students and teachers undertake (Petrilli, 2018). As more efficient methods of teaching and practice are sought to improve the way we approach behavioral analytic training, such as virtual and mixed reality, a single question remains, “When will behavior analysis get bit by the artificial intelligence bug?” Using data from the author’s systematic review on functional behavior assessment, the authors will walk participants through “FBAware” a simulated application that can detect if a behavior analyst has bias in determining the function of behavior. Next, the authors will present sample linear models, R^2, and adjusted R^2 values of the predictive models as a use case for what a predictive analytics could look like for organizations and universities. Lastly, the authors will talk about the promise and pitfalls that predictive analytics could bring in indicating where bias exists and how the field can become forward thinking in order to shape a future where artificial intelligence and behavior analysis coincide. |
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of Multi-Step Augmentative and Alternative Communication Intervention on Three Partner-Directed Communicative Behaviors During Play in Preschoolers With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Jessica Miller (University of Arkansas) |
|
Effect of Multi-Step Augmentative and Alternative Communication Intervention on Three Partner-Directed Communicative Behaviors During Play in Preschoolers With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA MILLER (University of Arkansas), Christine Holyfield (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas) |
|
Abstract: This study evaluated the effect of a multi-phase augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) intervention package using modeling, prompting, and reinforcement on prelinguistic and linguistic partner-directed play communicative behaviors, in three preschoolers with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), using a speech-generating device (SGD). Using a multiple probe across participants design, the researchers modeled and prompted holding up a toy (prelinguistic play communication), activating the SGD button “Look” (linguistic play communication), and engaging in partner-directed gaze with the interventionist. All three participants demonstrated some increase in prelinguistic communication and partner-directed gaze, although only one met and maintained full mastery criteria for all three target behaviors. Results are discussed in terms of their contribution to AAC research involving prelinguistic and linguistic communication, and in terms of participant differences, such as prior SGD experience, size of imitation repertoire, and response to social praise, that may help account for variance in acquisition. Future directions are also discussed, including the need for further research on incorporating prelinguistic targets into SGD intervention. |
|
|
|
|
|
Short Term Parent Training Programs for Families Impacted by Autism: Community Based Practice |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Amy Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center) |
CE Instructor: Amy Kenzer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a neurodevelopmental disorder characterized by deficits in social communication and repetitive behaviors [American Psychiatric Association (APA) 2013], and rates of ASD have risen exponentially in recent years currently impacting approximately 1 out of 59 children in the United States [Centers for Disease Control (CDC) 2018]. Several behavior analytic interventions have been established as effective with a focus on early delivery and high intensity for ameliorating symptoms of ASD and increasing meaningful skills. Even with this growth in practice, there remains inadequate access to services for families across the country. This symposium will include three presentations focused on development and implementation of parent training models to address: 1) lag between diagnosis and start of intervention, 2) service options for families living in remote and rural areas and/or with school-age children, and 3) evaluating the effect of naturalistic parent-mediated interventions. Together, results indicate that 1) parents were successful at implementing naturalistic interventions, 2) interventions met parent expectations, 3) parents reported positive response to intervention and format, and 4) children demonstrated positive gains during parent participation in the programs. Results from these models continue to inform research and community-based practice to address the needs of the community. |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts |
Learning Objectives: Describe Pivotal Response Treatment strategies taught to parents to target child motivation. Describe different training formats and components to address parent outcomes. Describe measurement used to capture parent acquisition of intervention, self-efficacy, and response to intervention format and coaching. |
|
Parent Training in Pivotal Response Treatment to Support Parent and Child After Receiving an Autism Diagnosis |
BRITTANI NICHOLE HARRIS (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Beatriz Orr (Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis; Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Alexis N. Boglio (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center) |
Abstract: Parents who receive a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) can experience difficulties in accessing services for their child which may lead to a delay in treatment (Coolican, Smith, & Bryson, 2010). Participation in a brief parent training program in Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) can be an immediate, cost-effective solution for families waiting for comprehensive treatment or with limited access to resources (Coolican et al., 2010). In this current study, a six-week program was developed to provide psychoeducation and parent-mediated intervention (PMI) for the core symptoms for parents with young children who were recently diagnosed with ASD or classified as at-risk. Parents participated in psychoeducation sessions using a web-based format and completed clinic-based coaching sessions focused on PMI. Participants in this study include 66 parent-child dyads, and positive effects in parent knowledge, parent implementation, and child language were observed. Parent participants showed increases in their knowledge scores with an average increase of 37% and in their implementation of PRT techniques with an average increase of 27%. Results for this study are promising and consistent with previous research, demonstrating that participation in brief parent training programs can effectively increase parent knowledge and fidelity of implementation of PRT to support their child after receiving an autism diagnosis. |
|
Increasing Access to Services for Families Living in Remote and Rural Communities Through Parent-Mediated Intervention |
Alexis Boglio (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Sienna VanGelder (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), HALEY ROSE (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center) |
Abstract: Parent-mediated interventions can lead to significant gains in social, communicative, and adaptive skills for children with autism spectrum disorder (Meadan et al., 2009). Although there is consensus about the benefits of evidence-based parent-delivered intervention, many barriers exist for families seeking training on effective teaching practices. Geographical distance from treatment centers and the high cost of high-quality services are two variables that often contribute to inequity in behavior analytic treatment. The current investigation sought to examine the impact of a short-term intensive parent training program on parent fidelity of implementation of Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) and child communication. Twenty-four families living in remote or rural communities in Arizona participated in 25 hours of in-vivo parent coaching through a grant-funded, clinic-based program. Across all participants, the average fidelity score increased from 30% at baseline to 82% post-training and child responsivity increased from 22% to 67%. Additionally, families rated the program favorably and reported comfort using the strategies in their home environment. Results indicate that the one-week intensive program may offer a solution in addressing ongoing disparities in autism treatment. |
|
A Brief Parent Training Program for Parents of School-Aged Students |
MEGAN MANN (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Sienna VanGelder (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Alexis N. Boglio (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center) |
Abstract: Brief parent education programs for parents of young children has shown to be effective at increasing parent use of teaching strategies and having positive effects on child social communication skills (Vismara, Colombi, Rogers, 2009). However, few studies have examined the impact of parent-education models for parents with school-aged children. In this study we utilized the same format (Rogers et al., 2012) and evaluated the impact on parent delivery of Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) with school-aged children. This study reviewed the outcome data of the first four parent-child dyads to participate in the pilot and suggests that parents of school-age children may benefit from a short-term low-intensity model similarly to parents of young children. Following participation all participants agreed that they felt comfortable implementing the motivational procedures of pivotal response treatment. In addition, all parent-child dyads demonstrated gains in verbal responsivity and achieved an acceptable level of fidelity. Results suggested a 12-week education model can be an effective modality to increase fidelity of implementation of pivotal response treatment for caregivers of school-aged children. |
|
|
|
|
Working With Insurance: Navigating Medical Necessity Criteria and Peer Reviews, Updated for COVID-19 |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Karen Nohelty, M.Ed. |
Chair: Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
JULIE KORNACK (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
KATHERINE A. JOHNSON (Learn / Advances Learning Center) |
ASHLEY WILLIAMS (Learn / ABACS) |
Abstract: As insurers and health plans become the predominant funders of ABA-based autism treatment, behavior analysts increasingly encounter complex guidelines and unanticipated peer reviews as they endeavor to provide services to their patients. Each insurer/health plan has its own medical necessity criteria (MNC) to try to define which services will be covered. A comprehensive understanding of the proper use of MNC and how to prepare for a peer review has the potential to help behavior analysts successfully challenge erroneous treatment denials and arbitrary treatment limits. Numerous laws, regulations, and legal precedents protect a patient’s right to access medically necessary treatment, including ABA. For example, the Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act (MHPAEA) prevents insurers/health plans from imposing stricter limitations on mental health benefits, such as autism treatment coverage, than those imposed on medical/surgical benefits. Results from a recent review of the MNC of 10 insurers/health plans will be discussed in light of MHPAEA requirements. Practical methods of conveying these requirements in interactions with insurance representatives will be discussed. Strategies for successfully navigating the peer review process will be shared. With an enhanced understanding of patient rights and provider responsibilities, clinicians will have the tools they need to provide ABA-based treatment that reflects best practices. |
Target Audience: BCBAs who work with insurers as payors of ABA-based autism treatment. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify at least 2 strategies to aid in communicating a patient’s clinical needs to insurance carriers during a peer-to-peer review. 2. Participants will understand how MHPAEA protects patient access to ABA-based autism treatment and will be able to identify at least 2 elements in insurer guidelines that may violate MHPAEA. 3. Participants will be able to discuss the components of medical necessity criteria guidelines in the context of ABA-based autism treatment. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Sports: Coaching Interactions |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Dennis Uriarte (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Dennis Uriarte, M.S. |
Abstract: Coaching is a term that is used frequently in both behavioral and non-behavioral literature, yet it often is used with a lack of clarity in terms of the form and function of the interactions. The studies in this symposium offer three unique ideas on how to improve coaching interactions and the effects that they can have on athletes and coaches alike. All three studies had coaches implementing the intervention. The first two studies focus on the increase in athlete performance in lacrosse and mixed martial arts (MMA), respectively. The first study evaluated the use of negative reinforcement on an athlete's running behavior and the second study evaluated the use of coaching questions feedback to increase correct foot pivots in fighters. The third study, softball, also implemented feedback; however, instead evaluated the usage of video-based feedback and self-monitoring to improve the coaching interactions themselves. All three studies hint at possible new interventions to improve performance in the sports realm. |
Target Audience: This symposium is targeted towards behavior analysts with an interest in coaching interactions |
|
The Use of Negative Reinforcement to Increase Running Behavior in Collegiate Athletes |
JESSE DEPAOLO (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Although athletes are often expected to engage in physical activity outside of team settings (practices, games, lift sessions, etc.), it is not common practice for coaches to track such behavior(s). For this study, an ABAB reversal design was conducted, to examine the use of a negative reinforcement contingency on increasing collegiate athlete’s out of practice running. This study was conducted with collegiate women’s lacrosse players at a Division 2 university. On the first day of the team’s season, prior to the onset of this study, coaches instructed athletes to run a set number of miles per week outside of practice. During baseline, athletes sent proof of the miles they ran to their coach. During intervention, athletes continued to send proof to their coaches and the negative reinforcement contingency was introduced. If all members of the team completed the set number of miles, the team’s end of the week fitness drill was removed. In baseline, approximately 75% of players completed their required running. During the negative reinforcement condition, approximately 95%. This indicates that negative reinforcement may be a viable intervention to improve athletic compliance for physical activity outside of practice. |
|
The Effects of Feedback Statements Versus Coaching Questions on Athlete Performance |
cledia caberlon (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicholas Weatherly (Florida Institute of Technology), Curtis Phillabaum (Florida Institute of Technology), Kayce Nagel (Florida Institute of Technology), VINCE ALEXANDER BELLO (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Coaching is a term used frequently in behavioral and non-behavioral literature, yet often with a lack of clarity on form and function. One component of coaching is feedback, which is the most common intervention in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) and has shown to be an effective treatment when implemented correctly. However, the use of questions rather than statements to improve performance has not yet been evaluated in the coaching system. The current investigation used a coaching system to separately compare the effectiveness of both interactions (feedback statements and coaching questions) to contribute to the coaching literature. Five Mixed Martial Arts (MMA) fighters participated in the study and received coaching questions and feedback statements in a randomized order. An alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the effects of the intervention on athlete performance. |
|
Using Video-Based Feedback and Self-Monitoring to Improve Athletic Coaching Interactions |
Kayce Nagel (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicholas Weatherly (Florida Institute of Technology), Curtis Phillabaum (Florida Institute of Technology), Cledia Caberlon (Florida Institute of Technology), LAUREN RIVERA (Florida Institute of Technology), Nelmar Jacinto Cruz (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The present study examined if video-based feedback combined with self-monitoring will improve the quality of specific feedback statements delivered by coaches. The study involved four collegiate softball coaches at a southeastern university. The primary dependent variable was the quality of coaching interactions delivered by the coaches as measured by items completed from a checklist of feedback characteristics. The coaching interaction was defined as any feedback statement that is referencing behavior relevant to task performance. The secondary dependent variable was the athlete’s performance. The independent variable was video feedback combined with self-monitoring. The results showed an improvement in all four participant’s coaching interactions. The group mean baseline levels for coaching interaction accuracy were between 39% - 59% which improved to 55% - 72% after treatment was introduced. The coaches individual improvement ranged from 3.5%-15.4%. The current study found that using video-based feedback and self-monitoring was effective in improving coaching interactions. |
|
|
|
|
Increasing Access to ABA Services Using Telehealth Technology: Research, Challenges, and Successes |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Linda S. Heitzman-Powell, Ph.D. |
Chair: Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (The University of Kansas Medical Center) |
KATRINA OSTMEYER-KOUNTZMAN (Behavioral Technologies Consulting Organization; Beyond the Individual, Inc.) |
CARLA T. SCHMIDT (University of Florida) |
REGAN GARDEN (PCR Alaska) |
Abstract: While families are seeing increased coverage of applied behavior analysis (ABA), an evidence-based treatment for young children with autism with emerging evidence for older youth and adults on the spectrum, they are often unable to access these services due to a paucity of providers that meet state mandated certification and licensing requirements (“Autism and Insurance Coverage,” 2018). This is especially true for families in rural and remote areas where inadequate access to behavioral healthcare is well-documented (Murphy & Ruble, 2012 ; Whittle, Fisher, Reppermund, Lenroot, &; Trollor, 2017). Telehealth has been successfully utilized to treat a variety of populations in the realms of mental health and ABA specifically (Fisher et al., 2014; Heitzman-Powell et al., 2014; Vismara, Young, Stahmer, Griffith, & Rogers, 2009). This panel discussion will outline solutions to help meet the needs of individuals in need of ABA services in rural and remote areas through telehealth technology including solutions for parent-training, supervision of comprehensive and targeted ABA programs, and training for individuals seeking behavior analytic certification. The discussion will focus on application, challenges, and solutions. |
Target Audience: BCBA-D, BCBA, BCaBA |
Learning Objectives: 1). Participants will be able to identify at least 3 barriers to accessing ABA services in rural and remote areas. 2). Participants will be able to identify at least 3 challenges and solutions to using telehealth effectively to increase accessibility of ABA services. 3). Participants will be able to describe how parent-training, supervision of comprehensive and targeted behavioral treatment teams, and supervision can be effectively delivered using a distance-based model. |
|
|
|
|
Ethical Considerations for Behavior Analysts Providing Supervision and Supports in Public Schools |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Selena J Layden, Ph.D. |
Chair: Selena J Layden (Old Dominion University) |
DARIA LORIO-BARSTEN (College of William & Mary Training and Technical Assistance Center) |
LAUREN VETERE (Virginia Commonwealth University) |
DANIS URBAN (New Horizons Regional Education Centers) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts working in public school settings may face ethical and logistical challenges. As an applied area of behavior analysis, practicing in education requires in-depth understanding and application of the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board®. For behavior analysts, supervision in the public school setting can be broadly defined and can encompass a variety of roles and responsibilities. Behavior analysts may provide supervision to those who are both familiar and unfamiliar with ABA. It is often a behavior analyst’s responsibility to juggle administrative duties and supports, ethical standards, and education for staff, all while ensuring appropriate service delivery and effectiveness for students. Additionally, many roles filled by behavior analysts in public schools are not evaluative, thus creating additional challenges for effective supervision. Yet, success for students depends upon staff providing quality services, often supported or overseen by the behavior analyst. This panel discussion will specifically focus on behavior analysts providing supervision and supports in public schools. The targeted audience for this panel includes those currently working in public school settings, those who consult in these settings, or those teaching future behavior analysts who may work in the public school setting. |
Target Audience: BCBAs or BCBA-Ds currently working in public school settings BCBAs or BCBA-Ds who consult in public schools BCBAs or BCBA-Ds teaching future behavior analysts who may work in the public school setting |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify at least 5 challenges to providing supervision as a BCBA in the public school setting 2. Create at least 3 with potential resolutions to issues identified in providing supervision as a BCBA in a public school setting 3. Determine at least 3 questions from the larger audience that need to be addressed related to this topic |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Applications for Human Services Staff |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Michael Passage, M.Ed. |
Abstract: In this symposium, the authors will present research on staff behavior in human service settings. In the first paper, the presenter describes using a checklist to increase the frequency of questions about the client’s culture by behavioral clinicians during a mock intake interview. The checklist alone was shown to be effective at increasing cultural questions across a variety of domains including diet, communication, provider outcomes, religion and reward/discipline. The second presenter will discuss the effectiveness of video modeling to increase the frequency of participants’ play behaviors and vocalizations during play. Results support the use of video modeling to increase adult play behavior across 3 stimulus sets (e.g., train set, blocks). The final presentation will review results from a study evaluating the effects of self-monitoring and goal setting on therapist-provided mand opportunities. Participants were 3 behavior technicians who experienced unobtrusive and obtrusive baseline phases, followed by a self-monitoring phase, a self-monitoring plus goal-setting phase, followed by other individualized interventions. Results varied across participants. |
Target Audience: Human Service Staff |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be familiar with the effectiveness of checklists to improve cultural questions. 2. Audience members will gain basic knowledge on the importance of adults learning how to play 3. The audience will learn about the effects of an intervention on therapist-provided mand opportunities, as well as interventions that may be effective when combined. |
|
An Evaluation of a Culture Interview Checklist for Behaviorally-Oriented Clinicians |
JOSHUA ADDINGTON (Florida Tech), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology), Jacqueline Noto (Florida Institute of Technology), Nelmar Jacinto Cruz (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: In recent years, there have been calls from within the field for behavior analysts to develop an awareness of the impact of client culture on treatment. The purpose of this study was to develop and evaluate a checklist as a tool for increasing the frequency of questions about client culture asked by behavioral clinicians during mock intake interviews. A multiple baseline across question types (diet, communication, provider outcomes, religion and reward/discipline) was used to evaluate the effects of a vague prompt and the Culture Interview Checklist (CIC). When instructed to ask questions about culture, none of the participants increased the number of questions asked to a socially significant degree. Two out of the three participants met the mastery criteria for each portion of the CIC after it was introduced. The third participant required an additional instruction to meet the mastery criteria. A tool such as the CIC may advance the field in a myriad of ways as behavior analysis embarks upon the challenge of becoming more culturally competent. |
|
Playing Isn’t Just for the Kids: The Effects of Video Modeling on Adult Play Behavior |
MARY LOUISE LEWIS (Florida Institute of Technology), Grace Francine Boatman (Florida Institute of Technology; Nemours Children's Hospital), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder may lack appropriate play skills. Even if they have independent play skills, they may need additional assistance in developing peer play skills. In order to provide quality care to these children, practitioners who work with these children should also be versed in how to play with their clients. This creates an environment in which the therapist can serve as a model peer in order to teach these play skills. The researchers for the current study used a multiple baseline design across stimulus sets. A pre-experimental assessment, naturalistic generalization probe, and a toy generalization probe were conducted prior to baseline. Baseline 1 demonstrated the participant’s performance in playing with a confederate researcher. Task clarification represented the participant’s performance in playing with a confederate researcher after a verbal prompt to play more. The researchers implemented video modeling to increase the frequency of participants’ play behaviors and vocalizations during play. Results support the use of video modeling to increase adult play behavior across three stimulus sets. Post-test probes included a naturalistic generalization probe, toy generalization probe, and 1 month maintenance probe. |
|
An Evaluation of Self-monitoring and Goal Setting for Increasing Mand Opportunities Among RBTs |
SANDHYA RAJAGOPAL (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Mary Louise Lewis (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: A mand is a verbal response that specifies its reinforcer (Skinner, 1957), and is commonly known as a request. Deficient manding repertoires often lead to problem behavior (Barbera & Rasmussen, 2007). Individuals with autism often require intensive teaching to learn new skills, and should be provided hundreds of opportunities to mand each day (Barbera & Rasmussen, 2007). The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of self-monitoring and goal setting on therapist-provided mand opportunities using a multiple baseline design across participants with an embedded withdrawal design. Past findings suggest that self-monitoring affects performance and that added goal setting can enhance those effects (Calpin, Edelstein, and Redmon, 1988). Participants in the present study were 3 behavior technicians who experienced unobtrusive and obtrusive baseline phases, followed by a self-monitoring phase, a self-monitoring plus goal setting phase, and finally, other individualized interventions. Experimenters collected data on mands and missed opportunities during 5-min sessions. Results varied across participants. |
|
|
|
|
SUSTAINABILITY: Coordinating Interdisciplinary Sustainability Research: What We’ve Learned About Community Intervention Research |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Domain: Translational |
Chair: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D. |
Panelists: ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute), LISA COYNE (Harvard Medical School; Suffolk University; McLean Hospital), JESSICA GHAI (Boston University) |
Abstract: This panel will serve as a follow-up to the previous events on “A Strategic Plan for Expanding Behavioral Science Research on Climate Change”. It is the first of a two panel discussion on coordinating efforts of the behavior science community to increase research and community intervention to reduce carbon emissions. This panel includes experts from the fields of prevention science, clinical psychology, environmental education, and behavior analysis. The panelists will discuss coordinating efforts of individuals with diverse expertise in the development, execution, and data analysis of interdisciplinary sustainability research and make suggestions for immediate and pragmatic actions at the individual, community and societal levels. Audience members will have the opportunity to participate in real-time work to expand and scale up research and application needed in this area. We invite participants to dialogue and identify the opportunities and barriers to doing this work and commit to taking actions to increase the contributions of the behavior analysis community toward mitigating the effects of climate change. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify gaps in research related to climate change policy; (2) state strategies to increase research and community intervention related to climate change; (3) identify committed actions that they can take towards reducing carbon emissions. |
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute) |
Anthony Biglan, Ph.D., is a Senior Scientist at Oregon Research Institute. He is the author of The Nurture Effect: How the Science of Human Behavior Can Improve our Lives and Our World.
Dr. Biglan has been conducting research on the development and prevention of child and adolescent problem behavior for the past 30 years. His work has included studies of the risk and protective factors associated with tobacco, alcohol, and other drug use; high-risk sexual behavior; and antisocial behavior. He has conducted numerous experimental evaluations of interventions to prevent tobacco use both through school-based programs and community-wide interventions. And, he has evaluated interventions to prevent high-risk sexual behavior, antisocial behavior, and reading failure.
In recent years, his work has shifted to more comprehensive interventions that have the potential to prevent the entire range of child and adolescent problems. He and colleagues at the Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences published a book summarizing the epidemiology, cost, etiology, prevention, and treatment of youth with multiple problems (Biglan et al., 2004). He is a former president of the Society for Prevention Research. He was a member of the Institute of Medicine Committee on Prevention, which released its report in 2009 documenting numerous evidence-based preventive interventions that can prevent multiple problems. As a member of Oregon’s Alcohol and Drug Policy Commission, he is helping to develop a strategic plan for implementing comprehensive evidence-based interventions throughout Oregon. |
LISA COYNE (Harvard Medical School; Suffolk University; McLean Hospital) |
Dr. Coyne is the Founder and Senior Clinical Consultant of the McLean OCD Institute for Children and Adolescents at McLean Hospital, and is an Assistant Professor at Harvard Medical School. She is the Founder and Director of the New England Center for OCD and Anxiety (NECOA), and is on the Faculty of the Behavior Therapy Training Institute (BTTI) of the International OCD Foundation. She is also a licensed psychologist and a peer-reviewed ACT trainer. She has authored multiple articles and chapters on ACT with children and adolescents, and is a co-author of the books Acceptance and Commitment Therapy: The Clinician’s Guide for Supporting Parents (Elsevier), and The Joy of Parenting (New Harbinger). Her new books, The ACT Guide to Teen Anxiety and OCD, Guilford Press, and Stuff That’s Loud: A Teen’s Guide to Unspiralling When OCD Gets Noisy (New Harbinger & Little Brown), are expected in 2020. |
JESSICA GHAI (Boston University) |
 Jessica Ghai, M.Ed. BCBA, LABA(MA) is a doctoral candidate at the Boston University: Wheelock College of Education and Human Development (anticipated completion: Spring 2020) and a Volunteer Coordinator for the Behavioral Science Coalition: Climate Change Task Force. In additional to extensive teaching experience and animal-related dissertation research, Jessica’s academic background includes a B.S. in Natural Resources from The Ohio State University: College of Food, Agriculture, and Environment Sciences. Following completion of her doctoral program, she hopes to pursue a career in research. Research interests include: human-animal interactions through a behavior analytic lens, animal well-being and management of maladaptive behaviors in zoological settings, visitation behaviors of patrons at zoological facilities, and the effectiveness of behavior change interventions related to species biodiversity and conservation of natural resources. Jessica also volunteers as a keeper’s aide at a zoological facility and is a member of ABAI’s Applied Animal Behavior SIG. |
|
|
|
|
Leveraging Technology for Health Behavior Change |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: SCI |
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Stephanie M. Peterson, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: SHERRY PAGOTO (University of Connecticut) |
Abstract: The digital health industry, estimated to be worth $206 billion by 2020, has produced countless mobile apps, wearable devices, and other technologies to help users develop healthy lifestyles to manage and prevent physical and mental illness. An open question is whether behavioral science is being applied to these innovations which reach millions of users each day. In this talk, Dr. Pagoto will first discuss her work examining the degree to which the work of behavioral scientists is represented in popular commercial health technologies, and then she will present her research applying behavioral principles via mobile technology and social media. Finally, she will discuss ways that technology can provide novel sources of data to enhance our understanding of behavior as well as the efficacy and reach of behavioral interventions. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the important role that behavioral science can and should play in informing digital health innovations; (2) understand ways that behavioral strategies, including stimulus control, self-monitoring, and others, can be applied using mobile technology; (3) understand ways that social media can be leveraged to reduce the burden of behavioral interventions while enhancing the impact of behavioral strategies. |
|
SHERRY PAGOTO (University of Connecticut) |
Dr. Pagoto earned her Ph.D. in clinical psychology from Western Michigan University in 2000. She is now a Professor in the Department of Allied Health Sciences at the University of Connecticut and Director of the UConn Center for mHealth and Social Media. Her research, funded by the National Institutes of Health, focuses on leveraging technology in the development and delivery of behavioral interventions designed to reduce risk for the top two causes of death in the US: cardiovascular disease and cancer. She has published nearly 200 papers on these topics. Devoted to communicating behavioral science to the public, she has >25K followers on Twitter and has written for the Washington Post, Boston Globe, Salon, US News and World Report, Chronicle of Higher Education, and Psychology Today. Her work has been featured in major news outlets including CNN, NPR, NBC News, ABC News, and Good Morning America. As a lifelong devoted behavior analyst, she keeps a first edition signed copy of B. F. Skinner’s autobiography displayed in her office. |
|
|
|
|
Further Evaluation of the Effects of Differential Qualities of Praise and Instructive Feedback on the Rate of Skill Acquisition |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Yanerys Leon (University of Miami) |
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: Corina Jimenez-Gomez, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The content and quality of verbal programmed consequences during discrete trial instruction has been shown to influence skill acquisition. This symposium describes recent research examining a) the effects of differential qualities of praise (i.e., enthusiastic, neutral) b) specificity of praise (i.e., behavior-specific, general), and c) content and schedule of instructive feedback on acquisition of skills during discrete trial instruction. Results collectively demonstrate the impact of these varying dimensions of praise and instructive feedback both on the rate of skill acquisition of target responses and the emergence of novel, untrained responses. Results will be discussed in terms of implications for producing effective and efficient teaching procedures for individuals receiving discrete trial instruction. |
Target Audience: Master's level practitioners, clinical directors, applied researchers |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the effects of enthusiastic relative to neutral praise on the rate of skill acquisition. 2. Describe the effects of behavior-specific praise relative to general praise on the rate of skill acquisition. 3. Describe the effect of instructive feedback on the emergence of untrained responses. 4. Describe the effect and efficiency of different schedules of implementation of instructive feedback. |
|
A Systematic Replication on the Effects of Neutral, Enthusiastic, and No Praise on Skill Acquisition |
RAHMA ISMAIL (Florida Institute of Technology), Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Mary Gilhuly (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Praise is a social stimulus typically provided contingent on socially appropriate responses or as a treatment component to increase appropriate behavior in behavioral interventions. However, the effects of different variables (e.g., quality, tone, magnitude, content) that may influence the effectiveness and efficiency of praise have not received much attention in the literature. An exception is Weyman and Sy (2018)’s evaluation of enthusiastic praise, neutral praise, and no praise on skill acquisition targets in individuals with developmental disabilities. Their results suggest that all individuals learned in all conditions. However, enthusiactic praise resulted in faster acquisition of the targets. Thus, the purpose of the current study is to systematically replicate Weyman and Sy (2018) on the effects of neutral, enthusiactic, and no praise on skill acquisition. Thus far, two children with autism spectrum disorder have participated in this study. Our preliminary results for both participants replicate previous research by Weyman and Sy (2018). |
|
A Comparison of Behavior-Specific Praise and General Praise With Instructive Feedback |
NATALIE MANDEL (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Jeff Schram (Engage Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: It’s recommended that behavior-specific praise be provided as consequence for correct responding (Anderson, Taras, & Cannon, 1996), however, research supporting this claim is scarce. Previous research comparing behavior-specific and general praise has found idiosyncratic results (Fueyo, Saundaragas, and Bushell, 1975; Stevens, Sidener, Reeve, and Sidener, 2011; Polick, Carr, and Hanney, 2012). The purpose of this investigation was to compare the effects of instructive feedback combined with behavior-specific praise (e.g., “Nice work, touching the typewriter and the color is jade”) and general praise (e.g., “Nice work and the color is slate”) on skill acquisition of unprompted receptive identification and untrained skills. Additionally, this study extended previous research by including a reinforcer assessment for both types of praise, omitting the use of prompting, error correction, and other reinforcers. Participants were children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Results suggest that behavior-specific praise may be more effective, and that instructive feedback may increase instructional efficiency. |
|
The Effects of Instructive Feedback on the Emergence of Untrained Relations |
ASHLEY GIBBS (Georgia State University), Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University), Jocelyn Priester (Kiddos’ Clubhouse), Alix Johnson (Kiddos’ Clubhouse) |
Abstract: Instructive feedback (IF) is an effective strategy for increasing the efficiency of targeted instruction, and previous research has demonstrated the success of IF with learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, there is less research regarding the potential for IF procedures to facilitate the emergence of untrained relations. The current study evaluated the efficacy of IF during targeted instruction on the acquisition of secondary targets and the emergence of untrained relations containing the IF information in three learners with ASD. Across all three participants, IF presented before a praise statement resulted in the acquisition of secondary targets, as well as the emergence of untrained relations, that were then maintained for up to 16 weeks. These results extend the IF literature by providing evidence that IF procedures may result in the acquisition of additional untrained responses beyond the primary and secondary targets. |
|
|
|
|
Design and Delivery Features of Direct Instruction That You Didn’t Know You Didn’t Know, and Didn’t Know You Needed |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Adam Hockman (The Mechner Foundation/ABA Technologies) |
Discussant: Adam Hockman (The Mechner Foundation/ABA Technologies) |
CE Instructor: Janet S. Twyman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: If you design, select, modify, or deliver instruction, this session is for you! Direct Instruction (DI) programs are highly effective, with design and delivery based on the content’s “Big Idea” and application of three powerhouse components: content analysis, instructional sequencing, and clear communication. Content analysis is an active and creative part of instructional design that ensures concepts are learned and readied for teaching generalization. Thoughtful sequencing and example juxtaposition improve efficiency. Clear communication reduces ambiguity and errors—for both the teacher and the learner—and influences DI’s presentation features (e.g., scripting, active student responding, pacing, progress monitoring). The program elements of true DI move the instructional design process beyond simply selecting multiple exemplars, the prevailing method in much of behavior analytic teaching. This session will apply and extend these core features to real-world contexts for any and all teaching, content, and circumstances. Our goal? You’ll learn to infuse these critical components of DI into your own instructional design and delivery. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts (certified), educators, instructional designers |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe the importance of content analysis for effective and efficient teaching. 2. Participants will give examples and non-examples of a concept. 3. Participants will describe five sequencing features of DI and how they support efficient learning. 4. Participants will explain how DI principles extend to a wide range of behavior analytic teaching, such as the promotion of complex verbal behavior. |
|
Features of Direct Instruction: Analysis of the Domain and Effective Interaction |
TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University), Kristen Rolf (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Direct Instruction (DI) includes numerous features that can be adopted by behavior analysts to improve teaching outcomes across many populations. This presentation will focus on two of those features: (1) analysis of the content domain, and (2) presentation and lesson delivery. Analysis of the content domain is one of the most underappreciated and powerful components of DI. It involves analyzing the content domain to be learned (e.g., beginning reading, basic language skills, narrative language, social skills, calculus) to identify broadly applicable generalizations (“Big Ideas”) that must be taught in order for students to later derive numerous untaught responses. This analysis is foundational to highly generative instruction, and is further enhanced through lesson presentation and delivery. In small group instruction, DI’s instructional formats, student grouping recommendations, scripted presentations, ongoing data-based decision-making rules, brisk pacing, component skill mastery criteria, and correction procedures make it possible to bring about interactive and effective instruction. |
|
Creating the Components for Teaching Concepts |
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: An important dimension of Direct Instruction (DI) programs involves teaching conceptual behavior related to the broadly applicable generalizations of a content domain. In this presentation I will outline the necessary components for teaching a concept in any domain. The first step (1) is to conduct a concept analysis of the critical features that define the concept, and the features that vary from instance to instance of the concept. From this prescription we must (2) develop a range of typical and far-out examples of the concept that illustrate both the critical and variable features, (3) develop a minimum rational set of close-in non-examples of the concept, each of which is missing only one critical feature, and (4) develop additional examples and non-examples that may be needed to produce the desired discriminations. Multiple exemplar teaching is not enough. Teaching a concept this way produces generative responding to examples as well as non-examples not presented during instruction. To assess learners’ generative responding, we must (5) create another set of far-out examples and close-in non-examples from the concept-analysis prescription. Finally, after initially acquiring conceptual behavior, learners must (6) practice with additional far-out examples and close-in non-examples. Once these components are created, a teacher is ready to develop an instructional sequence featuring tasks that include context-setting descriptions, rules, examples, and non-examples. |
|
You Have the Big Idea, Concept, and Examples: Now What? |
JANET S. TWYMAN (blast) |
Abstract: How do you take a concept/content analysis and figure out the sequence of what to teach when? Even after performing the necessary analytical components for teaching a concept we still have to figure out how to best teach it. The sequence in which skills are taught is instrumental for success. Learning new concepts can be made easier or more difficult depending on the order in which stimuli are introduced. Critical design aspects of how to teach include the sequence and arrangement of examples and non-examples (juxtaposition), the use of clear instructions (faultless communication), the judicious presentation of “interruptions,” and the selection of teaching routines based on the learner's current repertoire (response teaching strategies). This presentation will outline five Direct Instruction (DI) principles for sequencing and ordering examples to maximize learning, and it will consider their ties to behavior analysis. |
|
Adopting Direct Instruction Principles to Design and Deliver Generative Language Instruction via Narratives |
TRINA SPENCER (Rightpath Research & Innovation Center, University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Narratives are large unit verbal operant responses that are extremely important to the academic and social development of children, with and without disabilities. Many Direct Instruction (DI) principles are applied in the design and delivery of a narrative-based academic language curriculum called Story Champs. In order to develop such a program, the content analysis requires an understanding of the autoclitic controls inherent in storytelling and the sophisticated nature of narrative language. The “Big Ideas” of narrative language (e.g., structures of stories and sentences) facilitate generative language learning and optimize concept teaching. During Story Champs instruction, learners practice storytelling and retelling in flexible groups as teachers/interventionists use consistent instructional formats and standardized correction procedures (i.e., model-lead-test and 2-step prompting). During guided practice, children practice retelling a strategically sequenced series of stories (aka, multiple exemplars). Then, to facilitate a quick transfer, children generate personal stories using the story structures, linguistic structures, and vocabulary that they learned during retells. Some aspects of Story Champs are guided by scripts while others are trained loosely (not trained to mastery). Choral responding and brisk pacing maximize active responding during the instructional delivery. Story Champs is just one example of how DI principles are adaptable for a broad range of behavior analytic teaching. |
|
|
|
|
Instruction, Classroom Management, Precision Teaching, and Coaching with the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy) |
Discussant: Andrew Kieta (Morningside Academy) |
CE Instructor: Andrew Kieta, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Morningside Model of Generative Instruction is based on five pillars: Assessment, Curriculum, Instruction, Precision Teaching, and Generative Responding.
Nicole Erickson will detail how a teacher, working within a homogeneously achievement grouped classroom, uses a package of instruction strategies, Precision Teaching practices, and further assessment, to continuously evaluate and refine the homogeneity.
Kathy Fox will detail how coaches at Haugland Learner Center have developed a school-wide, systematic modification of the Good Behavior Game to improve student academic and social-emotional behavior outcomes.
Jill Hunt will describe how the Judge Rotenberg Center has worked with coaches from Morningside Teachers' Academy to develop a staff coaching model that focuses on effective classroom management and Precision Teaching procedures to improve student outcomes and shift the educational culture.
Andrew Bulla will present a study focused on effective practices in instruction and Precision Teaching, specifically a comparison of free operant acquisition and frequency building procedures versus restricted operant procedures, such as discrete trial training (DTT). |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts, Teachers, Psychologists |
|
Differentiating Instruction Within Homogeneous Achievement Groups: A Year in the Life of a Morningside Teacher |
NICOLE ERICKSON (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: One of the five pillars of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction is homogeneous achievement grouping, wherein students with similar academic repertoires are placed together to foster the most effective instruction. While students complete a wide range of macro assessments – standardized, norm-referenced achievement tests – those assessments are designed to show growth over the course of year, not for use in homogeneous achievement grouping. Instead, results from a battery of curriculum placement tests are used to create the most homogeneous instructional groups. However, while students are placed homogeneously according to their overall average strengths and weaknesses, they do not show up in the classroom as homogeneous in each specific area of strength and weakness related to curricula. Within a given classroom, several areas of variance are evident, such as specific learning and organizational skills. As effective instructional practices turn student weaknesses into strengths, the teacher must continuously reassess and regroup students to maintain homogeneity. The never-ending job of the classroom teacher is to analyze multiple levels of assessment data to accommodate the different types of deficits that learners present with, and to effectively differentiate instruction and practice opportunities to an ever-changing diverse set of homogeneous learners. Data will be presented that demonstrate how this differentiation is done to produce successful learner outcomes. |
|
A Systematic School-Wide Implementation of a Modified Good Behavior Game With Children With Autism |
KATHY FOX (Haugland Learning Center), Patrick Billman (Haugland Learning Center), Jason Guild (Haugland Learning Center) |
Abstract: Good classroom management is a key factor in student success in all settings but can be especially important in classrooms that serve students with special needs. The Good Behavior Game is widely recognized as an evidence- based classroom management strategy. Haugland Learning Center(HLC), based in Columbus, Ohio, serves students with autism and other disabilities and uses variations of the Good Behavior Game to set students in a variety of classroom settings up for behavioral and academic success. This presentation will discuss how the use of the Good Behavior Game affects progress and outcomes, how HLC trains and coaches staff to implement effective classroom management strategies using the Good Behavior Game and how data are monitored to ensure continuous progress for individual students, classroom groups, and teachers. Our data indicate that students and staff perform better and reach more optimal academic and behavior outcomes when the Good Behavior Game is used consistently and reliably. Specific examples of student, classroom, staff and school academic and behavior data will be analyzed and discussed. |
|
The Impact of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction on Student Engagement, Classroom Management, and Staff Coaching at the Judge Rotenberg Educational Center |
JILL HUNT (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Justin Halton (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: The Judge Rotenberg Education Center(JRC) is a residential school for students with severe disabilities. For the last two and a half years, JRC has had the privilege of learning from Morningside Teachers Academy(MTA) via onsite vists from MTA consultants. Work with MTA has focused on the Morningside Math Facts program, classroom management, and staff coaching. After the introduction of the Morningside Math Facts program, data demonstrated grade level equivalency gains of 1.8 years growth during the first 8 months. Additionally, staff coaching data show improved classroom management and increased student participation in the Morningside Math Facts program. Data collected during coaching sessions in the classroom have shown an increase in the amount of group responses and teacher praise statements and many staff and students report a pleasant change in the classroom environment. This presentation aims to discuss how the use of well- sequenced learning materials combined with application of good classroom management strategies inspired change in our educational department and continues to lead to better outcomes for our students and the lessons we've learned along the way. |
|
Comparing the Effects of Restricted Operant and Free Operant Teaching Paradigms on Students’ Learning Pictures |
ANDREW BULLA (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Jennifer Wertalik (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Thea Schmidt (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong) |
Abstract: In applied behavior analysis, two training techniques for learning new material include frequency building and discrete trial training (DTT). Frequency building is a free operant teaching paradigm where instruction moves at the pace of the learner under a timed condition in order to build the frequency of correct responses. DTT is a restricted operant paradigm where the frequency of responding is under the control of the instructor, with a distinct start and end to each trial to build the number of correct responses. Despite to effectiveness of both procedures, few studies have compared the two techniques and assessed the effects on the learning patterns produced. The current study extends the research to typically developing college students to directly compare frequency building and DTT. Numerals 0-10 in unknown foreign languages (i.e., Mandarin, Arabic, and Hindi) were taught to participants using both procedures. The number of practice trials and frequency of reinforcement were controlled for throughout. Learning pictures for both teaching techniques will be shared, as well as generativity probes for numerals 11-20. |
|
|
|
|
Changing the Unchangeable: Treatment Advances in Relational Frame Theory Can Influence Global Measures of Intellectual and Adaptive Functioning in Children |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Taylor Marie Lauer (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Taylor Marie Lauer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Contemporary advances in our knowledge of human language and cognitive development stemming from Relational Frame Theory (RFT) have advanced assessment and treatment for children. Global measures evaluate higher-order patterns of behavior that are currently considered stable in most areas of behavior science. Constructs such as intelligence, executive functioning, and theory of mind are treated as independent variables that are predictive of several life outcomes and mediate the effectiveness of most treatment approaches. This symposium challenges this approach, showing that behavior analysts can not only assess behaviors that may underly these constructs, but interventions developed from an RFT account can actually change these global patterns of behavior. Belisle will provide an overview of RFT and Verbal Behavior accounts with assessment and treatment data with children with autism. Holtsman extends this account showing considerable changes in IQ following relational training, but not traditional VB instruction. Stanley will show how relational training guided by PEAK can lead to increases in IQ in typically developing children within a multiple-baseline design. Roche concludes these talks by demonstrating the effectiveness of SMART training in improving attentional abilities and intelligence in children. To conclude this symposium, Dixon will discuss these data in the context of a field moving towards more contemporary approaches and larger scale socially significant research designs. |
Target Audience: Therapists, educators, supervisors, program managers |
Learning Objectives: Describe differences between VB and RFT models of human language learning Discuss applications of RFT with children with autism Discuss applications of RFT with typically developing children Describe the advantages of contemporary models and advanced research designs |
|
A Model Dependent View of Executive Functioning: Assessment and Treatment of Children with Autism |
JORDAN BELISLE (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Underlying all approaches within applied behavior analysis are theoretical models of human behavior. Skinner’s verbal operant theory emphasizes learning through direct contingencies and the co-occurring processes of discrimination and generalization. Relational Frame Theory extends this account by incorporating relational learning, transformations of stimulus function, and derived relational responding as a generalized operant. I present several studies that examine the utility of these models in accounting for executive functioning - and executive functioning deficits - experienced by individuals with autism. A review of functional neurological research suggests that differences during executive functioning tasks occur in the same regions that are involved in derived relational responding and not direct contingency learning. A multiple hierarchical regression on PEAK assessment data suggests that derived relational responding is highly correlated with IQ test scores in children with autism and can account for the relationship between verbal operant development and IQ. Finally, in a multiple baseline experimental design, systematic increases in executive functioning and IQ were observed as a function of relational training guided by the PEAK-Equivalence and PEAK-Transformation modules with children with autism. Implications for autism assessment and treatment are discussed. |
|
ABA Effectiveness for Persons with Autism and Related Disabilities in Large-Scale Group Designs |
LINDSEY NICOLE HOLTSMAN (Emergent Learning: STL Center), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is one of the most highly recommended treatment options for individuals with autism for decreasing challenging behaviors and increasing functional skills. Many studies using traditional ABA methods such as verbal behavior training have provided evidence for improving language and communication skills. Studies utilizing relational training have shown additional benefits to the acquisition of both language and communication skills, but also in changes of intelligence. The current presentation will evaluate randomized controlled trials (RCT) that utilized both traditional ABA methods and relational training to increase intelligence. Variables within these studies include overall treatment dosage, relational training dosage compared to traditional ABA dosage, and ABA/Relational training treatment compared to a special education treatment as usual protocol. The results of each study indicated positive outcomes in changes of intelligence measures for children with autism. The implications of these studies when taken together suggest value in assessing differences in dosages or treatment types when looking at ABA interventions for skill acquisition. Additionally, the utility of RCT’s in behavior analytic research is also discussed. |
|
Relational Framing to Promote Increases in Intelligence with Neurotypical Children |
CALEB STANLEY (Utah Valley University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Ayla Schmick (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: In recent years, several studies have emerged demonstrating the effectiveness of procedures derived from Relational Frame Theory in facilitating increases in intelligence and other related behaviors. The current study aimed to extend on previous research by evaluating if exposure to relational framing tasks had an effect intelligence. The current study incorporated a multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the effects of the intervention and was conducted with 12 neurotypical children. Experimenters obtained pre-training and post-training performances by administering the WISC-V IQ test to all participants in the study. Following the pre-training assessment, nine of the participants were exposed to a series of relational training phases, in which they were required to respond in accordance with arbitrarily applicable relational responding across a series of relational tasks. The remaining three participants were not exposed to the relational training phases and served as a comparison group. The results indicated that participants exposed to the relational training phases showed an overall increase in IQ, whereas those that did not partake in the relational training phases did not have similar increases. Taken together, the results add to a growing body of literature that support the use of RFT-based interventions to promote intelligent behavior. |
|
|
|
|
A Systematic Review of Intervention Intensity in Pivotal Response Training and Scripting Research |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
5:30 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Zijie Ma (University of Kansas) |
|
A Systematic Review of Intervention Intensity in Pivotal
Response Training and Scripting Research |
Domain: Theory |
ZIJIE MA (University of Kansas), Jason Travers (University of Kansas), Jose Martinez (University of Florida), Jenee Johnson (University of Kansas), Leslie Ann Bross (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
|
Abstract: Special education researchers have for decades emphasized the importance of intervention effectiveness and procedural fidelity, but relatively little attention has been directed toward understanding intervention intensity. This review focused on extracting details of intervention intensity as reported in peer reviewed studies of scripting and pivotal response training (PRT), two different evidence-based practices for learners with autism. We coded 24 scripting and 18 PRT studies and synthesized results according to four constructs of intervention intensity. Results
indicated varied reporting of intervention intensity within and between studies. Only seven (29%) of scripting studies and one (6%) PRT study reported information sufficient to determine intervention intensity. Scripting and PRT researchers reported similar rates of opportunities to respond. Implications for researchers and professionals are discussed along with limitations and instructions for future study. |
|
|
|
|
|
Educational Outcomes of Young Children With Autism: Review of 15 Years of Data |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
6:00 PM–6:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Peishi Wang (Queens College, City University of New York) |
|
Educational Outcomes of Young Children With Autism: Review of 15 Years of Data |
Domain: Service Delivery |
PEISHI WANG (Queens College, City University of New York), Menglin Sun (Beijing Wucailu Center for Children), Weiwei Chen (Beijing Wucailu Center for Children with Autism), Elizabeth Ijalba (Queens College, City University of New York), Mei Liu (Beijing Wucailu Center for Children with Autism), Qi Li (Queens College, City University of New York), Lihua Han (Beijing Wucailu Center for Children with Autism), Xiaowei Xu (Beijing Wucailu Center for Children with Autism) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of the current study is to systematically examine the educational outcome data from over 6000 young children served at Beijing Wucailu Center for Children with Autism since 2004. To date, Wucailu has provided educational and rehabilitation programs to young children with autism spectrum disorder from 31 provinces and municipalities in China. These programs were derived from principles of applied behavior analysis and evidence-based practices. Currently, there are approximately 800 children enrolled in multiple cities throughout China. Data analyses are underway. Demographic data were analyzed to determine trends within the sample. Paired sample t test was employed to evaluate children’s performance at entry and exit. Performance data were gathered from norm-referenced (Psychoeducational Profile--3, Chinese ed.) and criterion referenced assessments (Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills Revised, ABLLS-R). Growth curve modeling was used to explore the relationship between children's growth and the lengths and types of services received. Our preliminary findings indicated a heterogenous group of children and families who received services at Wucailu over the past 15 years. The descriptive data analyses showed the ages of diagnosis are associated with geographical variations, i.e. geographic access to health services are correlated to the age of receiving diagnosis. The average age of enrollment at Wucailu is 3.5 years and the average length of services is 8.5 months. Key findings and implications will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Use of Decision Models in the Field of Behavior Medicine: A Preliminary Review |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
6:00 PM–6:20 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Naira Kirakosyan (University of Southern California ) |
|
The Use of Decision Models in the Field of Behavior Medicine: A Preliminary Review |
Domain: Service Delivery |
NAIRA KIRAKOSYAN (University of Southern California), Michael J. James Cameron (University of Southern California) |
|
Abstract: The use of clinical decision models is not entirely new to the field of psychology and behavior analysis, as demonstrated over 25 years-ago by Axelrod, Spreat, Berry, and Moyer in their chapter of Behavior Analysis and Treatment (1993). In this chapter, the authors outline a brief decision model to assist clinicians in selecting and implementing appropriate treatment procedures suited to address the individual needs of a client. In recent publications, decision models have been used to assist clinicians in utilizing effective treatment programming (Ferraioli, Hughes, and Smith, 2005), selecting measurement systems (LeBlanc, Raetz, Sellers, and Carr, 2016), consideration of factors which influence parent decisions regarding treatment (Carlon, Carter, and Stephenson, 2013), and navigating collaboration with other professionals (Brodhead, 2015). In addition to the individual clinical applications of decision models, the field of behavior analysis as a whole is experiencing a rapid demand for qualified individuals to serve various clinical populations. In 2018, Burning Glass released their analysis of the labor market data for the field of behavior analysis and found there has been an 800% increase in the demand for individuals who hold a Board-Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA/BCBA-D) certification as well as a 995% increase in demand for individuals with a BCaBA certification (Burning Glass, 2018). With this significant increase in demand for certified behavior analysts, it is critical our training and production of new behavior analysts consider not only behavior analytic research, but the research and tools utilized by other fields, such as physical therapy, speech language pathology, and medicine. The purpose of this paper presentation is to demonstrate the value of decision models for supporting patient-centered decision-making in behavioral medicine. |
|
|
|
|
|
Reading and Autism Spectrum Disorder: From Problems to Possible Solutions |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil) |
Discussant: Marta Leon (Learning A-Z) |
CE Instructor: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The importance of reading involves, but is not limited to, access to any written information, social networking, a variety of text-based electronic tools, and text messaging. At school, reading with comprehension and being able to communicate with others are necessary for academic success. When one starts planning for teaching reading, many studies will point to a series of skills that might influence the process: sitting and remaining engaged in school tasks for a while, knowing how to manipulate written materials within your verbal community, printed stimuli being associated with reinforcers, letter (shape) discrimination, sound (more specifically phoneme, and for Portuguese, syllable) discrimination and manipulation, spoken vocabulary, phoneme – grapheme relations, written word – spoken word – referent relations. Studies discuss that children with ASD can display different difficulties when learning how to read. The purpose of this paper is to discuss some of the difficulties one might encounter when teaching a child with ASD to read. Sitting, independent engagement, letter (shape) discrimination, word recognition, fluency and comprehension are among the skills we will address. |
Target Audience: Professionals involved in teaching literacy skills for children with autism |
Learning Objectives: 1 – Learners will be able to identify problems that might occur when teaching literacy skills from children overall 2 - Learners will be able to identify problems that might occur specifically when teaching literacy skills for children with ASD 3 – Learners will be able to discuss problems when using a foreign curriculum for literacy 4 – Learners will be able to apply the presented curriculum development strategies to their own languages. |
|
What Might Happen When You Start Teaching Reading for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders? |
ANA CAROLINA CAROLINA SELLA (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), Dafny Bispo da Silva (Nucleo de Intervencao Comportamental (NIC)), Leticia Cintra Alencar (Núcleo de Intervenção Comportamental), Marina Santos Lemos (NIC - Núcleo de Intervenção Comportamental), Natany Ferreira Silva (Núcleo de Intervenção Comportamental) |
Abstract: The importance of reading involves, but is not limited to, access to any written information, including social networks, a variety of text-based electronic tools, and text messaging. At school, reading with comprehension and being able to communicate with others are necessary for later academic success. When one starts planning for teaching reading, many studies will point to a series of skills that might influence the process: sitting and remaining engaged in school tasks for a while, knowing how to manipulate written materials within your verbal community, printed stimuli being associated with reinforcers, letter (shape) discrimination, sound (more specifically phoneme, and for Portuguese, syllable) discrimination and manipulation, spoken vocabulary, phoneme – grapheme relations, written word – spoken word – referent relations. Some studies discuss that up about 50% of children with ASD have difficulties learn how to read, with many not being able to read at all. The purpose of this paper is to discuss some of the difficulties one might encounter when teaching a child with ASD based on both a brief literature review and clinical cases. Sitting, independent engagement, letter (shape) discrimination, word recognition, fluency and comprehension are among the skills we will address. |
|
Literacy in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Development Proposal for a Brazilian Curriculum |
LETICIA CINTRA ALENCAR (Núcleo de Intervenção Comportamental), Dafny Bispo da Silva (Nucleo de Intervenção Comportamental (NIC)), Marina Santos Lemos (NIC - Núcleo de Intervenção Comportamental), Natany Ferreira Silva (Núcleo de Intervenção Comportamental), Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil) |
Abstract: In Brazil, it is mandatory for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) to be enrolled in a school, preferably a regular one, excluding homeschooling possibilities. National data show high level of school failure in reading and writing skills for students in general and, although there are no specific data, the same results can be inferred for children with ASD. According to the Brazilian Inclusion Law (2016), students with ASD have the right to an adapted curriculum in both private and public schools. However, as discussed by Ribeiro, Melo and Sella (2017) and Gomes e Mendes (2010), there are very few adaptations for those students (13% and 0% were found in each study, respectively). One of the factors that might contribute to these data is the fact that there are not national guidelines, manuals or protocols that could help with this process. In view of this demand, the Nucleo de Intervenção Comportamental (NIC) is developing a protocol describing a sequence of prerequisites and procedures involved in Brazilian Portuguese literacy for children with ASD. Due to language specificities, international protocols are not amenable to direct translation. The protocol is based on Neuropsychology and Behavior Analysis Stimulus Control Brazilian studies about literacy. |
|
|
|
|
Designing Instruction for All Learners: How Verbal Development Informs Curriculum |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: DEV |
Chair: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Weber, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: JENNIFER WEBER (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Research findings from our CABAS® and Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) schools and laboratories have demonstrated that instruction for all learners is best arranged with a focus on verbal development. The Early Learner Curriculum and Achievement Record (ELCAR, previously known as the C-PIRK) provides an inventory of repertoires and verbal developmental cusps that are the foundation for children to excel in Kindergarten. Our AIL objectives and new STEM curricula serve more advanced learners. However, knowing what to teach is only half the battle. Instruction must take place within the context of the learner’s verbal development. Once students have the necessary foundational repertoires and verbal behavior developmental cusps that will allow learning to occur, it is crucial to identify the proper instructional objectives. In this talk, I will provide academic teaching sequences aligned to both State and Common Core standards to instruct all students. I will also provide an overview of how to arrange instruction for all learners, from students at the pre-foundational level to those who are independent readers and writers. |
Target Audience: Individuals interested in verbal behavior, or verbal behavior developmental theory in relation to instructional design. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the foundational verbal behavior developmental cusps that allows for learning to occur; (2) describe how to arrange academic instruction based on verbal behavior developmental cusps; (3) provide detailed descriptions of academic teaching sequences for students at different levels of verbal behavior; (4) discuss best instructional practices to accelerate learning for all learners. |
|
JENNIFER WEBER (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Dr. Jennifer Weber is an Adjunct Assistant Professor at both Teachers College, Columbia University and Nicholls State University. She received her Master’s, M.Phill, and Ph.D., in Applied Behavior Analysis from Teachers College, Columbia University. Dr. Weber is a doctoral level-board certified behavior analyst and holds a CABAS® Senior Behavior Analyst rank. She specializes in training teachers to utilize a Strategic Science of Teaching in both Special Education and General Education settings. Her research interests include verbal behavior development, instructional design, and teacher training. |
|
|
|
|
A Component Analysis of Higher Education |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jesslyn N. Farros (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA) and Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Jesslyn N. Farros, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Higher education in behavior analysis is in high demand, especially online learning options. Any modality of education must use current evidence-based teaching methods, however, little to no empirical research has been conducted on online learning methodologies. The following studies were all conducted in behavior analysis Master-level courses. The studies evaluated various aspects of those courses including with and without access to online forums (asynchronous discussion), with and without instructor involvement on forums, point contingencies on forums, access to synchronous and asynchronous discussion, participation in synchronous or asynchronous discussion sessions, and grading criteria (credit/no credit vs accuracy). |
Target Audience: Those interested in higher education, especially online learning. |
|
Online Learning: The Effect of Synchronous Discussion Sessions in Asynchronous Courses |
JESSLYN N. FARROS (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA) and Endicott College), Lesley A. Shawler (Endicott College), Ksenia Kravtchenko (Endicott College, Global Autism Project), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Online learning is extremely prevalent in education. In 2015, close to six million students were taking at least one online learning course, which was 29.7% of all postsecondary students. Although online learning is becoming more prevalent, there has been little to no research to determine what makes online learning most effective. Those that have, either have not compared modalities or have focused on another aspect of the learning. Determining the components of online learning that lead to better student outcomes will add to the current literature and improve online learning as a whole. The current study comprises four different experiments that evaluated the effect of synchronous discussion sessions in asynchronous master-level applied behavior analysis courses. Three different applied behavior analysis courses were used and each experiment utilized a slightly different experimental design. The first two focused on the addition of synchronous discussion within an asynchronous course and the last two focused on comparing the effects of synchronous and asynchronous discussion. The primary purpose of these experiments was to determine how asynchronous and synchronous discussion affect student outcomes in asynchronous online courses. |
|
The Use of Discussion Forums in Asynchronous Behavior Analysis Masters Courses |
ALLISON ROSE BICKELMAN (Autism Behavior Intervention; Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: Asynchronous online education is increasingly popular, including in the field of behavior analysis. It is imperative that any modality of education use current evidence-based teaching methods to ensure that student learning outcomes are strong. Many online courses use discussion forums as part of the course requirements. Previous research on discussion forums is mixed in terms of effectiveness and both student and instructor preference. Three studies were conducted in asynchronous behavior analysis Masters courses to examine student outcomes with and without access to forums, with and without instructor involvement on forums, and with various point contingencies for posting on forums. Overall results indicate that forums do not have direct, critical impact on student quiz scores and course outcomes; however, social validity measures demonstrate variability in preference for the use of the forums. |
|
Comparing Grading Criteria for Readiness Assessment Tests: Accuracy versus Credit/No Credit |
LEAH ROSENFELD (California State University Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), Shelby Bryeans (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Pre-lecture reading quizzes, or Readiness Assessment Tests (RATs), improve college students’ exam performance; however, implementing RATs requires instructor resources. This study compared accuracy versus credit/no credit grading criteria on exam scores, participation, and attendance in an upper-level college course using a nonequivalent control group design. Students in the credit/no credit group spent less time on RATs and performed poorer on both RATs and unit exams across the semester compared with students who were required to respond accurately on RATs. We did not find significant differences between groups on attendance or participation measures. More students in the credit/no credit group reported liking RATs and recommended other instructors use them, whereas more students in the accuracy group had a preference for RATs over in-class quizzes. Although grading for completion rather than accuracy may be less intensive for instructors, our findings suggest this choice may decrease the benefits of RATs for students. |
|
|
|
|
SUSTAINABILITY: Behavior Analysis and Sustainability: Designing Community Interventions, Collaboration and Outreach, and Obtaining Funding |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Domain: Translational |
Chair: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D. |
Panelists: HOLLY SENIUK (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), JULIA FIEBIG (Ball State University; ABA Global Initiatives LLC), TIFFANY DUBUC (University of Nevada, Reno), ANDREW BONNER (University of Florida) |
Abstract: An extension of the panel on “Coordinating Interdisciplinary Sustainability Research”, this panel is composed of experts in behavior analysis who will share perspectives on coordination and outreach, research institutions and foundations, and collaboration with others to design community-level interventions to curb the effects of greenhouse gases. This panel aims to foster an open dialogue on how the behavioral community can move this work forward through addressing complex questions, sharing new ideas, and collaborative problem-solving. Audience members will have the opportunity to ask questions of the panelists and offer ideas for collaboration and expansion of the work of the task force. We invite participants to lean in to the complex nature of behavioral science work on climate change and explore new relationships and collaborations that build a community of researchers, practitioners, and activists that are committed to the health and long term survival of our planet and the important role that behavior science plays in making that happen. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify methods for finding potential collaborators; (2) identify barriers to initiating interdisciplinary collaborations; (3) state strategies for building relationships and collaborations with researchers, practitioners, and activists working in the area of climate change. |
HOLLY SENIUK (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Holly Seniuk, PhD, BCBA-D is the Ethics Disciplinary Manager at the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Dr. Seniuk graduated with her doctorate from the University of Nevada, Reno in 2013 under the mentorship of Dr. Larry Williams and has been a Board Certified Behavior Analyst since 2010. She has previously worked as an Assistant Professor at the University of New Brunswick, Fredericton where she developed an undergraduate level behavior analysis program and as the Project Coordinator for the Nevada PBIS Technical Assistance Center, working on the Facility-Wide PBIS Project providing behavioral systems support to residential juvenile corrections and youth mental health facilities as well as youth parole. Dr Seniuk has over 13 years of experience working in a variety of clinical settings including early intervention, schools, mental health, and intellectual disabilities. She has served on numerous boards and committees including the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis, Atlantic Provinces Association for Behavior Analysis, Behaviorists for Social Responsibility, and the Coalition of Behavioral Science Organizations Climate Change Task Force. Her professional and research interests include behavioral systems analysis, applications of the matching law to sports, and environmental sustainability. |
JULIA FIEBIG (Ball State University; ABA Global Initiatives LLC) |
Dr. Fiebig has been applying the science of behavior analysis to optimize school, community, and organizational environments and improve individual well-being for two decades. Though initially convinced she would change the world with music, incidentally, it was her music composition studies at the University of Florida that paved the road to behavior analysis. She completed her graduate training in behavior analysis at The Florida State University and her PhD in Organizational Leadership at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, with emphasis on organizational behavior management and relational frame theory applied to climate change communication. Her work has taken her across the US and Europe and is focused on impacting organizational sustainability, leadership development and team performance, and prosocial, consensus-based community practices. She is an Assistant Teaching Professor in the Department of Applied Behavior Analysis at Ball State University, co-founder of ABA Global Initiatives Consulting Group, and a director of LPC International. She is a founding member and chair of ABAI’s Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) SIG and serves on the Coalition for Behavior Science Organization’s Climate Change Task Force. |
TIFFANY DUBUC (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Tiffany is a Board Certified Behaviour Analyst, from Ontario, Canada. She received her Master’s Degree in Applied Behaviour Analysis in 2011 from Northeastern University and in 2015 she began completing doctoral requirements for a PhD in Applied Behaviour Analysis from the Chicago School of Professional Psychology. Tiffany has extensive clinical experience developing, evaluating, supervising and consulting on educational and behavioural programs for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders. Her clinical contributions have spanned an excess of five countries, including those within the Middle East, as well and India. Tiffany’s research interests include the conceptual analysis of cultural discrimination and implicit bias, using a relational frame theory account, as well as the use of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) interventions to increase psychological flexibility as it pertains to cultural competency. Tiffany is passionate about the power of behaviour science to create meaningful and sustained change, and is interested in its application to issues of broad-scale social significance (racism, sustainability). In line with her penchant for fascinating contexts, Tiffany presently resides in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia as BCBA Fieldwork Supervisor for the University of Nevada, Reno in collaboration with the King Faisal Specialist Hospital & Research Center. |
ANDREW BONNER (University of Florida) |
Andrew is a doctoral student in behavior analysis at the University of Florida. His primary research interests are in the areas of developing community interventions to reduce greenhouse gas emission. To that end, he evaluates the determinants for pro-environmental behavior, develops interventions, and then evaluates their effects always with an eye toward scalability and widespread adoption. |
|
|
|
|
Ethics CEUs! Oh, and Also an In-Depth Discussion on Functional Perspectives of the BACB Ethics Code |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Darren Sush, Psy.D. |
Chair: Shane Spiker (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.) |
DARREN SUSH (Pepperdine University) |
SARA GERSHFELD LITVAK (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence) |
OLIVIA ONOFRIO (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have the potential to encounter ethical challenges on a daily basis. While the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (Behavior Analyst Certification Board; BACB, 2014), includes clear and concise guidance and direction, many behavior analysts find there is significant ambiguity, misunderstanding, and interpretation when applying the Code to real-life professional circumstances. Practitioners may find themselves in an uncomfortable conflict between adhering to the Code and integrating their own appraisal and perspective of challenging scenarios. Fortunately, behavior analysts are adept at assessment of the events surrounding targeted behavior and can directly apply this skillset toward understanding behaviors associated with ethically difficult situations. The panelists will discuss ethical decision-making models for incorporating and analyzing the function of ethically precarious behavior within context while remaining consistent with ethical standards of the field and ensuring quality care for clientele. |
Target Audience: The target audience for this presentation is anyone interested in the study or practice of applied behavior analysis including Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs), Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts (BCaBAs), Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs), psychologists, psychiatrists, clinicians, graduate students, professors, teachers, and parents. The primary audience will be those practicing, teaching or studying in applied behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to identify ethical challenges when they occur to reduce risk, as well as identifying potential ethically precarious situations before they become problematic. 2. Attendees will be able to describe ethical decision-making models that integrate relevant ethical standards and legal principles within the context of challenging circumstances. 3. Taking a functional approach to ethical and unethical behavior, attendees will be able to describe factors maintaining and influencing the ethical principles and standards of responsible professional conduct that apply to the implementation of ABA. |
|
|
|
|
Telling Secrets: Behavior-Analytic Investigations of Private Events |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Devon Wendtland (Arizona State University
Department of Psychology) |
Discussant: Carmen Luciano Soriano (University AlmerÃa, Spain) |
CE Instructor: Devon Wendtland, M.S. |
Abstract: Private events and behavior-analytic perspectives concerning them has been in discord with traditional psychological accounts for decades. Interestingly, however, behavior analysis hasn't wavered much in its conceptualization of them as predominantly verbal in nature. To that end, the present symposium takes a unique look into the interestingly-sparse empirical literature relative to private events and subsequently posits progressive approaches to changing our relation to private events given a delay discounting empirical investigation. Findings are discussed and a trajectory of ABA relative to private events is provided. |
Target Audience: beginner-intermediate |
Learning Objectives: Define 'private events' in objective and measurable terms. Identify measurement systems used in the literature to measure private events. Attendees will be able to describe how to use delay discounting to measure the effects of defusion in the lab |
|
Can Altering Private Events Change Personality? |
AMANDA CHASTAIN (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: Previous research has suggested that impulsivity is character trait and thus, cannot be changed. However, recent research has demonstrated that Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) can change how people make choices when given selections between smaller-immediate vs. larger-delayed rewards. No research to date has evaluated the effect of ACT interventions on choice making when given a choice between avoidance vs. engaging in an aversive activity to access a reward. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of defusion exercises on participants’ choice making on a computer task which presented choices between a negative reinforcer (i.e., avoidance of an aversive sound) or a positive reinforcer following the presentation of an aversive stimulus (e.g., access to money following the presentation of an aversive sound). Defusion is a behavior analytic procedure that trains participants in how to respond in more flexible ways to aversive private events, rather than engaging immediately in previously negatively reinforced behavior. In this study, a multiple baseline design across participants was used to measure change in discounting before and after a brief ACT session (data in this submission is presented as discounting curves but will be presented as both curves and as a multiple baseline in the conference presentation). In general, participants discounted less steeply (i.e., selected to listen to the sound in order to earn money more often) following defusion training when compared to baseline. |
|
Examining the Exploration of Private Events in Behavior Analysis: A Systematic Review |
VICTORIA DIANE HUTCHINSON (Saint Louis University), Laurel Giacone (Saint Louis University), Alexis Kennison (Saint Louis University), Jessica Laughlin (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have long debated the theoretical nuances of ‘private events’ while exploring experimental ways to predict, describe, and control emission of such events. For instance, clinical behavior analysis (including Acceptance and Commitment Therapy [ACT]) has been established as a behavior analytic approach targeting private events. Systematic reviews have been conducted on aspects of clinical behavior analysis, including Relational Frame Theory (RFT), ACT, and other behaviorally based strategies. However, to the authors knowledge, no systematic review has been conducted on private events. Therefore, the current project conducted a systematic review of the scientific literature on private events published from 1945-2019. Researchers utilized search engines, such as PsycInfo and EBSCO, and included “private events” and “behavior analysis” as search terms. Given the exploratory nature of the study, articles were included in the analysis if private events were the focus of the article. To date, of the 270 articles found, only seven met inclusion criteria. Five were conceptual, and two were experimental. Participants used included children with autism. Additionally, 17% of the articles used RFT and 83% used Skinner’s theories. Implications of these results will be discussed as they impact future research in targeting private events within behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (BFSR) Business Meeting |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
Presenting Authors: |
BFSR is the oldest SIG in ABAI. BFSR members engage in theoretical, conceptual, and empirical analyses of significant social issues related sustainability, economic and social justice, violence, health and wellness, political systems, culture, among others. In the business meeting, the BFSR planners will report on our active projects, including (a) the Matrix Project which is oriented toward increasing preparation and opportunities for behavior analysts to engage in work related to major social issues, (b) international outreach, (c) social media presence, (d) education initiatives, and (e) sustainability initiatives. Discussion of opportunities for participation will follow these brief reports. |
|
|
|
|
How the Association for Science in Autism Treatment Supports the Important Work of Behavior Analysts |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: David A. Celiberti (Association for Science in Autism Treatment) |
Presenting Authors: |
A business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking, to outline the Association for Science and Autism Treatment (ASAT)’s current goals and objectives, and to discuss collaboration opportunities between ASAT and ABAI members. As there is not a shared commitment to empirical validation, research, and data-based decision making amongst providers within the autism community, ASAT strives to be an important resource for individuals with autism, family members, professionals, and paraprofessionals interested in reliable, science-based and accurate information about autism and its treatments. Founded in 1998, the mission of the ASAT is to promote safe, effective, science-based treatments for individuals with autism by disseminating accurate, timely, and scientifically-sound information; advocating for the use of scientific methods to guide treatment; and, combating unsubstantiated, inaccurate and false information about autism and its treatment. For more information please visit ASAT's website at www.asatonline.org. To receive Science in Autism Treatment, ASAT's free online publication, subscribe at www.asatonline.org/newsletter/ All interested individuals are encouraged to attend this meeting. |
|
|
|
|
Update: A Strategic Plan for Reintegrating Behavior Analysis Principles |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Susan M. Schneider (Root Solutions) |
Presenting Authors: |
Despite years of dissemination effort on our part, a National Medal of Science for Skinner, and impressive generality, replication, and application, operant and Pavlovian learning principles still frequently get ignored in mainstream psychology, minimized or misrepresented in texts, and only spottily incorporated into relevant related disciplines. In 2018, a group of behavior analysts created a list of action items toward a strategic plan for the integration/reintegration of these principles into mainstream psychology and underrepresented interdisciplinary areas - taking advantage of high-profile supporters in those areas, among other methods. This meeting will provide an update on progress, and further discussion on how to overcome the many barriers. We hope to choose several action items on which to focus, and develop working groups to follow up on them. We will build on suggestions from Alan Kazdin's panel discussion Sunday morning. Andy Lattal and Ray Pitts will co-chair. |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB SIG) is affiliated with ABAI and is dedicated to the study of language acquisition. The VB SIG is led by a group of professionals within the field of applied behavior analysis, all of whom approach the study of verbal behavior from a Skinnerian perspective as established by B. F. Skinner's (1957) publication of Verbal Behavior. This organization was established to a) support and encourage research efforts to improve our understanding of verbal behavior, b) support practice-based issues in utilizing the analysis of verbal behavior, c) support undergraduate and graduate instruction of Skinner's (1957) Verbal Behavior, d) communicate with other organizations making use of Skinner's Verbal Behavior, and e) disseminate information regarding a behavioral approach to studying language. |
|
|
|
|
Clinical Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is the special interest group for those who have an interest in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Clinical behavior analysts work in both research and applied settings applying behavior analytic principles to just about any situation that may involve psychological distress. This is our annual meeting to discuss how to promote our work at ABAI and beyond. Members have the opportunity to network and discuss their areas of interest and work, training opportunities, research projects, conceptual struggles and developments, and plan activities for next year’s convention. The Clinical SIG is also working for ideas on how to disseminate program updates from graduate programs and faculty that provide training in Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) to a broader audience. Everyone is welcome to attend and learn more about this exciting area of behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Open Educational Resources (OER) Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Veronica J. Howard (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Presenting Authors: |
The mission of the Open Educational Resources (OER) SIG is to provide information about quality open or low-cost educational, training, and research resources as well as to provide a forum for those creating OERs to collaborate on new projects, reduce individual workload involved in creating and managing OERs, and recruit reinforcement for works produced outside of for-profit publication venues. Join us to learn about plans for the upcoming year and to learn how to get involved. |
|
|
|
|
The ABAI Licensing Committee: Why? When? What? Who? Where? |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
CE Instructor: Gordon Bourland, Ph.D. |
Panelists: MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Amego Inc.), GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University), GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: The ABAI Licensing Committee was established in the last 3 years to serve as a resource for behavior analysis organizations interested in licensure of behavior analysts. The Committee is a component of the Affiliate Chapters Board. The members are highly experienced behavior analysts who have experience in effectively addressing public policy issues in state government,especially pertaining to behavior analyst licensure. The reasons for the establishment of the committee, its history, operation, previous, current and anticipated activities, and the resources that it offers behavior analytic organizations will be described. The presentation will address, also, the fit of Committee activities with a behavior analytic perspective on social institutions (e.g., how its activities are relevant to metacontingencies effecting social institutions, exemplify Skinner's perspective regarding behaviorists engaging with issues relevant to a culture, incorporation of behavior analytic principles in addressing public policy issues, and promote ethical behavior in the culture). Audience participation will be encouraged |
Target Audience: LBAs, BCBAs/BCBA-Ds, leaders of state behavior analysis organizations, persons interested in public policy issues including behavior analyst licensure |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will state the function of the ABAI Licensing Committee, 2. Attendees will state how assistance of the ABAI LIcensing Committee may be obtained, 3. Attendees will describe 2 types of resources available from the ABAI Licensing Committee. |
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Amego Inc.) |
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University) |
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
|
|
|
|
Brock University: Department of Applied Disability Studies, St. Catharines, ON, Canada |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University) |
Alumni, students, faculty, and friends of the Department of Applied Disability Studies at Brock University are invited to reunite with friends and colleagues and to meet new ones as we celebrate over 13 years of scholarly activity, achievements, and growth. |
|
|
|
|
University Of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas (UNT) are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate more than three decades of excellence and achievement in behavior analysis at UNT. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS) Reunion |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS) at Western Michigan University (WMU) are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones at our annual ABAI BATS Reunion. |
|
|
|
|
MS in Behavior Analysis at St. Cloud State University |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University) |
Alumni, current students, faculty, and friends of St. Cloud State University's MS in ABA program are invited to reunite with friends and hear about exciting new happenings in the program. Wear your red and black and bring your Husky pride! |
|
|
|
|
Arizona State University Sun Devils Alumni and Instructor Reunion |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Samuel DiGangi (Arizona State University) |
Are you and alumni of ASU? Are you a Co-Instructor at ASU? Maybe you are a current student? If so, we invite you to join us at the ASU Alumni and Instructor Reunion at this year's ABAI Convention! Come by and meet friends, colleagues, and faculty! Current and future students are welcome to say hi! We look forward to seeing you there! |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Program at University of Nevada Reno |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
This year marks the 29th Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We are looking forward to celebrating the following accomplishments with our colleagues and students at ABAI 2020: • Our Program has Conferred over 60 Ph.D. degrees. • Our On-Campus Masters program has conferred over 80 Masters degrees. • Our Satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and in international locations. • Our undergraduate specialization in Behavior Analysis received the ABAI accreditation in 2016. • Awarded the “Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis” by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010. |
|
|
|
|
The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, B. F. Skinner Foundation |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Ashley Whittington-Barnish (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
This event provides an opportunity for all ABAI attendees involved with or interested in the B. F. Skinner Foundation, the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and The Chicago School of Professional Psychology (TCS) ABA departments in Chicago, Southern California, Washington, DC, Dallas, and Online to get together, get updates on activities, and make plans for the future. This event is a great time to meet a diverse group of behavior analysts - from students to seasoned faculty to well-known researchers in the field. All ABAI attendees are invited to network, discuss common interests, and have an all-around good time! |
|
|
|
|
Annual Celebration for Beacon ABA Services, Beacon CT, Evergreen Center, and Friends of MassABA |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services, Inc.) |
All colleagues, acquaintances, friends, and staff are invited to an evening of engaging social interactions, spirits/food, and team trivia. |
|
|
|
|
Florida Tech's Annual Reunion |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Nicholas Weatherly (Florida Tech School of Behavior Analysis (SoBA); Department of Continuing Education; ABA Technologies) |
Florida Tech's annual reunion reception for instructors, students, and all with Panther pride. Florida Tech's School of Behavior Analysis, in partnership with Continuing Education's ABA Online programs and ABA Technologies, invites students, alumni, faculty, friends and "Panthers 4 Life" to reunite and join us as we celebrate more than a decade of helping students accomplish their dreams. |
|
|
|
|
Northeastern University Reunion |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Laura L. Dudley (Northeastern University) |
Northeastern University alumni, students, faculty and friends are invited to our reunion at the 46th Annual Convention in Washington, D.C.! Come reconnect with old friends and learn about our current programs in behavior analysis. Whether you graduated in 1979 or 2009, we hope you will join us to reminisce! |
|
|
|
|
The Ohio State University ABAI Reunion |
Sunday, May 24, 2020 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT |
Virtual |
Chair: Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University) |
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of The Ohio State University’s ABA/Special Education program are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate more than four decades of excellence, achievement, and enduring contributions in applied behavior analysis at OSU. Go Buckeyes! |
|
|